electro
/
espterm-stm8-demo
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Releases Wiki Activity

initial

Browse Source
master
Ondřej Hruška 9 years ago
commit bddb91a0cf
56 changed files with 28252 additions and 0 deletions
Show all changes Ignore whitespace when comparing lines Ignore changes in amount of whitespace Ignore changes in whitespace at EOL
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File
  1. 7
      .gitignore
  2. 2891
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s.h
  3. 338
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_adc1.h
  4. 256
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_adc2.h
  5. 147
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_awu.h
  6. 119
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_beep.h
  7. 521
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_can.h
  8. 382
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_clk.h
  9. 134
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_exti.h
  10. 300
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_flash.h
  11. 156
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_gpio.h
  12. 632
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_i2c.h
  13. 186
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_itc.h
  14. 131
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_iwdg.h
  15. 92
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_rst.h
  16. 336
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_spi.h
  17. 623
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim1.h
  18. 342
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim2.h
  19. 327
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim3.h
  20. 169
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim4.h
  21. 478
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim5.h
  22. 287
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim6.h
  23. 383
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_uart1.h
  24. 447
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_uart2.h
  25. 389
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_uart3.h
  26. 444
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_uart4.h
  27. 87
      Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_wwdg.h
  28. 697
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_adc1.c
  29. 398
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_adc2.c
  30. 198
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_awu.c
  31. 153
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_beep.c
  32. 1445
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_can.c
  33. 756
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_clk.c
  34. 181
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_exti.c
  35. 814
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_flash.c
  36. 249
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_gpio.c
  37. 893
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_i2c.c
  38. 343
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_itc.c
  39. 113
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_iwdg.c
  40. 86
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_rst.c
  41. 435
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_spi.c
  42. 2329
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim1.c
  43. 1294
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim2.c
  44. 1044
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim3.c
  45. 409
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim4.c
  46. 1417
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim5.c
  47. 515
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim6.c
  48. 800
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_uart1.c
  49. 882
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_uart2.c
  50. 737
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_uart3.c
  51. 902
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_uart4.c
  52. 125
      Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_wwdg.c
  53. 74
      Makefile
  54. 10
      README.md
  55. 320
      User/main.c
  56. 29
      User/stm8s_conf.h

7
.gitignore vendored
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
cmake-build-debug/
Build/
CMakeLists.txt
*.o
*.rel
*.a
.idea/

2891
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

338
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_adc1.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_adc1.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the prototypes/macros for the ADC1 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_ADC1_H
#define __STM8S_ADC1_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC1_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief ADC1 clock prescaler selection
*/
typedef enum
{
ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D2 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/2 */
ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D3 = (uint8_t)0x10, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/3 */
ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D4 = (uint8_t)0x20, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/4 */
ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D6 = (uint8_t)0x30, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/6 */
ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D8 = (uint8_t)0x40, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/8 */
ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D10 = (uint8_t)0x50, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/10 */
ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D12 = (uint8_t)0x60, /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/12 */
ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D18 = (uint8_t)0x70 /**< Prescaler selection fADC1 = fcpu/18 */
} ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC1 External conversion trigger event selection
*/
typedef enum
{
ADC1_EXTTRIG_TIM = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Conversion from Internal TIM1 TRGO event */
ADC1_EXTTRIG_GPIO = (uint8_t)0x10 /**< Conversion from External interrupt on ADC_ETR pin*/
} ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC1 data alignment
*/
typedef enum
{
ADC1_ALIGN_LEFT = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Data alignment left */
ADC1_ALIGN_RIGHT = (uint8_t)0x08 /**< Data alignment right */
} ADC1_Align_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC1 Interrupt source
*/
typedef enum
{
ADC1_IT_AWDIE = (uint16_t)0x010, /**< Analog WDG interrupt enable */
ADC1_IT_EOCIE = (uint16_t)0x020, /**< EOC interrupt enable */
ADC1_IT_AWD = (uint16_t)0x140, /**< Analog WDG status */
ADC1_IT_AWS0 = (uint16_t)0x110, /**< Analog channel 0 status */
ADC1_IT_AWS1 = (uint16_t)0x111, /**< Analog channel 1 status */
ADC1_IT_AWS2 = (uint16_t)0x112, /**< Analog channel 2 status */
ADC1_IT_AWS3 = (uint16_t)0x113, /**< Analog channel 3 status */
ADC1_IT_AWS4 = (uint16_t)0x114, /**< Analog channel 4 status */
ADC1_IT_AWS5 = (uint16_t)0x115, /**< Analog channel 5 status */
ADC1_IT_AWS6 = (uint16_t)0x116, /**< Analog channel 6 status */
ADC1_IT_AWS7 = (uint16_t)0x117, /**< Analog channel 7 status */
ADC1_IT_AWS8 = (uint16_t)0x118, /**< Analog channel 8 status */
ADC1_IT_AWS9 = (uint16_t)0x119, /**< Analog channel 9 status */
ADC1_IT_AWS12 = (uint16_t)0x11C, /**< Analog channel 12 status */
/* refer to product datasheet for channel 12 availability */
ADC1_IT_EOC = (uint16_t)0x080 /**< EOC pending bit */
} ADC1_IT_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC1 Flags
*/
typedef enum
{
ADC1_FLAG_OVR = (uint8_t)0x41, /**< Overrun status flag */
ADC1_FLAG_AWD = (uint8_t)0x40, /**< Analog WDG status */
ADC1_FLAG_AWS0 = (uint8_t)0x10, /**< Analog channel 0 status */
ADC1_FLAG_AWS1 = (uint8_t)0x11, /**< Analog channel 1 status */
ADC1_FLAG_AWS2 = (uint8_t)0x12, /**< Analog channel 2 status */
ADC1_FLAG_AWS3 = (uint8_t)0x13, /**< Analog channel 3 status */
ADC1_FLAG_AWS4 = (uint8_t)0x14, /**< Analog channel 4 status */
ADC1_FLAG_AWS5 = (uint8_t)0x15, /**< Analog channel 5 status */
ADC1_FLAG_AWS6 = (uint8_t)0x16, /**< Analog channel 6 status */
ADC1_FLAG_AWS7 = (uint8_t)0x17, /**< Analog channel 7 status */
ADC1_FLAG_AWS8 = (uint8_t)0x18, /**< Analog channel 8 status*/
ADC1_FLAG_AWS9 = (uint8_t)0x19, /**< Analog channel 9 status */
ADC1_FLAG_AWS12 = (uint8_t)0x1C, /**< Analog channel 12 status */
/* refer to product datasheet for channel 12 availability */
ADC1_FLAG_EOC = (uint8_t)0x80 /**< EOC falg */
}ADC1_Flag_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC1 schmitt Trigger
*/
typedef enum
{
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL0 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN0 */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL1 = (uint8_t)0x01, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN1 */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL2 = (uint8_t)0x02, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN2 */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL3 = (uint8_t)0x03, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN3 */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL4 = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN4 */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL5 = (uint8_t)0x05, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN5 */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL6 = (uint8_t)0x06, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN6 */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL7 = (uint8_t)0x07, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN7 */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8 = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN8 */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL9 = (uint8_t)0x09, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN9 */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL12 = (uint8_t)0x0C, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN12 */
/* refer to product datasheet for channel 12 availability */
ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_ALL = (uint8_t)0xFF /**< Schmitt trigger disable on All channels */
} ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC1 conversion mode selection
*/
typedef enum
{
ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_SINGLE = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Single conversion mode */
ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_CONTINUOUS = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< Continuous conversion mode */
} ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC1 analog channel selection
*/
typedef enum
{
ADC1_CHANNEL_0 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Analog channel 0 */
ADC1_CHANNEL_1 = (uint8_t)0x01, /**< Analog channel 1 */
ADC1_CHANNEL_2 = (uint8_t)0x02, /**< Analog channel 2 */
ADC1_CHANNEL_3 = (uint8_t)0x03, /**< Analog channel 3 */
ADC1_CHANNEL_4 = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< Analog channel 4 */
ADC1_CHANNEL_5 = (uint8_t)0x05, /**< Analog channel 5 */
ADC1_CHANNEL_6 = (uint8_t)0x06, /**< Analog channel 6 */
ADC1_CHANNEL_7 = (uint8_t)0x07, /**< Analog channel 7 */
ADC1_CHANNEL_8 = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< Analog channel 8 */
ADC1_CHANNEL_9 = (uint8_t)0x09, /**< Analog channel 9 */
ADC1_CHANNEL_12 = (uint8_t)0x0C /**< Analog channel 12 */
/* refer to product datasheet for channel 12 availability */
} ADC1_Channel_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC1_Private_Macros
* @brief Macros used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different prescaler's values.
*/
#define IS_ADC1_PRESSEL_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D2) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D3) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D4) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D6) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D8) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D10) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D12) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC1_PRESSEL_FCPU_D18))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different external trigger values.
*/
#define IS_ADC1_EXTTRIG_OK(EXTRIG) (((EXTRIG) == ADC1_EXTTRIG_TIM) || \
((EXTRIG) == ADC1_EXTTRIG_GPIO))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different alignment modes.
*/
#define IS_ADC1_ALIGN_OK(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC1_ALIGN_LEFT) || \
((ALIGN) == ADC1_ALIGN_RIGHT))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the Interrupt source.
*/
#define IS_ADC1_IT_OK(IT) (((IT) == ADC1_IT_EOCIE) || \
((IT) == ADC1_IT_AWDIE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the ADC1 Flag.
*/
#define IS_ADC1_FLAG_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_EOC)|| \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_OVR) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWD) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS0) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS1) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS2) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS3) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS4) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS5) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS6) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS7) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS8) || \
((FLAG) == ADC1_FLAG_AWS9))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the ADC1 pending bits.
*/
#define IS_ADC1_ITPENDINGBIT_OK(ITPENDINGBIT) (((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_EOC) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWD) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS0) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS1) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS2) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS3) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS4) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS5) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS6) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS7) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS8) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS12) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == ADC1_IT_AWS9))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different schmitt trigger values.
*/
#define IS_ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_OK(SCHMITTTRIG) (((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL0) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL1) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL2) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL3) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL4) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL5) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL6) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL7) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL12) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_ALL) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL9))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different conversion modes.
*/
#define IS_ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_SINGLE) || \
((MODE) == ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_CONTINUOUS))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different channels values.
*/
#define IS_ADC1_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_0) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_7) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_8) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_12) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC1_CHANNEL_9))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the possible buffer values.
*/
#define IS_ADC1_BUFFER_OK(BUFFER) ((BUFFER) <= (uint8_t)0x09)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup ADC1_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void ADC1_DeInit(void);
void ADC1_Init(ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC1_ConversionMode,
ADC1_Channel_TypeDef ADC1_Channel,
ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef ADC1_PrescalerSelection,
ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC1_ExtTrigger,
FunctionalState ADC1_ExtTriggerState, ADC1_Align_TypeDef ADC1_Align,
ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel,
FunctionalState ADC1_SchmittTriggerState);
void ADC1_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC1_ScanModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC1_DataBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC1_ITConfig(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ADC1_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC1_PrescalerConfig(ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef ADC1_Prescaler);
void ADC1_SchmittTriggerConfig(ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel,
FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC1_ConversionConfig(ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC1_ConversionMode,
ADC1_Channel_TypeDef ADC1_Channel,
ADC1_Align_TypeDef ADC1_Align);
void ADC1_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC1_ExtTrigger, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC1_AWDChannelConfig(ADC1_Channel_TypeDef Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC1_StartConversion(void);
uint16_t ADC1_GetConversionValue(void);
void ADC1_SetHighThreshold(uint16_t Threshold);
void ADC1_SetLowThreshold(uint16_t Threshold);
uint16_t ADC1_GetBufferValue(uint8_t Buffer);
FlagStatus ADC1_GetAWDChannelStatus(ADC1_Channel_TypeDef Channel);
FlagStatus ADC1_GetFlagStatus(ADC1_Flag_TypeDef Flag);
void ADC1_ClearFlag(ADC1_Flag_TypeDef Flag);
ITStatus ADC1_GetITStatus(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ITPendingBit);
void ADC1_ClearITPendingBit(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ITPendingBit);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_ADC1_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

256
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_adc2.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_adc2.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the prototypes/macros for the ADC2 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_ADC2_H
#define __STM8S_ADC2_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC2_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief ADC2 clock prescaler selection
*/
typedef enum {
ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D2 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Prescaler selection fADC2 = fcpu/2 */
ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D3 = (uint8_t)0x10, /**< Prescaler selection fADC2 = fcpu/3 */
ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D4 = (uint8_t)0x20, /**< Prescaler selection fADC2 = fcpu/4 */
ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D6 = (uint8_t)0x30, /**< Prescaler selection fADC2 = fcpu/6 */
ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D8 = (uint8_t)0x40, /**< Prescaler selection fADC2 = fcpu/8 */
ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D10 = (uint8_t)0x50, /**< Prescaler selection fADC2 = fcpu/10 */
ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D12 = (uint8_t)0x60, /**< Prescaler selection fADC2 = fcpu/12 */
ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D18 = (uint8_t)0x70 /**< Prescaler selection fADC2 = fcpu/18 */
} ADC2_PresSel_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC2 External conversion trigger event selection
*/
typedef enum {
ADC2_EXTTRIG_TIM = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Conversion from Internal TIM TRGO event */
ADC2_EXTTRIG_GPIO = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< Conversion from External interrupt on ADC_ETR pin*/
} ADC2_ExtTrig_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC2 data alignment
*/
typedef enum {
ADC2_ALIGN_LEFT = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Data alignment left */
ADC2_ALIGN_RIGHT = (uint8_t)0x08 /**< Data alignment right */
} ADC2_Align_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC2 schmitt Trigger
*/
typedef enum {
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL0 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN0 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL1 = (uint8_t)0x01, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN1 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL2 = (uint8_t)0x02, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN2 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL3 = (uint8_t)0x03, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN3 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL4 = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN4 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL5 = (uint8_t)0x05, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN5 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL6 = (uint8_t)0x06, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN6 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL7 = (uint8_t)0x07, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN7 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8 = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN8 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL9 = (uint8_t)0x09, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN9 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL10 = (uint8_t)0x0A, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN10 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL11 = (uint8_t)0x0B, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN11 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL12 = (uint8_t)0x0C, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN12 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL13 = (uint8_t)0x0D, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN13 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL14 = (uint8_t)0x0E, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN14 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL15 = (uint8_t)0x0F, /**< Schmitt trigger disable on AIN15 */
ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_ALL = (uint8_t)0x1F /**< Schmitt trigger disable on all channels */
} ADC2_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC2 conversion mode selection
*/
typedef enum {
ADC2_CONVERSIONMODE_SINGLE = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Single conversion mode */
ADC2_CONVERSIONMODE_CONTINUOUS = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< Continuous conversion mode */
} ADC2_ConvMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ADC2 analog channel selection
*/
typedef enum {
ADC2_CHANNEL_0 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< Analog channel 0 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_1 = (uint8_t)0x01, /**< Analog channel 1 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_2 = (uint8_t)0x02, /**< Analog channel 2 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_3 = (uint8_t)0x03, /**< Analog channel 3 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_4 = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< Analog channel 4 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_5 = (uint8_t)0x05, /**< Analog channel 5 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_6 = (uint8_t)0x06, /**< Analog channel 6 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_7 = (uint8_t)0x07, /**< Analog channel 7 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_8 = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< Analog channel 8 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_9 = (uint8_t)0x09, /**< Analog channel 9 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_10 = (uint8_t)0x0A, /**< Analog channel 10 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_11 = (uint8_t)0x0B, /**< Analog channel 11 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_12 = (uint8_t)0x0C, /**< Analog channel 12 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_13 = (uint8_t)0x0D, /**< Analog channel 13 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_14 = (uint8_t)0x0E, /**< Analog channel 14 */
ADC2_CHANNEL_15 = (uint8_t)0x0F /**< Analog channel 15 */
} ADC2_Channel_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ADC2_Private_Macros
* @brief Macros used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different prescaler's values.
*/
#define IS_ADC2_PRESSEL_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D2) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D3) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D4) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D6) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D8) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D10) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D12) || \
((PRESCALER) == ADC2_PRESSEL_FCPU_D18))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different external trigger values.
*/
#define IS_ADC2_EXTTRIG_OK(EXTRIG) (((EXTRIG) == ADC2_EXTTRIG_TIM) || \
((EXTRIG) == ADC2_EXTTRIG_GPIO))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different alignment modes.
*/
#define IS_ADC2_ALIGN_OK(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC2_ALIGN_LEFT) || \
((ALIGN) == ADC2_ALIGN_RIGHT))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different schmitt trigger values.
*/
#define IS_ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_OK(SCHMITTTRIG) (((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL0) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL1) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL2) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL3) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL4) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL5) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL6) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL7) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL9) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL10) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL11) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL12) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL13) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL14) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL15) || \
((SCHMITTTRIG) == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_ALL))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different conversion modes.
*/
#define IS_ADC2_CONVERSIONMODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC2_CONVERSIONMODE_SINGLE) || \
((MODE) == ADC2_CONVERSIONMODE_CONTINUOUS))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different channels values.
*/
#define IS_ADC2_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_0) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_4) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_6) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_7) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_8) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_9) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_10) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_11) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_12) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_13) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_14) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC2_CHANNEL_15))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup ADC2_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void ADC2_DeInit(void);
void ADC2_Init(ADC2_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC2_ConversionMode,
ADC2_Channel_TypeDef ADC2_Channel,
ADC2_PresSel_TypeDef ADC2_PrescalerSelection,
ADC2_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC2_ExtTrigger,
FunctionalState ADC2_ExtTriggerState,
ADC2_Align_TypeDef ADC2_Align,
ADC2_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel,
FunctionalState ADC2_SchmittTriggerState);
void ADC2_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC2_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC2_PrescalerConfig(ADC2_PresSel_TypeDef ADC2_Prescaler);
void ADC2_SchmittTriggerConfig(ADC2_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel,
FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC2_ConversionConfig(ADC2_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC2_ConversionMode,
ADC2_Channel_TypeDef ADC2_Channel,
ADC2_Align_TypeDef ADC2_Align);
void ADC2_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC2_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC2_ExtTrigger, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC2_StartConversion(void);
uint16_t ADC2_GetConversionValue(void);
FlagStatus ADC2_GetFlagStatus(void);
void ADC2_ClearFlag(void);
ITStatus ADC2_GetITStatus(void);
void ADC2_ClearITPendingBit(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_ADC2_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

147
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_awu.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_awu.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the AWU peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_AWU_H
#define __STM8S_AWU_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup AWU_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief AWU TimeBase selection
*/
typedef enum
{
AWU_TIMEBASE_NO_IT = (uint8_t)0, /*!< No AWU interrupt selected */
AWU_TIMEBASE_250US = (uint8_t)1, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 0.25 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_500US = (uint8_t)2, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 0.5 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_1MS = (uint8_t)3, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 1 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_2MS = (uint8_t)4, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 2 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_4MS = (uint8_t)5, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 4 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_8MS = (uint8_t)6, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 8 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_16MS = (uint8_t)7, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 16 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_32MS = (uint8_t)8, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 32 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_64MS = (uint8_t)9, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 64 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_128MS = (uint8_t)10, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 128 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_256MS = (uint8_t)11, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 256 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_512MS = (uint8_t)12, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 512 ms */
AWU_TIMEBASE_1S = (uint8_t)13, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 1 s */
AWU_TIMEBASE_2S = (uint8_t)14, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 2 s */
AWU_TIMEBASE_12S = (uint8_t)15, /*!< AWU Timebase equals 12 s */
AWU_TIMEBASE_30S = (uint8_t)16 /*!< AWU Timebase equals 30 s */
} AWU_Timebase_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup AWU_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define LSI_FREQUENCY_MIN ((uint32_t)110000) /*!< LSI minimum value in Hertz */
#define LSI_FREQUENCY_MAX ((uint32_t)150000) /*!< LSI maximum value in Hertz */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup AWU_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the AWU timebases
*/
#define IS_AWU_TIMEBASE_OK(TB) \
(((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_NO_IT) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_250US) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_500US) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_1MS) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_2MS) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_4MS) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_8MS) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_16MS) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_32MS) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_64MS) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_128MS) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_256MS) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_512MS) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_1S) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_2S) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_12S) || \
((TB) == AWU_TIMEBASE_30S))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the LSI frequency (in Hz)
*/
#define IS_LSI_FREQUENCY_OK(FREQ) \
(((FREQ) >= LSI_FREQUENCY_MIN) && \
((FREQ) <= LSI_FREQUENCY_MAX))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup AWU_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void AWU_DeInit(void);
void AWU_Init(AWU_Timebase_TypeDef AWU_TimeBase);
void AWU_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void AWU_LSICalibrationConfig(uint32_t LSIFreqHz);
void AWU_IdleModeEnable(void);
FlagStatus AWU_GetFlagStatus(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_AWU_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

119
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_beep.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_beep.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the BEEP peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_BEEP_H
#define __STM8S_BEEP_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup BEEP_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief BEEP Frequency selection
*/
typedef enum {
BEEP_FREQUENCY_1KHZ = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Beep signal output frequency equals to 1 KHz */
BEEP_FREQUENCY_2KHZ = (uint8_t)0x40, /*!< Beep signal output frequency equals to 2 KHz */
BEEP_FREQUENCY_4KHZ = (uint8_t)0x80 /*!< Beep signal output frequency equals to 4 KHz */
} BEEP_Frequency_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup BEEP_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define BEEP_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< Default value when calibration is not done */
#define LSI_FREQUENCY_MIN ((uint32_t)110000) /*!< LSI minimum value in Hertz */
#define LSI_FREQUENCY_MAX ((uint32_t)150000) /*!< LSI maximum value in Hertz */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup BEEP_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the BEEP frequencies.
*/
#define IS_BEEP_FREQUENCY_OK(FREQ) \
(((FREQ) == BEEP_FREQUENCY_1KHZ) || \
((FREQ) == BEEP_FREQUENCY_2KHZ) || \
((FREQ) == BEEP_FREQUENCY_4KHZ))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the LSI frequency (in Hz).
*/
#define IS_LSI_FREQUENCY_OK(FREQ) \
(((FREQ) >= LSI_FREQUENCY_MIN) && \
((FREQ) <= LSI_FREQUENCY_MAX))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup BEEP_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void BEEP_DeInit(void);
void BEEP_Init(BEEP_Frequency_TypeDef BEEP_Frequency);
void BEEP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void BEEP_LSICalibrationConfig(uint32_t LSIFreqHz);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_BEEP_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

521
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_can.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,521 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_can.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the CAN peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_CAN_H
#define __STM8S_CAN_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
#define CAN_STDID_SIZE ((uint16_t)0x07FF)
#define CAN_EXTID_SIZE ((uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF)
#define CAN_DLC_MAX ((uint8_t)0x08)
/** @addtogroup CAN_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief CAN Page Mapping
*/
typedef enum
{
CAN_Page_TxMailBox0 = ((uint8_t) 0), /*!< CAN TX mailbox 0 reg page */
CAN_Page_TxMailBox1 = ((uint8_t) 1), /*!< CAN TX mailbox 1 reg page */
CAN_Page_TxMailBox2 = ((uint8_t) 5), /*!< CAN TX mailbox 2 reg page */
CAN_Page_Filter01 = ((uint8_t) 2), /*!< CAN Filters 0 & 1 reg page*/
CAN_Page_Filter23 = ((uint8_t) 3), /*!< CAN Filters 2 & 3 reg page*/
CAN_Page_Filter45 = ((uint8_t) 4), /*!< CAN Filters 4 & 5 reg page*/
CAN_Page_Config = ((uint8_t) 6), /*!< CAN Configuration control/status reg page*/
CAN_Page_RxFifo = ((uint8_t) 7) /*!< CAN RX FIFO registers page */
}CAN_Page_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN sleep constants
*/
typedef enum {
CAN_InitStatus_Failed =0, /*!< CAN initialization failed */
CAN_InitStatus_Success =! CAN_InitStatus_Failed /*!< CAN initialization OK*/
} CAN_InitStatus_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN operating mode */
typedef enum
{
CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization =((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< Initialization mode */
CAN_OperatingMode_Normal =((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< Normal mode */
CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep =((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< sleep mode */
}CAN_OperatingMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN operating mode status */
typedef enum
{
CAN_ModeStatus_Failed = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< CAN entering the specific mode failed */
CAN_ModeStatus_Success =! CAN_ModeStatus_Failed /*!< CAN entering the specific mode Succeed */
}CAN_ModeStatus_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN Time Triggered Communication mode
*/
typedef enum
{
CAN_MasterCtrl_AllDisabled =((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< CAN ALL Master Control Option are DISABLED */
CAN_MasterCtrl_AllEnabled =((uint8_t)0xFC), /*!< CAN ALL Master Control Option are DISABLED */
CAN_MasterCtrl_TimeTriggerCOMMode =((uint8_t)0x80), /*!< CAN Time Triggered Communication mode ENABLED */
CAN_MasterCtrl_AutoBusOffManagement =((uint8_t)0x40), /*!< CAN Auto Bus Off Management ENABLED */
CAN_MasterCtrl_AutoWakeUpMode =((uint8_t)0x20), /*!< CAN Automatic WakeUp Mode ENABLED , sleep mode is left automatically by hardware */
CAN_MasterCtrl_NoAutoReTx =((uint8_t)0x10), /*!< CAN Non Automatic Retransmission ENABLED, MSG will be transmitted only once */
CAN_MasterCtrl_RxFifoLockedMode =((uint8_t)0x08), /*!< CAN Receive FIFO Locked against overrun ENABLED */
CAN_MasterCtrl_TxFifoPriority =((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< CAN Transmit FIFO Priority driven by the request order (not by the identifier of the MSG) */
}CAN_MasterCtrl_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN mode options */
typedef enum
{
CAN_Mode_Normal =((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< normal mode */
CAN_Mode_LoopBack =((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< loopback mode */
CAN_Mode_Silent =((uint8_t)0x02), /*!< silent mode */
CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack =((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< loopback combined with silent mode */
}CAN_Mode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN synchronisation jump width (SJW)*/
typedef enum
{
CAN_SynJumpWidth_1TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< 1 time quantum */
CAN_SynJumpWidth_2TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x40), /*!< 2 time quantum */
CAN_SynJumpWidth_3TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x80), /*!< 3 time quantum */
CAN_SynJumpWidth_4TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0xC0) /*!< 4 time quantum */
}CAN_SynJumpWidth_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief time quantum in bit segment 1 */
typedef enum
{
CAN_BitSeg1_1TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< 1 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_2TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< 2 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_3TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x02), /*!< 3 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_4TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x03) , /*!< 4 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_5TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x04) , /*!< 5 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_6TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x05) , /*!< 6 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_7TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x06) , /*!< 7 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_8TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x07), /*!< 8 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_9TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x08), /*!< 9 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_10TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x09), /*!< 10 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_11TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x0A), /*!< 11 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_12TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x0B), /*!< 12 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_13TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x0C), /*!< 13 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_14TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x0D), /*!< 14 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_15TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x0E), /*!< 15 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg1_16TimeQuantum =((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< 16 time quantum */
}CAN_BitSeg1_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief time quantum in bit segment 2 */
typedef enum
{
CAN_BitSeg2_1TimeQuantum = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< 1 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg2_2TimeQuantum = ((uint8_t)0x10), /*!< 2 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg2_3TimeQuantum = ((uint8_t)0x20), /*!< 3 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg2_4TimeQuantum = ((uint8_t)0x30), /*!< 4 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg2_5TimeQuantum = ((uint8_t)0x40), /*!< 5 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg2_6TimeQuantum = ((uint8_t)0x50), /*!< 6 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg2_7TimeQuantum = ((uint8_t)0x60), /*!< 7 time quantum */
CAN_BitSeg2_8TimeQuantum = ((uint8_t)0x70) /*!< 8 time quantum */
}CAN_BitSeg2_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN filter number */
typedef enum
{
CAN_FilterNumber_0 = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< Filter number 0 */
CAN_FilterNumber_1 = ((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< Filter number 1 */
CAN_FilterNumber_2 = ((uint8_t)0x02), /*!< Filter number 2 */
CAN_FilterNumber_3 = ((uint8_t)0x03), /*!< Filter number 3 */
CAN_FilterNumber_4 = ((uint8_t)0x04), /*!< Filter number 4 */
CAN_FilterNumber_5 = ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< Filter number 5 */
}CAN_FilterNumber_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN filter mode */
typedef enum
{
CAN_FilterMode_IdMask = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< id/mask mode */
CAN_FilterMode_IdMask_IdList = ((uint8_t)0x10), /*!< Id/Mask mode First and IdList mode second */
CAN_FilterMode_IdList_IdMask = ((uint8_t)0x11), /*!< IdList mode First and IdMask mode second */
CAN_FilterMode_IdList = ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< identifier list mode */
}CAN_FilterMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN filter scale */
typedef enum
{
CAN_FilterScale_8Bit =((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< 8-bit filter scale */
CAN_FilterScale_16_8Bit =((uint8_t)0x02), /*!< 16/8-bit filter scale */
CAN_FilterScale_16Bit =((uint8_t)0x04), /*!< 16-bit filter scale */
CAN_FilterScale_32Bit =((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 32-bit filter scale */
}CAN_FilterScale_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN Tx mailboxes*/
typedef enum
{
CAN_TransmitMailBox_0 = ((uint8_t) 0x00), /*!< CAN TX mailbox 0 reg page */
CAN_TransmitMailBox_1 = ((uint8_t) 0x01), /*!< CAN TX mailbox 1 reg page */
CAN_TransmitMailBox_2 = ((uint8_t) 0x05) /*!< CAN TX mailbox 2 reg page */
}CAN_TransmitMailBox_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN Pending Messages number*/
typedef enum
{
CAN_NbrPendingMessage_0 = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< No Msg Pending */
CAN_NbrPendingMessage_1 = ((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< 1 Msg Pending */
CAN_NbrPendingMessage_2 = ((uint8_t)0x02), /*!< 2 Msg Pending */
CAN_NbrPendingMessage_3 = ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 3 Msg Pending */
}CAN_NbrPendingMessage_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN identifier type */
typedef enum
{
CAN_Id_Standard =((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< Standard Id */
CAN_Id_Extended =((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Extended Id */
}CAN_Id_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN remote transmission request */
typedef enum
{
CAN_RTR_Data = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< Data frame */
CAN_RTR_Remote = ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Remote frame */
}CAN_RTR_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN transmit Status */
typedef enum
{
CAN_TxStatus_Failed =((uint8_t)0xF0), /*!< CAN transmission failed */
CAN_TxStatus_Ok =((uint8_t)0xF1), /*!< CAN transmission succeeded */
CAN_TxStatus_Pending =((uint8_t)0xF2), /*!< CAN transmission pending */
CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox =((uint8_t)0xF4), /*!< CAN cell did not provide an empty mailbox */
CAN_TxStatus_MailBoxEmpty =((uint8_t)0xF5), /*!< CAN Tx mailbox is Empty */
CAN_TxStatus_MailBox0Ok =((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< CAN transmission succeeded by mail box 1*/
CAN_TxStatus_MailBox1Ok =((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< CAN transmission succeeded by mail box 2*/
CAN_TxStatus_MailBox2Ok =((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< CAN transmission succeeded by mail box 3*/
}CAN_TxStatus_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN sleep Status */
typedef enum
{
CAN_Sleep_Failed = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< CAN did not enter the sleep mode */
CAN_Sleep_Ok = ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN entered the sleep mode */
}CAN_Sleep_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN wake up status */
typedef enum
{
CAN_WakeUp_Failed = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< CAN did not leave the sleep mode */
CAN_WakeUp_Ok = ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN leaved the sleep mode */
}CAN_WakeUp_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN flags */
typedef enum
{
/* if the flag is 0x3XXX, it means that it can be got (CAN_GetFlagStatus) and Cleared (CAN_ClearFlag) */
/* if the flag is 0x1XXX, it means that it can only be got (CAN_GetFlagStatus) */
/*Transmit Flags*/
CAN_FLAG_RQCP0 =((uint16_t)0x3401), /*!< Request MailBox0 Flag */
CAN_FLAG_RQCP1 =((uint16_t)0x3402), /*!< Request MailBox1 Flag */
CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 =((uint16_t)0x3404), /*!< Request MailBox2 Flag */
/*Receive Flags*/
CAN_FLAG_FMP =((uint16_t)0x1203), /*!< FIFO Message Pending Flag */
CAN_FLAG_FF =((uint16_t)0x3208), /*!< FIFO Full Flag */
CAN_FLAG_FOV =((uint16_t)0x3210), /*!< FIFO Overrun Flag */
/*Wake up Flag*/
CAN_FLAG_WKU =((uint16_t)0x3108), /*!< wake up Flag */
/*Error Flags*/
CAN_FLAG_EWG =((uint16_t)0x1001), /*!< Error Warning Flag */
CAN_FLAG_EPV =((uint16_t)0x1002), /*!< Error Passive Flag */
CAN_FLAG_BOF =((uint16_t)0x1004), /*!< Bus-Off Flag */
CAN_FLAG_LEC =((uint16_t)0x3070) /*!< Last error code Flag */
}CAN_FLAG_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN interrupts */
typedef enum
{
/*Transmit Interruption*/
CAN_IT_TME =((uint16_t)0x0001), /*!< Transmit mailbox empty interrupt */
/*Receive Interruptions*/
CAN_IT_FMP =((uint16_t)0x0002), /*!< FIFO message pending interrupt */
CAN_IT_FF =((uint16_t)0x0004), /*!< FIFO full interrupt */
CAN_IT_FOV =((uint16_t)0x0008), /*!< FIFO overrun interrupt */
/*Wake Up Interruption*/
CAN_IT_WKU =((uint16_t)0x0080), /*!< Wake-up interrupt */
/*Error Interruptions*/
CAN_IT_ERR =((uint16_t)0x4000), /*!< Genaral Error interrupt */
CAN_IT_EWG =((uint16_t)0x0100), /*!< Error warning interrupt */
CAN_IT_EPV =((uint16_t)0x0200), /*!< Error passive interrupt */
CAN_IT_BOF =((uint16_t)0x0400), /*!< Bus-off interrupt */
CAN_IT_LEC =((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Last error code interrupt */
} CAN_IT_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN ST7 Compatibility*/
typedef enum
{
CAN_ST7Compatibility_Enable = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< CAN is compatible with ST7 beCAN (only 2 mailboxes are available)*/
CAN_ST7Compatibility_Disable = ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< CAN is not compatible with ST7 beCAN ( 3 mailboxes are available)*/
}CAN_ST7Compatibility_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN Error Code description */
typedef enum
{
CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< No Error */
CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr = ((uint8_t)0x10), /*!< Stuff Error */
CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr = ((uint8_t)0x20), /*!< Form Error */
CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr = ((uint8_t)0x30), /*!< Acknowledgment Error */
CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr = ((uint8_t)0x40), /*!< Bit Recessive Error */
CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr = ((uint8_t)0x50), /*!< Bit Dominant Error */
CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr = ((uint8_t)0x60), /*!< CRC Error */
CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr = ((uint8_t)0x70) /*!< Software Set Error */
}CAN_ErrorCode_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the CAN ST7 Compatibility parameters.
*/
#define IS_CAN_ST7_COMPATIBILITY_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == CAN_ST7Compatibility_Enable) || ((STATE) == CAN_ST7Compatibility_Disable))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN operating mode.
*/
#define IS_CAN_OPERATINGMODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) ||\
((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal)|| \
((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN Time Triggered Communication mode.
*/
#define IS_CAN_MASTERCTRL_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_MasterCtrl_AllDisabled) || \
(((MODE) <= CAN_MasterCtrl_AllEnabled) && ((MODE) >= CAN_MasterCtrl_TxFifoPriority)))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN mode options .
*/
#define IS_CAN_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Normal) || ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_LoopBack)|| \
((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent) || ((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the CAN synchronisation jump width (SJW).
*/
#define IS_CAN_SYNJUMPWIDTH_OK(SJW) (((SJW) == CAN_SynJumpWidth_1TimeQuantum) || ((SJW) == CAN_SynJumpWidth_2TimeQuantum)|| \
((SJW) == CAN_SynJumpWidth_3TimeQuantum) || ((SJW) == CAN_SynJumpWidth_4TimeQuantum))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check time quantum in bit segment 1 .
*/
#define IS_CAN_BITSEG1_OK(BS1) ((BS1) <= CAN_BitSeg1_16TimeQuantum)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check time quantum in bit segment 2.
*/
#define IS_CAN_BITSEG2_OK(BS2) ((((BS2) >= CAN_BitSeg2_2TimeQuantum) && ((BS2) <= CAN_BitSeg2_8TimeQuantum))|| ((BS2) == CAN_BitSeg2_1TimeQuantum))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN clock prescaler.
*/
#define IS_CAN_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) >= 1) && ((PRESCALER) <= 64))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN filter number.
*/
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER_OK(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) == CAN_FilterNumber_0) || \
((NUMBER) == CAN_FilterNumber_1) || \
((NUMBER) == CAN_FilterNumber_2) || \
((NUMBER) == CAN_FilterNumber_3) || \
((NUMBER) == CAN_FilterNumber_4) || \
((NUMBER) == CAN_FilterNumber_5))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN filter mode.
*/
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) || \
((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask_IdList) || \
((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdList_IdMask) || \
((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdList))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN filter scale.
*/
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE_OK(SCALE) (((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_8Bit)|| \
((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_16_8Bit) ||\
((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_16Bit )||\
((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_32Bit))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN Tx mailboxes.
*/
#define IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX_OK(TRANSMITMAILBOX) (((TRANSMITMAILBOX) == CAN_TransmitMailBox_0) || \
((TRANSMITMAILBOX) == CAN_TransmitMailBox_1) || \
((TRANSMITMAILBOX) == CAN_TransmitMailBox_2))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the Standard ID to be sent.
*/
#define IS_CAN_STDID_OK(STDID) ((STDID) <= ((uint16_t)CAN_STDID_SIZE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the Extended ID to be sent.
*/
#define IS_CAN_EXTID_OK(EXTID) ((EXTID) <= ((uint32_t)CAN_EXTID_SIZE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the DLC to be sent.
*/
#define IS_CAN_DLC_OK(DLC) ((DLC) <= CAN_DLC_MAX)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the type of the ID to be sent.
*/
#define IS_CAN_IDTYPE_OK(IDTYPE) (((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Standard) || ((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Extended))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN transmission Frame Type.
*/
#define IS_CAN_RTR_OK(RTR) (((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Data) || ((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Remote))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN flags which can be got by @ref CAN_GetFlagStatus
*/
#define IS_CAN_FLAG_STATUS_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1) ||\
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP) ||\
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV) ||\
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EWG) ||\
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EPV) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_BOF) ||\
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check CAN flags which can be cleared by @ref CAN_ClearFlag
*/
#define IS_CAN_FLAG_CLEAR_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1) ||\
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF) ||\
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) ||\
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the CAN Configuration interrupts.
*/
#define CAN_IT_CONFIG_MASK ~(uint16_t)(CAN_IT_TME|CAN_IT_FMP|CAN_IT_FF|CAN_IT_FOV|CAN_IT_WKU|CAN_IT_EWG|CAN_IT_EPV|CAN_IT_BOF|CAN_IT_LEC|CAN_IT_ERR)
#define IS_CAN_IT_CONFIG_OK(IT) (((IT) != 0x0000) && ((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(IT) & (uint16_t)CAN_IT_CONFIG_MASK) == 0x0000))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the CAN status interrupts.
*/
#define IS_CAN_IT_STATUS_OK(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FF) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV) || \
((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) || \
((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || \
((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) )
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the CAN Pending bit interrupts.
*/
#define IS_CAN_IT_PENDING_BIT_OK(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF)||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the Last Error Code.
*/
#define IS_CAN_LAST_ERROR_CODE_OK(CODE) (((CODE) & 0x8F) == 0x00)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported function prototypes --------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup CAN_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void CAN_DeInit(void);
CAN_InitStatus_TypeDef CAN_Init(CAN_MasterCtrl_TypeDef CAN_MasterCtrl,
CAN_Mode_TypeDef CAN_Mode,
CAN_SynJumpWidth_TypeDef CAN_SynJumpWidth,
CAN_BitSeg1_TypeDef CAN_BitSeg1,
CAN_BitSeg2_TypeDef CAN_BitSeg2,
uint8_t CAN_Prescaler);
void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterNumber_TypeDef CAN_FilterNumber,
FunctionalState CAN_FilterActivation,
CAN_FilterMode_TypeDef CAN_FilterMode,
CAN_FilterScale_TypeDef CAN_FilterScale,
uint8_t CAN_FilterID1,
uint8_t CAN_FilterID2,
uint8_t CAN_FilterID3,
uint8_t CAN_FilterID4,
uint8_t CAN_FilterIDMask1,
uint8_t CAN_FilterIDMask2,
uint8_t CAN_FilterIDMask3,
uint8_t CAN_FilterIDMask4);
void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_IT_TypeDef CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void CAN_ST7CompatibilityCmd(CAN_ST7Compatibility_TypeDef CAN_ST7Compatibility);
CAN_TxStatus_TypeDef CAN_Transmit( uint32_t CAN_Id,
CAN_Id_TypeDef CAN_IDE,
CAN_RTR_TypeDef CAN_RTR,
uint8_t CAN_DLC,
uint8_t *CAN_Data);
void CAN_TTComModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
CAN_TxStatus_TypeDef CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TransmitMailBox_TypeDef CAN_TransmitMailbox);
void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TransmitMailBox_TypeDef CAN_TransmitMailbox);
void CAN_FIFORelease(void);
CAN_NbrPendingMessage_TypeDef CAN_MessagePending(void);
void CAN_Receive(void);
uint32_t CAN_GetReceivedId(void);
CAN_Id_TypeDef CAN_GetReceivedIDE(void);
CAN_RTR_TypeDef CAN_GetReceivedRTR(void);
uint8_t CAN_GetReceivedDLC(void);
uint8_t CAN_GetReceivedData(uint8_t CAN_DataIndex);
uint8_t CAN_GetReceivedFMI(void);
uint16_t CAN_GetMessageTimeStamp(void);
CAN_Sleep_TypeDef CAN_Sleep(void);
CAN_WakeUp_TypeDef CAN_WakeUp(void);
CAN_ModeStatus_TypeDef CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_OperatingMode_TypeDef CAN_OperatingMode);
CAN_ErrorCode_TypeDef CAN_GetLastErrorCode(void);
CAN_Page_TypeDef CAN_GetSelectedPage(void);
void CAN_SelectPage(CAN_Page_TypeDef CAN_Page);
FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_FLAG_TypeDef CAN_Flag);
void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_FLAG_TypeDef CAN_Flag);
ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_IT_TypeDef CAN_IT);
void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_IT_TypeDef CAN_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_CAN_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

382
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_clk.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,382 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_clk.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the CLK peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_CLK_H
#define __STM8S_CLK_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Contains the description of all STM8 hardware registers */
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CLK_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Switch Mode Auto, Manual.
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_SWITCHMODE_MANUAL = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Enable the manual clock switching mode */
CLK_SWITCHMODE_AUTO = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< Enable the automatic clock switching mode */
} CLK_SwitchMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief Current Clock State.
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_CURRENTCLOCKSTATE_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Current clock disable */
CLK_CURRENTCLOCKSTATE_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< Current clock enable */
} CLK_CurrentClockState_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief Clock security system configuration.
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_CSSCONFIG_ENABLEWITHIT = (uint8_t)0x05, /*!< Enable CSS with detection interrupt */
CLK_CSSCONFIG_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x01, /*!< Enable CSS without detection interrupt */
CLK_CSSCONFIG_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x00 /*!< Leave CSS desactivated (to be used in CLK_Init() function) */
} CLK_CSSConfig_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CLK Clock Source.
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_SOURCE_HSI = (uint8_t)0xE1, /*!< Clock Source HSI. */
CLK_SOURCE_LSI = (uint8_t)0xD2, /*!< Clock Source LSI. */
CLK_SOURCE_HSE = (uint8_t)0xB4 /*!< Clock Source HSE. */
} CLK_Source_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CLK HSI Calibration Value.
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_0 = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< HSI Calibration Value 0 */
CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_1 = (uint8_t)0x01, /*!< HSI Calibration Value 1 */
CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_2 = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< HSI Calibration Value 2 */
CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_3 = (uint8_t)0x03, /*!< HSI Calibration Value 3 */
CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_4 = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< HSI Calibration Value 4 */
CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_5 = (uint8_t)0x05, /*!< HSI Calibration Value 5 */
CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_6 = (uint8_t)0x06, /*!< HSI Calibration Value 6 */
CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_7 = (uint8_t)0x07 /*!< HSI Calibration Value 7 */
} CLK_HSITrimValue_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CLK Clock Output
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_OUTPUT_HSI = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Clock Output HSI */
CLK_OUTPUT_LSI = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Clock Output LSI */
CLK_OUTPUT_HSE = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< Clock Output HSE */
CLK_OUTPUT_CPU = (uint8_t)0x08, /*!< Clock Output CPU */
CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV2 = (uint8_t)0x0A, /*!< Clock Output CPU/2 */
CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV4 = (uint8_t)0x0C, /*!< Clock Output CPU/4 */
CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV8 = (uint8_t)0x0E, /*!< Clock Output CPU/8 */
CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV16 = (uint8_t)0x10, /*!< Clock Output CPU/16 */
CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV32 = (uint8_t)0x12, /*!< Clock Output CPU/32 */
CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV64 = (uint8_t)0x14, /*!< Clock Output CPU/64 */
CLK_OUTPUT_HSIRC = (uint8_t)0x16, /*!< Clock Output HSI RC */
CLK_OUTPUT_MASTER = (uint8_t)0x18, /*!< Clock Output Master */
CLK_OUTPUT_OTHERS = (uint8_t)0x1A /*!< Clock Output OTHER */
} CLK_Output_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CLK Enable peripheral
*/
/* Elements values convention: 0xXY
X = choice between the peripheral registers
X = 0 : PCKENR1
X = 1 : PCKENR2
Y = Peripheral position in the register
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_PERIPHERAL_I2C = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, I2C */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_SPI = (uint8_t)0x01, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, SPI */
#if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) || defined(STM8AF62Ax)
CLK_PERIPHERAL_UART1 = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, UART1 */
#else
CLK_PERIPHERAL_UART1 = (uint8_t)0x03, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, UART1 */
#endif
CLK_PERIPHERAL_UART2 = (uint8_t)0x03, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, UART2 */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_UART3 = (uint8_t)0x03, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, UART3 */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER6 = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, Timer6 */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER4 = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, Timer4 */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER5 = (uint8_t)0x05, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, Timer5 */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER2 = (uint8_t)0x05, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, Timer2 */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER3 = (uint8_t)0x06, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, Timer3 */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER1 = (uint8_t)0x07, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 1, Timer1 */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_AWU = (uint8_t)0x12, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 2, AWU */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_ADC = (uint8_t)0x13, /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 2, ADC */
CLK_PERIPHERAL_CAN = (uint8_t)0x17 /*!< Peripheral Clock Enable 2, CAN */
} CLK_Peripheral_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CLK Flags.
*/
/* Elements values convention: 0xXZZ
X = choice between the flags registers
X = 1 : ICKR
X = 2 : ECKR
X = 3 : SWCR
X = 4 : CSSR
X = 5 : CCOR
ZZ = flag mask in the register (same as map file)
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_FLAG_LSIRDY = (uint16_t)0x0110, /*!< Low speed internal oscillator ready Flag */
CLK_FLAG_HSIRDY = (uint16_t)0x0102, /*!< High speed internal oscillator ready Flag */
CLK_FLAG_HSERDY = (uint16_t)0x0202, /*!< High speed external oscillator ready Flag */
CLK_FLAG_SWIF = (uint16_t)0x0308, /*!< Clock switch interrupt Flag */
CLK_FLAG_SWBSY = (uint16_t)0x0301, /*!< Switch busy Flag */
CLK_FLAG_CSSD = (uint16_t)0x0408, /*!< Clock security system detection Flag */
CLK_FLAG_AUX = (uint16_t)0x0402, /*!< Auxiliary oscillator connected to master clock */
CLK_FLAG_CCOBSY = (uint16_t)0x0504, /*!< Configurable clock output busy */
CLK_FLAG_CCORDY = (uint16_t)0x0502 /*!< Configurable clock output ready */
}CLK_Flag_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CLK interrupt configuration and Flags cleared by software.
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_IT_CSSD = (uint8_t)0x0C, /*!< Clock security system detection Flag */
CLK_IT_SWIF = (uint8_t)0x1C /*!< Clock switch interrupt Flag */
}CLK_IT_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief CLK Clock Divisor.
*/
/* Warning:
0xxxxxx = HSI divider
1xxxxxx = CPU divider
Other bits correspond to the divider's bits mapping
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV1 = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< High speed internal clock prescaler: 1 */
CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV2 = (uint8_t)0x08, /*!< High speed internal clock prescaler: 2 */
CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV4 = (uint8_t)0x10, /*!< High speed internal clock prescaler: 4 */
CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV8 = (uint8_t)0x18, /*!< High speed internal clock prescaler: 8 */
CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV1 = (uint8_t)0x80, /*!< CPU clock division factors 1 */
CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV2 = (uint8_t)0x81, /*!< CPU clock division factors 2 */
CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV4 = (uint8_t)0x82, /*!< CPU clock division factors 4 */
CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV8 = (uint8_t)0x83, /*!< CPU clock division factors 8 */
CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV16 = (uint8_t)0x84, /*!< CPU clock division factors 16 */
CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV32 = (uint8_t)0x85, /*!< CPU clock division factors 32 */
CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV64 = (uint8_t)0x86, /*!< CPU clock division factors 64 */
CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV128 = (uint8_t)0x87 /*!< CPU clock division factors 128 */
} CLK_Prescaler_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SWIM Clock divider.
*/
typedef enum {
CLK_SWIMDIVIDER_2 = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< SWIM clock is divided by 2 */
CLK_SWIMDIVIDER_OTHER = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< SWIM clock is not divided by 2 */
}CLK_SWIMDivider_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CLK_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define CLK_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /*!< Max Timeout for the clock switch operation. */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup CLK_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different functions parameters.
*/
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the clock switching modes.
*/
#define IS_CLK_SWITCHMODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == CLK_SWITCHMODE_MANUAL) || ((MODE) == CLK_SWITCHMODE_AUTO))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the current clock state.
*/
#define IS_CLK_CURRENTCLOCKSTATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == CLK_CURRENTCLOCKSTATE_DISABLE) ||\
((STATE) == CLK_CURRENTCLOCKSTATE_ENABLE))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the CSS configuration.
*/
#define IS_CLK_CSSCONFIG_OK(CSSVALUE) (((CSSVALUE) == CLK_CSSCONFIG_ENABLEWITHIT) ||\
((CSSVALUE) == CLK_CSSCONFIG_ENABLE) ||\
((CSSVALUE) == CLK_CSSCONFIG_DISABLE))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different clock sources.
*/
#define IS_CLK_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == CLK_SOURCE_HSI) ||\
((SOURCE) == CLK_SOURCE_LSI) ||\
((SOURCE) == CLK_SOURCE_HSE))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different HSI trimming values.
*/
#define IS_CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_OK(TRIMVALUE) (((TRIMVALUE) == CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_0) ||\
((TRIMVALUE) == CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_1) ||\
((TRIMVALUE) == CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_2) ||\
((TRIMVALUE) == CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_3) ||\
((TRIMVALUE) == CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_4) ||\
((TRIMVALUE) == CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_5) ||\
((TRIMVALUE) == CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_6) ||\
((TRIMVALUE) == CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_7))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different clocks to output.
*/
#define IS_CLK_OUTPUT_OK(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_HSI) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_HSE) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_LSI) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_CPU) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV2) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV4) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV8) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV16) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV32) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_CPUDIV64) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_HSIRC) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_MASTER) ||\
((OUTPUT) == CLK_OUTPUT_OTHERS))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different peripheral's clock.
*/
#define IS_CLK_PERIPHERAL_OK(PERIPHERAL) (((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_I2C) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_SPI) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_UART3) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_UART2) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_UART1) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER4) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER2) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER5) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER6) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER3) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_TIMER1) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_CAN) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_ADC) ||\
((PERIPHERAL) == CLK_PERIPHERAL_AWU))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different clock flags.
*/
#define IS_CLK_FLAG_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CLK_FLAG_LSIRDY) ||\
((FLAG) == CLK_FLAG_HSIRDY) ||\
((FLAG) == CLK_FLAG_HSERDY) ||\
((FLAG) == CLK_FLAG_SWIF) ||\
((FLAG) == CLK_FLAG_SWBSY) ||\
((FLAG) == CLK_FLAG_CSSD) ||\
((FLAG) == CLK_FLAG_AUX) ||\
((FLAG) == CLK_FLAG_CCOBSY) ||\
((FLAG) == CLK_FLAG_CCORDY))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different clock IT pending bits.
*/
#define IS_CLK_IT_OK(IT) (((IT) == CLK_IT_CSSD) || ((IT) == CLK_IT_SWIF))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different HSI prescaler values.
*/
#define IS_CLK_HSIPRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV1) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV2) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV4) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV8))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different clock prescaler values.
*/
#define IS_CLK_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV1) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV2) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV4) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV8) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV1) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV2) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV4) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV8) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV16) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV32) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV64) ||\
((PRESCALER) == CLK_PRESCALER_CPUDIV128))
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different SWIM dividers values.
*/
#define IS_CLK_SWIMDIVIDER_OK(SWIMDIVIDER) (((SWIMDIVIDER) == CLK_SWIMDIVIDER_2) || ((SWIMDIVIDER) == CLK_SWIMDIVIDER_OTHER))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup CLK_Exported_functions
* @{
*/
void CLK_DeInit(void);
void CLK_HSECmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void CLK_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void CLK_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void CLK_CCOCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void CLK_ClockSwitchCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void CLK_FastHaltWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void CLK_SlowActiveHaltWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void CLK_PeripheralClockConfig(CLK_Peripheral_TypeDef CLK_Peripheral, FunctionalState NewState);
ErrorStatus CLK_ClockSwitchConfig(CLK_SwitchMode_TypeDef CLK_SwitchMode, CLK_Source_TypeDef CLK_NewClock, FunctionalState ITState, CLK_CurrentClockState_TypeDef CLK_CurrentClockState);
void CLK_HSIPrescalerConfig(CLK_Prescaler_TypeDef HSIPrescaler);
void CLK_CCOConfig(CLK_Output_TypeDef CLK_CCO);
void CLK_ITConfig(CLK_IT_TypeDef CLK_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void CLK_SYSCLKConfig(CLK_Prescaler_TypeDef CLK_Prescaler);
void CLK_SWIMConfig(CLK_SWIMDivider_TypeDef CLK_SWIMDivider);
void CLK_ClockSecuritySystemEnable(void);
void CLK_SYSCLKEmergencyClear(void);
void CLK_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(CLK_HSITrimValue_TypeDef CLK_HSICalibrationValue);
uint32_t CLK_GetClockFreq(void);
CLK_Source_TypeDef CLK_GetSYSCLKSource(void);
FlagStatus CLK_GetFlagStatus(CLK_Flag_TypeDef CLK_FLAG);
ITStatus CLK_GetITStatus(CLK_IT_TypeDef CLK_IT);
void CLK_ClearITPendingBit(CLK_IT_TypeDef CLK_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_CLK_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

134
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_exti.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_exti.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the EXTI peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_EXTI_H
#define __STM8S_EXTI_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief EXTI Sensitivity values for PORTA to PORTE
*/
typedef enum {
EXTI_SENSITIVITY_FALL_LOW = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Interrupt on Falling edge and Low level */
EXTI_SENSITIVITY_RISE_ONLY = (uint8_t)0x01, /*!< Interrupt on Rising edge only */
EXTI_SENSITIVITY_FALL_ONLY = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Interrupt on Falling edge only */
EXTI_SENSITIVITY_RISE_FALL = (uint8_t)0x03 /*!< Interrupt on Rising and Falling edges */
} EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief EXTI Sensitivity values for TLI
*/
typedef enum {
EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_FALL_ONLY = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Top Level Interrupt on Falling edge only */
EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_RISE_ONLY = (uint8_t)0x04 /*!< Top Level Interrupt on Rising edge only */
} EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief EXTI PortNum possible values
*/
typedef enum {
EXTI_PORT_GPIOA = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< GPIO Port A */
EXTI_PORT_GPIOB = (uint8_t)0x01, /*!< GPIO Port B */
EXTI_PORT_GPIOC = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< GPIO Port C */
EXTI_PORT_GPIOD = (uint8_t)0x03, /*!< GPIO Port D */
EXTI_PORT_GPIOE = (uint8_t)0x04 /*!< GPIO Port E */
} EXTI_Port_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for PORTA to PORTE.
*/
#define IS_EXTI_SENSITIVITY_OK(SensitivityValue) \
(((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_SENSITIVITY_FALL_LOW) || \
((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_SENSITIVITY_RISE_ONLY) || \
((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_SENSITIVITY_FALL_ONLY) || \
((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_SENSITIVITY_RISE_FALL))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for TLI.
*/
#define IS_EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_OK(SensitivityValue) \
(((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_FALL_ONLY) || \
((SensitivityValue) == EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_RISE_ONLY))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different Port values
*/
#define IS_EXTI_PORT_OK(PORT) \
(((PORT) == EXTI_PORT_GPIOA) ||\
((PORT) == EXTI_PORT_GPIOB) ||\
((PORT) == EXTI_PORT_GPIOC) ||\
((PORT) == EXTI_PORT_GPIOD) ||\
((PORT) == EXTI_PORT_GPIOE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different values of the EXTI PinMask
*/
#define IS_EXTI_PINMASK_OK(PinMask) ((((PinMask) & (uint8_t)0x00) == (uint8_t)0x00) && ((PinMask) != (uint8_t)0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void EXTI_DeInit(void);
void EXTI_SetExtIntSensitivity(EXTI_Port_TypeDef Port, EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef SensitivityValue);
void EXTI_SetTLISensitivity(EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef SensitivityValue);
EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef EXTI_GetExtIntSensitivity(EXTI_Port_TypeDef Port);
EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef EXTI_GetTLISensitivity(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_EXTI_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

300
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_flash.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_flash.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the FLASH peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_FLASH_H
#define __STM8S_FLASH_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_PROG_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x008000) /*!< Program memory: start address */
#if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax)
#define FLASH_PROG_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x027FFF) /*!< Program memory: end address */
#define FLASH_PROG_BLOCKS_NUMBER ((uint16_t)1024) /*!< Program memory: total number of blocks */
#define FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x004000) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: start address */
#define FLASH_DATA_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x0047FF) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: end address */
#define FLASH_DATA_BLOCKS_NUMBER ((uint16_t)16) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: total number of blocks */
#define FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE ((uint8_t)128) /*!< Number of bytes in a block (common for Program and Data memories) */
#endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207, STM8S007, STM8AF52Ax, STM8AF62Ax */
#if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8AF626x)
#define FLASH_PROG_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0xFFFF) /*!< Program memory: end address */
#define FLASH_PROG_BLOCKS_NUMBER ((uint16_t)256) /*!< Program memory: total number of blocks */
#define FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x004000) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: start address */
#define FLASH_DATA_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x0043FF) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: end address */
#define FLASH_DATA_BLOCKS_NUMBER ((uint16_t)8) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: total number of blocks */
#define FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE ((uint8_t)128) /*!< Number of bytes in a block (common for Program and Data memories) */
#endif /* STM8S105 or STM8AF626x */
#if defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x)
#define FLASH_PROG_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x9FFF) /*!< Program memory: end address */
#define FLASH_PROG_BLOCKS_NUMBER ((uint16_t)128) /*!< Program memory: total number of blocks */
#define FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x004000) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: start address */
#define FLASH_DATA_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x00427F) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: end address */
#define FLASH_DATA_BLOCKS_NUMBER ((uint16_t)10) /*!< Data EEPROM memory: total number of blocks */
#define FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE ((uint8_t)64) /*!< Number of bytes in a block (common for Program and Data memories) */
#endif /* STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF622x*/
#define FLASH_RASS_KEY1 ((uint8_t)0x56) /*!< First RASS key */
#define FLASH_RASS_KEY2 ((uint8_t)0xAE) /*!< Second RASS key */
#define OPTION_BYTE_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint16_t)0x4800)
#define OPTION_BYTE_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS ((uint16_t)0x487F)
#define FLASH_OPTIONBYTE_ERROR ((uint16_t)0x5555) /*!< Error code option byte
(if value read is not equal to complement value read) */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief FLASH Memory types
*/
typedef enum {
FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG = (uint8_t)0xFD, /*!< Program memory */
FLASH_MEMTYPE_DATA = (uint8_t)0xF7 /*!< Data EEPROM memory */
} FLASH_MemType_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH programming modes
*/
typedef enum {
FLASH_PROGRAMMODE_STANDARD = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Standard programming mode */
FLASH_PROGRAMMODE_FAST = (uint8_t)0x10 /*!< Fast programming mode */
} FLASH_ProgramMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH fixed programming time
*/
typedef enum {
FLASH_PROGRAMTIME_STANDARD = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Standard programming time fixed at 1/2 tprog */
FLASH_PROGRAMTIME_TPROG = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< Programming time fixed at tprog */
} FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH Low Power mode select
*/
typedef enum {
FLASH_LPMODE_POWERDOWN = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< HALT: Power-Down / ACTIVE-HALT: Power-Down */
FLASH_LPMODE_STANDBY = (uint8_t)0x08, /*!< HALT: Standby / ACTIVE-HALT: Standby */
FLASH_LPMODE_POWERDOWN_STANDBY = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< HALT: Power-Down / ACTIVE-HALT: Standby */
FLASH_LPMODE_STANDBY_POWERDOWN = (uint8_t)0x0C /*!< HALT: Standby / ACTIVE-HALT: Power-Down */
}
FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH status of the last operation
*/
typedef enum {
#if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8S105) || \
defined(STM8S005) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || defined(STM8AF626x)
FLASH_STATUS_END_HIGH_VOLTAGE = (uint8_t)0x40, /*!< End of high voltage */
#endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207, STM8S105, STM8AF62Ax, STM8AF52Ax, STM8AF626x */
FLASH_STATUS_SUCCESSFUL_OPERATION = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< End of operation flag */
FLASH_STATUS_TIMEOUT = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Time out error */
FLASH_STATUS_WRITE_PROTECTION_ERROR = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< Write attempted to protected page */
} FLASH_Status_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief FLASH flags definition
* - Warning : FLAG value = mapping position register
*/
typedef enum {
#if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8S105) || \
defined(STM8S005) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || defined(STM8AF626x)
FLASH_FLAG_HVOFF = (uint8_t)0x40, /*!< End of high voltage flag */
#endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207, STM8S105, STM8AF62Ax, STM8AF52Ax, STM8AF626x */
FLASH_FLAG_DUL = (uint8_t)0x08, /*!< Data EEPROM unlocked flag */
FLASH_FLAG_EOP = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< End of programming (write or erase operation) flag */
FLASH_FLAG_PUL = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Flash Program memory unlocked flag */
FLASH_FLAG_WR_PG_DIS = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< Write attempted to protected page flag */
} FLASH_Flag_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different functions parameters.
* @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the flash program Address
*/
#define IS_FLASH_PROG_ADDRESS_OK(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_PROG_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) && \
((ADDRESS) <= FLASH_PROG_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the data eeprom Address
*/
#define IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS_OK(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) && \
((ADDRESS) <= FLASH_DATA_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the data eeprom and flash program Address
*/
#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS_OK(ADDRESS)((((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_PROG_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) && ((ADDRESS) <= FLASH_PROG_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)) || \
(((ADDRESS) >= FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) && ((ADDRESS) <= FLASH_DATA_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS)))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the flash program Block number
*/
#define IS_FLASH_PROG_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BLOCKNUM) ((BLOCKNUM) < FLASH_PROG_BLOCKS_NUMBER)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the data eeprom Block number
*/
#define IS_FLASH_DATA_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BLOCKNUM) ((BLOCKNUM) < FLASH_DATA_BLOCKS_NUMBER)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the flash memory type
*/
#define IS_MEMORY_TYPE_OK(MEMTYPE) (((MEMTYPE) == FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG) || \
((MEMTYPE) == FLASH_MEMTYPE_DATA))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different sensitivity values for the flash program mode
*/
#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == FLASH_PROGRAMMODE_STANDARD) || \
((MODE) == FLASH_PROGRAMMODE_FAST))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the program time mode
*/
#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_TIME_OK(TIME) (((TIME) == FLASH_PROGRAMTIME_STANDARD) || \
((TIME) == FLASH_PROGRAMTIME_TPROG))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the low power mode
*/
#define IS_FLASH_LOW_POWER_MODE_OK(LPMODE) (((LPMODE) == FLASH_LPMODE_POWERDOWN) || \
((LPMODE) == FLASH_LPMODE_STANDBY) || \
((LPMODE) == FLASH_LPMODE_POWERDOWN_STANDBY) || \
((LPMODE) == FLASH_LPMODE_STANDBY_POWERDOWN))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the option bytes Address
*/
#define IS_OPTION_BYTE_ADDRESS_OK(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= OPTION_BYTE_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS) && \
((ADDRESS) <= OPTION_BYTE_END_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different flags values
*/
#if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8S105) || \
defined(STM8S005) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || defined(STM8AF626x)
#define IS_FLASH_FLAGS_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_HVOFF) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_DUL) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PUL) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WR_PG_DIS))
#else /* STM8S103, STM8S903, STM8AF622x */
#define IS_FLASH_FLAGS_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_DUL) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PUL) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WR_PG_DIS))
#endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207, STM8S105, STM8AF62Ax, STM8AF52Ax, STM8AF626x */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void FLASH_Unlock(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType);
void FLASH_Lock(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType);
void FLASH_DeInit(void);
void FLASH_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void FLASH_EraseByte(uint32_t Address);
void FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
uint8_t FLASH_ReadByte(uint32_t Address);
void FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
uint16_t FLASH_ReadOptionByte(uint16_t Address);
void FLASH_ProgramOptionByte(uint16_t Address, uint8_t Data);
void FLASH_EraseOptionByte(uint16_t Address);
void FLASH_SetLowPowerMode(FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef FLASH_LPMode);
void FLASH_SetProgrammingTime(FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef FLASH_ProgTime);
FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef FLASH_GetLowPowerMode(void);
FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef FLASH_GetProgrammingTime(void);
uint32_t FLASH_GetBootSize(void);
FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(FLASH_Flag_TypeDef FLASH_FLAG);
/**
@code
All the functions declared below must be executed from RAM exclusively, except
for the FLASH_WaitForLastOperation function which can be executed from Flash.
Steps of the execution from RAM differs from one toolchain to another.
for more details refer to stm8s_flash.c file.
To enable execution from RAM you can either uncomment the following define
in the stm8s.h file or define it in your toolchain compiler preprocessor
- #define RAM_EXECUTION (1)
@endcode
*/
IN_RAM(void FLASH_EraseBlock(uint16_t BlockNum, FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType));
IN_RAM(void FLASH_ProgramBlock(uint16_t BlockNum, FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType,
FLASH_ProgramMode_TypeDef FLASH_ProgMode, uint8_t *Buffer));
IN_RAM(FLASH_Status_TypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType));
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /*__STM8S_FLASH_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

156
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_gpio.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_gpio.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the GPIO peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_GPIO_H
#define __STM8S_GPIO_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported variables ------------------------------------------------------- */
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief GPIO modes
*
* Bits definitions:
* - Bit 7: 0 = INPUT mode
* 1 = OUTPUT mode
* 1 = PULL-UP (input) or PUSH-PULL (output)
* - Bit 5: 0 = No external interrupt (input) or No slope control (output)
* 1 = External interrupt (input) or Slow control enabled (output)
* - Bit 4: 0 = Low level (output)
* 1 = High level (output push-pull) or HI-Z (output open-drain)
*/
typedef enum
{
GPIO_MODE_IN_FL_NO_IT = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Input floating, no external interrupt */
GPIO_MODE_IN_PU_NO_IT = (uint8_t)0x40, /*!< Input pull-up, no external interrupt */
GPIO_MODE_IN_FL_IT = (uint8_t)0x20, /*!< Input floating, external interrupt */
GPIO_MODE_IN_PU_IT = (uint8_t)0x60, /*!< Input pull-up, external interrupt */
GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_LOW_FAST = (uint8_t)0xA0, /*!< Output open-drain, low level, 10MHz */
GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_LOW_FAST = (uint8_t)0xE0, /*!< Output push-pull, low level, 10MHz */
GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_LOW_SLOW = (uint8_t)0x80, /*!< Output open-drain, low level, 2MHz */
GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_LOW_SLOW = (uint8_t)0xC0, /*!< Output push-pull, low level, 2MHz */
GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_HIZ_FAST = (uint8_t)0xB0, /*!< Output open-drain, high-impedance level,10MHz */
GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_HIGH_FAST = (uint8_t)0xF0, /*!< Output push-pull, high level, 10MHz */
GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_HIZ_SLOW = (uint8_t)0x90, /*!< Output open-drain, high-impedance level, 2MHz */
GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_HIGH_SLOW = (uint8_t)0xD0 /*!< Output push-pull, high level, 2MHz */
}GPIO_Mode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief Definition of the GPIO pins. Used by the @ref GPIO_Init function in
* order to select the pins to be initialized.
*/
typedef enum
{
GPIO_PIN_0 = ((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< Pin 0 selected */
GPIO_PIN_1 = ((uint8_t)0x02), /*!< Pin 1 selected */
GPIO_PIN_2 = ((uint8_t)0x04), /*!< Pin 2 selected */
GPIO_PIN_3 = ((uint8_t)0x08), /*!< Pin 3 selected */
GPIO_PIN_4 = ((uint8_t)0x10), /*!< Pin 4 selected */
GPIO_PIN_5 = ((uint8_t)0x20), /*!< Pin 5 selected */
GPIO_PIN_6 = ((uint8_t)0x40), /*!< Pin 6 selected */
GPIO_PIN_7 = ((uint8_t)0x80), /*!< Pin 7 selected */
GPIO_PIN_LNIB = ((uint8_t)0x0F), /*!< Low nibble pins selected */
GPIO_PIN_HNIB = ((uint8_t)0xF0), /*!< High nibble pins selected */
GPIO_PIN_ALL = ((uint8_t)0xFF) /*!< All pins selected */
}GPIO_Pin_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* values of GPIOMode_TypeDef.
*/
#define IS_GPIO_MODE_OK(MODE) \
(((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IN_FL_NO_IT) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IN_PU_NO_IT) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IN_FL_IT) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IN_PU_IT) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_LOW_FAST) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_LOW_FAST) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_LOW_SLOW) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_LOW_SLOW) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_HIZ_FAST) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_HIGH_FAST) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_OD_HIZ_SLOW) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_HIGH_SLOW))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* values of GPIO_Pins.
*/
#define IS_GPIO_PIN_OK(PIN) ((PIN) != (uint8_t)0x00)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin, GPIO_Mode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode);
void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint8_t PortVal);
void GPIO_WriteHigh(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins);
void GPIO_WriteLow(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins);
void GPIO_WriteReverse(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins);
uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
BitStatus GPIO_ReadInputPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin);
void GPIO_ExternalPullUpConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin, FunctionalState NewState);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8L_GPIO_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

632
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_i2c.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_i2c.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the I2C peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_I2C_H
#define __STM8S_I2C_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief I2C duty cycle (fast mode only)
*/
typedef enum
{
I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2 = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Fast mode Tlow/THigh = 2 */
I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9 = (uint8_t)0x40 /*!< Fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
} I2C_DutyCycle_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief I2C Acknowledgement configuration
*/
typedef enum
{
I2C_ACK_NONE = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< No acknowledge */
I2C_ACK_CURR = (uint8_t)0x01, /*!< Acknowledge on the current byte */
I2C_ACK_NEXT = (uint8_t)0x02 /*!< Acknowledge on the next byte */
} I2C_Ack_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief I2C Addressing Mode (slave mode only)
*/
typedef enum
{
I2C_ADDMODE_7BIT = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< 7-bit slave address (10-bit address not acknowledged) */
I2C_ADDMODE_10BIT = (uint8_t)0x80 /*!< 10-bit slave address (7-bit address not acknowledged) */
} I2C_AddMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief I2C Interrupt sources
* Warning: the values correspond to the bit position in the ITR register
*/
typedef enum
{
I2C_IT_ERR = (uint8_t)0x01, /*!< Error Interruption */
I2C_IT_EVT = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Event Interruption */
I2C_IT_BUF = (uint8_t)0x04 /*!< Buffer Interruption */
} I2C_IT_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief I2C transfer direction
* Warning: the values correspond to the ADD0 bit position in the OARL register
*/
typedef enum
{
I2C_DIRECTION_TX = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Transmission direction */
I2C_DIRECTION_RX = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< Reception direction */
} I2C_Direction_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief I2C Flags
* @brief Elements values convention: 0xXXYY
* X = SRx registers index
* X = 1 : SR1
* X = 2 : SR2
* X = 3 : SR3
* Y = Flag mask in the register
*/
typedef enum
{
/* SR1 register flags */
I2C_FLAG_TXEMPTY = (uint16_t)0x0180, /*!< Transmit Data Register Empty flag */
I2C_FLAG_RXNOTEMPTY = (uint16_t)0x0140, /*!< Read Data Register Not Empty flag */
I2C_FLAG_STOPDETECTION = (uint16_t)0x0110, /*!< Stop detected flag */
I2C_FLAG_HEADERSENT = (uint16_t)0x0108, /*!< 10-bit Header sent flag */
I2C_FLAG_TRANSFERFINISHED = (uint16_t)0x0104, /*!< Data Byte Transfer Finished flag */
I2C_FLAG_ADDRESSSENTMATCHED = (uint16_t)0x0102, /*!< Address Sent/Matched (master/slave) flag */
I2C_FLAG_STARTDETECTION = (uint16_t)0x0101, /*!< Start bit sent flag */
/* SR2 register flags */
I2C_FLAG_WAKEUPFROMHALT = (uint16_t)0x0220, /*!< Wake Up From Halt Flag */
I2C_FLAG_OVERRUNUNDERRUN = (uint16_t)0x0208, /*!< Overrun/Underrun flag */
I2C_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGEFAILURE = (uint16_t)0x0204, /*!< Acknowledge Failure Flag */
I2C_FLAG_ARBITRATIONLOSS = (uint16_t)0x0202, /*!< Arbitration Loss Flag */
I2C_FLAG_BUSERROR = (uint16_t)0x0201, /*!< Misplaced Start or Stop condition */
/* SR3 register flags */
I2C_FLAG_GENERALCALL = (uint16_t)0x0310, /*!< General Call header received Flag */
I2C_FLAG_TRANSMITTERRECEIVER = (uint16_t)0x0304, /*!< Transmitter Receiver Flag */
I2C_FLAG_BUSBUSY = (uint16_t)0x0302, /*!< Bus Busy Flag */
I2C_FLAG_MASTERSLAVE = (uint16_t)0x0301 /*!< Master Slave Flag */
} I2C_Flag_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief I2C Pending bits
* Elements values convention: 0xXYZZ
* X = SRx registers index
* X = 1 : SR1
* X = 2 : SR2
* Y = Position of the corresponding Interrupt
* ZZ = flag mask in the dedicated register(X register)
*/
typedef enum
{
/* SR1 register flags */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_TXEMPTY = (uint16_t)0x1680, /*!< Transmit Data Register Empty */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_RXNOTEMPTY = (uint16_t)0x1640, /*!< Read Data Register Not Empty */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_STOPDETECTION = (uint16_t)0x1210, /*!< Stop detected */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_HEADERSENT = (uint16_t)0x1208, /*!< 10-bit Header sent */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_TRANSFERFINISHED = (uint16_t)0x1204, /*!< Data Byte Transfer Finished */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ADDRESSSENTMATCHED = (uint16_t)0x1202, /*!< Address Sent/Matched (master/slave) */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_STARTDETECTION = (uint16_t)0x1201, /*!< Start bit sent */
/* SR2 register flags */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_WAKEUPFROMHALT = (uint16_t)0x2220, /*!< Wake Up From Halt */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_OVERRUNUNDERRUN = (uint16_t)0x2108, /*!< Overrun/Underrun */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ACKNOWLEDGEFAILURE = (uint16_t)0x2104, /*!< Acknowledge Failure */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ARBITRATIONLOSS = (uint16_t)0x2102, /*!< Arbitration Loss */
I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_BUSERROR = (uint16_t)0x2101 /*!< Misplaced Start or Stop condition */
} I2C_ITPendingBit_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief I2C possible events
* Values convention: 0xXXYY
* XX = Event SR3 corresponding value
* YY = Event SR1 corresponding value
* @note if Event = EV3_2 the rule above does not apply
* YY = Event SR2 corresponding value
*/
typedef enum
{
/*========================================
I2C Master Events (Events grouped in order of communication)
==========================================*/
/**
* @brief Communication start
*
* After sending the START condition (I2C_GenerateSTART() function) the master
* has to wait for this event. It means that the Start condition has been correctly
* released on the I2C bus (the bus is free, no other devices is communicating).
*
*/
/* --EV5 */
I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT = (uint16_t)0x0301, /*!< BUSY, MSL and SB flag */
/**
* @brief Address Acknowledge
*
* After checking on EV5 (start condition correctly released on the bus), the
* master sends the address of the slave(s) with which it will communicate
* (I2C_Send7bitAddress() function, it also determines the direction of the communication:
* Master transmitter or Receiver).
* Then the master has to wait that a slave acknowledges his address.
* If an acknowledge is sent on the bus, one of the following events will
* be set:
*
* 1) In case of Master Receiver (7-bit addressing):
* the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED event is set.
*
* 2) In case of Master Transmitter (7-bit addressing):
* the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED is set
*
* 3) In case of 10-Bit addressing mode, the master (just after generating the START
* and checking on EV5) has to send the header of 10-bit addressing mode (I2C_SendData()
* function).
* Then master should wait on EV9. It means that the 10-bit addressing
* header has been correctly sent on the bus.
* Then master should send the second part of the 10-bit address (LSB) using
* the function I2C_Send7bitAddress(). Then master should wait for event EV6.
*
*/
/* --EV6 */
I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED = (uint16_t)0x0782, /*!< BUSY, MSL, ADDR, TXE and TRA flags */
I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED = (uint16_t)0x0302, /*!< BUSY, MSL and ADDR flags */
/* --EV9 */
I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 = (uint16_t)0x0308, /*!< BUSY, MSL and ADD10 flags */
/**
* @brief Communication events
*
* If a communication is established (START condition generated and slave address
* acknowledged) then the master has to check on one of the following events for
* communication procedures:
*
* 1) Master Receiver mode: The master has to wait on the event EV7 then to read
* the data received from the slave (I2C_ReceiveData() function).
*
* 2) Master Transmitter mode: The master has to send data (I2C_SendData()
* function) then to wait on event EV8 or EV8_2.
* These two events are similar:
* - EV8 means that the data has been written in the data register and is
* being shifted out.
* - EV8_2 means that the data has been physically shifted out and output
* on the bus.
* In most cases, using EV8 is sufficient for the application.
* Using EV8_2 leads to a slower communication but ensures more reliable test.
* EV8_2 is also more suitable than EV8 for testing on the last data transmission
* (before Stop condition generation).
*
* @note In case the user software does not guarantee that this event EV7 is
* managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV7
* and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)).
* In this case the communication may be slower.
*
*/
/* Master RECEIVER mode -----------------------------*/
/* --EV7 */
I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED = (uint16_t)0x0340, /*!< BUSY, MSL and RXNE flags */
/* Master TRANSMITTER mode --------------------------*/
/* --EV8 */
I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING = (uint16_t)0x0780, /*!< TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE flags */
/* --EV8_2 */
I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED = (uint16_t)0x0784, /*!< EV8_2: TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE and BTF flags */
/*========================================
I2C Slave Events (Events grouped in order of communication)
==========================================*/
/**
* @brief Communication start events
*
* Wait on one of these events at the start of the communication. It means that
* the I2C peripheral detected a Start condition on the bus (generated by master
* device) followed by the peripheral address.
* The peripheral generates an ACK condition on the bus (if the acknowledge
* feature is enabled through function I2C_AcknowledgeConfig()) and the events
* listed above are set :
*
* 1) In normal case (only one address managed by the slave), when the address
* sent by the master matches the own address of the peripheral (configured by
* I2C_OwnAddress1 field) the I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_ADDRESS_MATCHED event is set
* (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER).
*
* 2) In case the address sent by the master is General Call (address 0x00) and
* if the General Call is enabled for the peripheral (using function I2C_GeneralCallCmd())
* the following event is set I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED.
*
*/
/* --EV1 (all the events below are variants of EV1) */
/* 1) Case of One Single Address managed by the slave */
I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED = (uint16_t)0x0202, /*!< BUSY and ADDR flags */
I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED = (uint16_t)0x0682, /*!< TRA, BUSY, TXE and ADDR flags */
/* 2) Case of General Call enabled for the slave */
I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED = (uint16_t)0x1200, /*!< EV2: GENCALL and BUSY flags */
/**
* @brief Communication events
*
* Wait on one of these events when EV1 has already been checked :
*
* - Slave RECEIVER mode:
* - EV2: When the application is expecting a data byte to be received.
* - EV4: When the application is expecting the end of the communication:
* master sends a stop condition and data transmission is stopped.
*
* - Slave Transmitter mode:
* - EV3: When a byte has been transmitted by the slave and the application
* is expecting the end of the byte transmission.
* The two events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED and I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING
* are similar. The second one can optionally be used when the user software
* doesn't guarantee the EV3 is managed before the current byte end of transfer.
* - EV3_2: When the master sends a NACK in order to tell slave that data transmission
* shall end (before sending the STOP condition).
* In this case slave has to stop sending data bytes and expect a Stop
* condition on the bus.
*
* @note In case the user software does not guarantee that the event EV2 is
* managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV2
* and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)).
* In this case the communication may be slower.
*
*/
/* Slave RECEIVER mode --------------------------*/
/* --EV2 */
I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED = (uint16_t)0x0240, /*!< BUSY and RXNE flags */
/* --EV4 */
I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED = (uint16_t)0x0010, /*!< STOPF flag */
/* Slave TRANSMITTER mode -----------------------*/
/* --EV3 */
I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED = (uint16_t)0x0684, /*!< TRA, BUSY, TXE and BTF flags */
I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING = (uint16_t)0x0680, /*!< TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
/* --EV3_2 */
I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE = (uint16_t)0x0004 /*!< AF flag */
} I2C_Event_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define I2C_MAX_STANDARD_FREQ ((uint32_t)100000)
#define I2C_MAX_FAST_FREQ ((uint32_t)400000)
#if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007)
#define I2C_MAX_INPUT_FREQ ((uint8_t)24)
#else
#define I2C_MAX_INPUT_FREQ ((uint8_t)16)
#endif
/**
*@}
*/
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different I2C duty cycles.
*/
#define IS_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_OK(DUTY) \
(((DUTY) == I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2) || \
((DUTY) == I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different acknowledgement configuration
*/
#define IS_I2C_ACK_OK(ACK) \
(((ACK) == I2C_ACK_NONE) || \
((ACK) == I2C_ACK_CURR) || \
((ACK) == I2C_ACK_NEXT))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different I2C addressing modes.
*/
#define IS_I2C_ADDMODE_OK(ADDMODE) \
(((ADDMODE) == I2C_ADDMODE_7BIT) || \
((ADDMODE) == I2C_ADDMODE_10BIT))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different I2C interrupt types.
*/
#define IS_I2C_INTERRUPT_OK(IT) \
(((IT) == I2C_IT_ERR) || \
((IT) == I2C_IT_EVT) || \
((IT) == I2C_IT_BUF) || \
((IT) == (I2C_IT_ERR | I2C_IT_EVT)) || \
((IT) == (I2C_IT_ERR | I2C_IT_BUF)) || \
((IT) == (I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF)) || \
((IT) == (I2C_IT_EVT | I2C_IT_BUF | I2C_IT_ERR)))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different I2C communcation direction.
*/
#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION_OK(DIR) \
(((DIR) == I2C_DIRECTION_TX) || \
((DIR) == I2C_DIRECTION_RX))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different I2C flags.
*/
#define IS_I2C_FLAG_OK(FLAG) \
(((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXEMPTY) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNOTEMPTY) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPDETECTION) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_HEADERSENT) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TRANSFERFINISHED) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDRESSSENTMATCHED) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STARTDETECTION) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_WAKEUPFROMHALT) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVERRUNUNDERRUN) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGEFAILURE) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARBITRATIONLOSS) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSERROR) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_GENERALCALL) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TRANSMITTERRECEIVER) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSBUSY) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_MASTERSLAVE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the I2C flags to clear.
*/
#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(FLAG) ((((uint16_t)(FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFD00) == 0x00) \
&& ((uint16_t)(FLAG) != 0x00))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different I2C possible pending bits.
*/
#define IS_I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_OK(ITPENDINGBIT) \
(((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_TXEMPTY) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_RXNOTEMPTY) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_STOPDETECTION) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_HEADERSENT) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_TRANSFERFINISHED) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ADDRESSSENTMATCHED) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_STARTDETECTION) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_WAKEUPFROMHALT) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_OVERRUNUNDERRUN) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ACKNOWLEDGEFAILURE) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ARBITRATIONLOSS) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_BUSERROR))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different I2C possible
* pending bits to clear by writing 0.
*/
#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_ITPENDINGBIT_OK(ITPENDINGBIT) \
(((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_WAKEUPFROMHALT) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_OVERRUNUNDERRUN) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ACKNOWLEDGEFAILURE) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ARBITRATIONLOSS) || \
((ITPENDINGBIT) == I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_BUSERROR))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different I2C possible events.
*/
#define IS_I2C_EVENT_OK(EVENT) (((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \
((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | (uint16_t)I2C_FLAG_GENERALCALL)) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \
((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | (uint16_t)I2C_FLAG_GENERALCALL)) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different I2C possible own address.
*/
#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS_OK(ADDRESS) \
((ADDRESS) <= (uint16_t)0x03FF)
/* The address must be even */
#define IS_I2C_ADDRESS_OK(ADD) \
(((ADD) & (uint8_t)0x01) == (uint8_t)0x00)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check that I2C Input clock frequency must be between 1MHz and 50MHz.
*/
#define IS_I2C_INPUT_CLOCK_FREQ_OK(FREQ) \
(((FREQ) >= (uint8_t)1) && ((FREQ) <= I2C_MAX_INPUT_FREQ))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check that I2C Output clock frequency must be between 1Hz and 400kHz.
*/
#define IS_I2C_OUTPUT_CLOCK_FREQ_OK(FREQ) \
(((FREQ) >= (uint8_t)1) && ((FREQ) <= I2C_MAX_FAST_FREQ))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup I2C_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void I2C_DeInit(void);
void I2C_Init(uint32_t OutputClockFrequencyHz, uint16_t OwnAddress,
I2C_DutyCycle_TypeDef I2C_DutyCycle, I2C_Ack_TypeDef Ack,
I2C_AddMode_TypeDef AddMode, uint8_t InputClockFrequencyMHz );
void I2C_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_GenerateSTART(FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_GenerateSTOP(FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_StretchClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_Ack_TypeDef Ack);
void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_DutyCycle_TypeDef I2C_DutyCycle);
void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_IT_TypeDef I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(void);
void I2C_Send7bitAddress(uint8_t Address, I2C_Direction_TypeDef Direction);
void I2C_SendData(uint8_t Data);
/**
* @brief
****************************************************************************************
*
* I2C State Monitoring Functions
*
****************************************************************************************
* This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring
* depending on the application requirements and constraints:
*
*
* 1) Basic state monitoring:
* Using I2C_CheckEvent() function:
* It compares the status registers (SR1, SR2 and SR3) content to a given event
* (can be the combination of one or more flags).
* It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags
* and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status.
* - When to use:
* - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup
* activity since the events are fully described in the product reference manual
* (RM0016).
* - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events.
* - Limitations:
* - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored flags),
* the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite the communication
* hold or corrupted real state.
* In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor the error
* events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler.
*
* @note
* For error management, it is advised to use the following functions:
* - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR).
* - I2C_IRQHandler() which is called when the I2C interrupts occur.
* - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the
* I2Cx_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred.
* - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd()
* and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and
* source and return to correct communication status.
*
*
* 2) Advanced state monitoring:
* Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both SR1
* & SR3 status registers in a single word (uint16_t) (Status Register 3 value
* is shifted left by 8 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1).
* - When to use:
* - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it allows to
* overcome the limitations of I2C_GetFlagStatus() function (see below).
* The returned value could be compared to events already defined in the
* library (stm8s_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user.
* - This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the same time.
* - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows user to
* choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are set and no
* other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set like
* I2C_CheckEvent() function).
* - Limitations:
* - User may need to define his own events.
* - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this
* function if user decides to check only regular communication flags (and
* ignores error flags).
*
*
* 3) Flag-based state monitoring:
* Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of
* one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...).
* - When to use:
* - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug phase.
* - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C events
* are monitored through multiple flags).
* - Limitations:
* - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. Some flags are
* cleared when the status register is accessed. So checking the status
* of one Flag, may clear other ones.
* - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor one
* single event.
*
*/
/**
*
* 1) Basic state monitoring
*******************************************************************************
*/
ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_Event_TypeDef I2C_Event);
/**
*
* 2) Advanced state monitoring
*******************************************************************************
*/
I2C_Event_TypeDef I2C_GetLastEvent(void);
/**
*
* 3) Flag-based state monitoring
*******************************************************************************
*/
FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_Flag_TypeDef I2C_Flag);
/**
*
*******************************************************************************
*/
void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_Flag_TypeDef I2C_FLAG);
ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_ITPendingBit_TypeDef I2C_ITPendingBit);
void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_ITPendingBit_TypeDef I2C_ITPendingBit);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_I2C_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

186
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_itc.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_itc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the ITC peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_ITC_H
#define __STM8S_ITC_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ITC_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief ITC Interrupt Lines selection
*/
typedef enum {
ITC_IRQ_TLI = (uint8_t)0, /*!< Software interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_AWU = (uint8_t)1, /*!< Auto wake up from halt interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_CLK = (uint8_t)2, /*!< Clock controller interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_PORTA = (uint8_t)3, /*!< Port A external interrupts */
ITC_IRQ_PORTB = (uint8_t)4, /*!< Port B external interrupts */
ITC_IRQ_PORTC = (uint8_t)5, /*!< Port C external interrupts */
ITC_IRQ_PORTD = (uint8_t)6, /*!< Port D external interrupts */
ITC_IRQ_PORTE = (uint8_t)7, /*!< Port E external interrupts */
#if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8AF52Ax)
ITC_IRQ_CAN_RX = (uint8_t)8, /*!< beCAN RX interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_CAN_TX = (uint8_t)9, /*!< beCAN TX/ER/SC interrupt */
#endif /*STM8S208 or STM8AF52Ax */
#if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x)
ITC_IRQ_PORTF = (uint8_t)8, /*!< Port F external interrupts */
#endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */
ITC_IRQ_SPI = (uint8_t)10, /*!< SPI interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_TIM1_OVF = (uint8_t)11, /*!< TIM1 update/overflow/underflow/trigger/
break interrupt*/
ITC_IRQ_TIM1_CAPCOM = (uint8_t)12, /*!< TIM1 capture/compare interrupt */
#if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x)
ITC_IRQ_TIM5_OVFTRI = (uint8_t)13, /*!< TIM5 update/overflow/underflow/trigger/
interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_TIM5_CAPCOM = (uint8_t)14, /*!< TIM5 capture/compare interrupt */
#else
ITC_IRQ_TIM2_OVF = (uint8_t)13, /*!< TIM2 update /overflow interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_TIM2_CAPCOM = (uint8_t)14, /*!< TIM2 capture/compare interrupt */
#endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */
ITC_IRQ_TIM3_OVF = (uint8_t)15, /*!< TIM3 update /overflow interrupt*/
ITC_IRQ_TIM3_CAPCOM = (uint8_t)16, /*!< TIM3 update /overflow interrupt */
#if defined(STM8S208) ||defined(STM8S207) || defined (STM8S007) || defined(STM8S103) || \
defined(STM8S003) ||defined(STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax)
ITC_IRQ_UART1_TX = (uint8_t)17, /*!< UART1 TX interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_UART1_RX = (uint8_t)18, /*!< UART1 RX interrupt */
#endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8S007 or STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */
#if defined(STM8AF622x)
ITC_IRQ_UART4_TX = (uint8_t)17, /*!< UART4 TX interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_UART4_RX = (uint8_t)18, /*!< UART4 RX interrupt */
#endif /*STM8AF622x */
ITC_IRQ_I2C = (uint8_t)19, /*!< I2C interrupt */
#if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8AF626x)
ITC_IRQ_UART2_TX = (uint8_t)20, /*!< USART2 TX interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_UART2_RX = (uint8_t)21, /*!< USART2 RX interrupt */
#endif /*STM8S105 or STM8AF626x */
#if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) || defined(STM8AF62Ax)
ITC_IRQ_UART3_TX = (uint8_t)20, /*!< USART3 TX interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_UART3_RX = (uint8_t)21, /*!< USART3 RX interrupt */
ITC_IRQ_ADC2 = (uint8_t)22, /*!< ADC2 interrupt */
#endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */
#if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF626x) || defined(STM8AF622x)
ITC_IRQ_ADC1 = (uint8_t)22, /*!< ADC2 interrupt */
#endif /*STM8S105 or STM8S005 or STM8S003 or STM8S103 or STM8S903 or STM8AF626x or STM8AF622x */
#if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x)
ITC_IRQ_TIM6_OVFTRI = (uint8_t)23, /*!< TIM6 update/overflow/underflow/trigger/
interrupt */
#else
ITC_IRQ_TIM4_OVF = (uint8_t)23, /*!< TIM4 update /overflow interrupt */
#endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */
ITC_IRQ_EEPROM_EEC = (uint8_t)24 /*!< Flash interrupt */
} ITC_Irq_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief ITC Priority Levels selection
*/
typedef enum {
ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_0 = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Software priority level 0 (cannot be written) */
ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_1 = (uint8_t)0x01, /*!< Software priority level 1 */
ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_2 = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Software priority level 2 */
ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_3 = (uint8_t)0x03 /*!< Software priority level 3 */
} ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ITC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define CPU_SOFT_INT_DISABLED ((uint8_t)0x28) /*!< Mask for I1 and I0 bits in CPU_CC register */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @brief Macros used by the assert function in order to check the different functions parameters.
* @addtogroup ITC_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/* Used by assert function */
#define IS_ITC_IRQ_OK(IRQ) ((IRQ) <= (uint8_t)24)
/* Used by assert function */
#define IS_ITC_PRIORITY_OK(PriorityValue) \
(((PriorityValue) == ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_0) || \
((PriorityValue) == ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_1) || \
((PriorityValue) == ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_2) || \
((PriorityValue) == ITC_PRIORITYLEVEL_3))
/* Used by assert function */
#define IS_ITC_INTERRUPTS_DISABLED (ITC_GetSoftIntStatus() == CPU_SOFT_INT_DISABLED)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup ITC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
uint8_t ITC_GetCPUCC(void);
void ITC_DeInit(void);
uint8_t ITC_GetSoftIntStatus(void);
void ITC_SetSoftwarePriority(ITC_Irq_TypeDef IrqNum, ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef PriorityValue);
ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef ITC_GetSoftwarePriority(ITC_Irq_TypeDef IrqNum);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_ITC_H */
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

131
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_iwdg.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_iwdg.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototypes and macros for the IWDG peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_IWDG_H
#define __STM8S_IWDG_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Private_Define
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Define used to prevent watchdog reset
*/
#define IWDG_KEY_REFRESH ((uint8_t)0xAA) /*!< This value written in the Key register prevent the watchdog reset */
/**
* @brief Define used to start the watchdog counter down
*/
#define IWDG_KEY_ENABLE ((uint8_t)0xCC) /*!< This value written in the Key register start the watchdog counting down*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* values of the prescaler.
*/
#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER_OK(VALUE) (((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_4 ) || \
((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_8 ) || \
((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_16 ) || \
((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_32 ) || \
((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_64 ) || \
((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_128 ) || \
((VALUE) == IWDG_Prescaler_256))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* values of the counter register.
*/
#define IS_IWDG_WRITEACCESS_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || ((MODE) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/** IWDG write access enumeration */
typedef enum
{
IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable = (uint8_t)0x55, /*!< Code 0x55 in Key register, allow write access to Prescaler and Reload registers */
IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable = (uint8_t)0x00 /*!< Code 0x00 in Key register, not allow write access to Prescaler and Reload registers */
} IWDG_WriteAccess_TypeDef;
/** IWDG prescaler enumaration */
typedef enum
{
IWDG_Prescaler_4 = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 4 */
IWDG_Prescaler_8 = (uint8_t)0x01, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 8 */
IWDG_Prescaler_16 = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 16 */
IWDG_Prescaler_32 = (uint8_t)0x03, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 32 */
IWDG_Prescaler_64 = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 64 */
IWDG_Prescaler_128 = (uint8_t)0x05, /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 128 */
IWDG_Prescaler_256 = (uint8_t)0x06 /*!< Used to set prescaler register to 256 */
} IWDG_Prescaler_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_TypeDef IWDG_WriteAccess);
void IWDG_SetPrescaler(IWDG_Prescaler_TypeDef IWDG_Prescaler);
void IWDG_SetReload(uint8_t IWDG_Reload);
void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void);
void IWDG_Enable(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_IWDG_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

92
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_rst.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_rst.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the RST peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_RST_H
#define __STM8S_RST_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RST_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
typedef enum {
RST_FLAG_EMCF = (uint8_t)0x10, /*!< EMC reset flag */
RST_FLAG_SWIMF = (uint8_t)0x08, /*!< SWIM reset flag */
RST_FLAG_ILLOPF = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< Illigal opcode reset flag */
RST_FLAG_IWDGF = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Independent watchdog reset flag */
RST_FLAG_WWDGF = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< Window watchdog reset flag */
}RST_Flag_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup RST_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different RST flags.
*/
#define IS_RST_FLAG_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RST_FLAG_EMCF) || \
((FLAG) == RST_FLAG_SWIMF) ||\
((FLAG) == RST_FLAG_ILLOPF) ||\
((FLAG) == RST_FLAG_IWDGF) ||\
((FLAG) == RST_FLAG_WWDGF))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup RST_Exported_functions
* @{
*/
FlagStatus RST_GetFlagStatus(RST_Flag_TypeDef RST_Flag);
void RST_ClearFlag(RST_Flag_TypeDef RST_Flag);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_RST_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

336
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_spi.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_spi.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the SPI peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_SPI_H
#define __STM8S_SPI_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief SPI data direction mode
* Warning: element values correspond to BDM, BDOE, RXONLY bits position
*/
typedef enum {
SPI_DATADIRECTION_2LINES_FULLDUPLEX = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< 2-line uni-directional data mode enable */
SPI_DATADIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< Receiver only in 2 line uni-directional data mode */
SPI_DATADIRECTION_1LINE_RX = (uint8_t)0x80, /*!< Receiver only in 1 line bi-directional data mode */
SPI_DATADIRECTION_1LINE_TX = (uint8_t)0xC0 /*!< Transmit only in 1 line bi-directional data mode */
} SPI_DataDirection_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI Slave Select management
* Warning: element values correspond to LSBFIRST bit position
*/
typedef enum
{
SPI_NSS_SOFT = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Software slave management disabled */
SPI_NSS_HARD = (uint8_t)0x00 /*!< Software slave management enabled */
} SPI_NSS_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI direction transmit/receive
*/
typedef enum {
SPI_DIRECTION_RX = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Selects Rx receive direction in bi-directional mode */
SPI_DIRECTION_TX = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< Selects Tx transmission direction in bi-directional mode */
} SPI_Direction_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI master/slave mode
* Warning: element values correspond to MSTR bit position
*/
typedef enum {
SPI_MODE_MASTER = (uint8_t)0x04, /*!< SPI Master configuration */
SPI_MODE_SLAVE = (uint8_t)0x00 /*!< SPI Slave configuration */
} SPI_Mode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI BaudRate Prescaler
* Warning: element values correspond to BR bits position
*/
typedef enum {
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2 = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/2 */
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_4 = (uint8_t)0x08, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/4 */
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_8 = (uint8_t)0x10, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/8 */
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_16 = (uint8_t)0x18, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/16 */
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_32 = (uint8_t)0x20, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/32 */
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_64 = (uint8_t)0x28, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/64 */
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_128 = (uint8_t)0x30, /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/128 */
SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_256 = (uint8_t)0x38 /*!< SPI frequency = frequency(CPU)/256 */
} SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI Clock Polarity
* Warning: element values correspond to CPOL bit position
*/
typedef enum {
SPI_CLOCKPOLARITY_LOW = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Clock to 0 when idle */
SPI_CLOCKPOLARITY_HIGH = (uint8_t)0x02 /*!< Clock to 1 when idle */
} SPI_ClockPolarity_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI Clock Phase
* Warning: element values correspond to CPHA bit position
*/
typedef enum {
SPI_CLOCKPHASE_1EDGE = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< The first clock transition is the first data capture edge */
SPI_CLOCKPHASE_2EDGE = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< The second clock transition is the first data capture edge */
} SPI_ClockPhase_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI Frame Format: MSB or LSB transmitted first
* Warning: element values correspond to LSBFIRST bit position
*/
typedef enum {
SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< MSB bit will be transmitted first */
SPI_FIRSTBIT_LSB = (uint8_t)0x80 /*!< LSB bit will be transmitted first */
} SPI_FirstBit_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI CRC Transmit/Receive
*/
typedef enum {
SPI_CRC_RX = (uint8_t)0x00, /*!< Select Tx CRC register */
SPI_CRC_TX = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< Select Rx CRC register */
} SPI_CRC_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI flags definition - Warning : FLAG value = mapping position register
*/
typedef enum {
SPI_FLAG_BSY = (uint8_t)0x80, /*!< Busy flag */
SPI_FLAG_OVR = (uint8_t)0x40, /*!< Overrun flag */
SPI_FLAG_MODF = (uint8_t)0x20, /*!< Mode fault */
SPI_FLAG_CRCERR = (uint8_t)0x10, /*!< CRC error flag */
SPI_FLAG_WKUP = (uint8_t)0x08, /*!< Wake-up flag */
SPI_FLAG_TXE = (uint8_t)0x02, /*!< Transmit buffer empty */
SPI_FLAG_RXNE = (uint8_t)0x01 /*!< Receive buffer empty */
} SPI_Flag_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief SPI_IT possible values
* Elements values convention: 0xYX
* X: Position of the corresponding Interrupt
* Y: ITPENDINGBIT position
*/
typedef enum
{
SPI_IT_WKUP = (uint8_t)0x34, /*!< Wake-up interrupt*/
SPI_IT_OVR = (uint8_t)0x65, /*!< Overrun interrupt*/
SPI_IT_MODF = (uint8_t)0x55, /*!< Mode fault interrupt*/
SPI_IT_CRCERR = (uint8_t)0x45, /*!< CRC error interrupt*/
SPI_IT_TXE = (uint8_t)0x17, /*!< Transmit buffer empty interrupt*/
SPI_IT_RXNE = (uint8_t)0x06, /*!< Receive buffer not empty interrupt*/
SPI_IT_ERR = (uint8_t)0x05 /*!< Error interrupt*/
} SPI_IT_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Macros
* @brief Macros used by the assert_param function to check the different functions parameters.
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the data direction mode values
*/
#define IS_SPI_DATA_DIRECTION_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_DATADIRECTION_2LINES_FULLDUPLEX) || \
((MODE) == SPI_DATADIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY) || \
((MODE) == SPI_DATADIRECTION_1LINE_RX) || \
((MODE) == SPI_DATADIRECTION_1LINE_TX))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the mode
* half duplex data direction values
*/
#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_OK(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_DIRECTION_RX) || \
((DIRECTION) == SPI_DIRECTION_TX))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the NSS
* management values
*/
#define IS_SPI_SLAVEMANAGEMENT_OK(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_SOFT) || \
((NSS) == SPI_NSS_HARD))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the CRC polynomial
*/
#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL_OK(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) > (uint8_t)0x00)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the SPI Mode values
*/
#define IS_SPI_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_MODE_MASTER) || \
((MODE) == SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the baudrate values
*/
#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_4) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_8) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_16) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_32) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_64) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_128) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_256))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the polarity values
*/
#define IS_SPI_POLARITY_OK(CLKPOL) (((CLKPOL) == SPI_CLOCKPOLARITY_LOW) || \
((CLKPOL) == SPI_CLOCKPOLARITY_HIGH))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the phase values
*/
#define IS_SPI_PHASE_OK(CLKPHA) (((CLKPHA) == SPI_CLOCKPHASE_1EDGE) || \
((CLKPHA) == SPI_CLOCKPHASE_2EDGE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the first
* bit to be transmited values
*/
#define IS_SPI_FIRSTBIT_OK(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB) || \
((BIT) == SPI_FIRSTBIT_LSB))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the CRC
* Transmit/Receive
*/
#define IS_SPI_CRC_OK(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_TX) || \
((CRC) == SPI_CRC_RX))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different flags values
*/
#define IS_SPI_FLAGS_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_OVR) || \
((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || \
((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \
((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_WKUP) || \
((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_TXE) || \
((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_BSY))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the flag that can be cleared
* by writing 0
*/
#define IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAGS_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \
((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_WKUP))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the Interrupts
*/
#define IS_SPI_CONFIG_IT_OK(Interrupt) (((Interrupt) == SPI_IT_TXE) || \
((Interrupt) == SPI_IT_RXNE) || \
((Interrupt) == SPI_IT_ERR) || \
((Interrupt) == SPI_IT_WKUP))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the pending bit
*/
#define IS_SPI_GET_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) (((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_OVR) || \
((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_MODF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || \
((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_WKUP) || \
((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_TXE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_RXNE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the pending bit that can be cleared
* by writing 0
*/
#define IS_SPI_CLEAR_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) (((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || \
((ITPendingBit) == SPI_IT_WKUP))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void SPI_DeInit(void);
void SPI_Init(SPI_FirstBit_TypeDef FirstBit,
SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_TypeDef BaudRatePrescaler,
SPI_Mode_TypeDef Mode, SPI_ClockPolarity_TypeDef ClockPolarity,
SPI_ClockPhase_TypeDef ClockPhase,
SPI_DataDirection_TypeDef Data_Direction,
SPI_NSS_TypeDef Slave_Management, uint8_t CRCPolynomial);
void SPI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void SPI_ITConfig(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void SPI_SendData(uint8_t Data);
uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData(void);
void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void SPI_TransmitCRC(void);
void SPI_CalculateCRCCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
uint8_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_CRC_TypeDef SPI_CRC);
void SPI_ResetCRC(void);
uint8_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(void);
void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_Direction_TypeDef SPI_Direction);
FlagStatus SPI_GetFlagStatus(SPI_Flag_TypeDef SPI_FLAG);
void SPI_ClearFlag(SPI_Flag_TypeDef SPI_FLAG);
ITStatus SPI_GetITStatus(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT);
void SPI_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_SPI_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

623
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim1.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,623 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_tim1.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the TIM1 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_TIM1_H
#define __STM8S_TIM1_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup TIM1_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/** TIM1 Output Compare and PWM modes */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_OCMODE_TIMING = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_OCMODE_ACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x10),
TIM1_OCMODE_INACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x20),
TIM1_OCMODE_TOGGLE = ((uint8_t)0x30),
TIM1_OCMODE_PWM1 = ((uint8_t)0x60),
TIM1_OCMODE_PWM2 = ((uint8_t)0x70)
}TIM1_OCMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_OC_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_TIMING) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_INACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_TOGGLE)|| \
((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_PWM1) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_PWM2))
#define IS_TIM1_OCM_OK(MODE)(((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_TIMING) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_INACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_TOGGLE)|| \
((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_PWM1) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_OCMODE_PWM2) || \
((MODE) == (uint8_t)TIM1_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == (uint8_t)TIM1_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE))
/** TIM1 One Pulse Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_OPMODE_SINGLE = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM1_OPMODE_REPETITIVE = ((uint8_t)0x00)
}TIM1_OPMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_OPM_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM1_OPMODE_SINGLE) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_OPMODE_REPETITIVE))
/** TIM1 Channel */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_CHANNEL_1 = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_CHANNEL_2 = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM1_CHANNEL_3 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM1_CHANNEL_4 = ((uint8_t)0x03)
}TIM1_Channel_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM1_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM1_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM1_CHANNEL_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM1_CHANNEL_4))
#define IS_TIM1_PWMI_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM1_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM1_CHANNEL_2))
#define IS_TIM1_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM1_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM1_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM1_CHANNEL_3))
/** TIM1 Counter Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_COUNTERMODE_UP = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_COUNTERMODE_DOWN = ((uint8_t)0x10),
TIM1_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED1 = ((uint8_t)0x20),
TIM1_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED2 = ((uint8_t)0x40),
TIM1_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED3 = ((uint8_t)0x60)
}TIM1_CounterMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_COUNTER_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM1_COUNTERMODE_UP) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_COUNTERMODE_DOWN) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED1) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED2) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_COUNTERMODE_CENTERALIGNED3))
/** TIM1 Output Compare Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_OCPOLARITY_HIGH = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_OCPOLARITY_LOW = ((uint8_t)0x22)
}TIM1_OCPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_OC_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM1_OCPOLARITY_HIGH) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM1_OCPOLARITY_LOW))
/** TIM1 Output Compare N Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_OCNPOLARITY_LOW = ((uint8_t)0x88)
}TIM1_OCNPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_OCN_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM1_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM1_OCNPOLARITY_LOW))
/** TIM1 Output Compare states */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE = ((uint8_t)0x11)
}TIM1_OutputState_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_OUTPUT_STATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM1_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE) || \
((STATE) == TIM1_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE))
/** TIM1 Output Compare N States */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_OUTPUTNSTATE_DISABLE = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_OUTPUTNSTATE_ENABLE = ((uint8_t)0x44)
} TIM1_OutputNState_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_OUTPUTN_STATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM1_OUTPUTNSTATE_DISABLE) ||\
((STATE) == TIM1_OUTPUTNSTATE_ENABLE))
/** TIM1 Break Input enable/disable */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_BREAK_ENABLE = ((uint8_t)0x10),
TIM1_BREAK_DISABLE = ((uint8_t)0x00)
}TIM1_BreakState_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_BREAK_STATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM1_BREAK_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == TIM1_BREAK_DISABLE))
/** TIM1 Break Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_BREAKPOLARITY_LOW = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_BREAKPOLARITY_HIGH = ((uint8_t)0x20)
}TIM1_BreakPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_BREAK_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM1_BREAKPOLARITY_LOW) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM1_BREAKPOLARITY_HIGH))
/** TIM1 AOE Bit Set/Reset */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE = ((uint8_t)0x40),
TIM1_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE = ((uint8_t)0x00)
}TIM1_AutomaticOutput_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM1_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == TIM1_AUTOMATICOUTPUT_DISABLE))
/** TIM1 Lock levels */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_LOCKLEVEL_OFF = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_LOCKLEVEL_1 = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM1_LOCKLEVEL_2 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM1_LOCKLEVEL_3 = ((uint8_t)0x03)
}TIM1_LockLevel_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_LOCK_LEVEL_OK(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == TIM1_LOCKLEVEL_OFF) || \
((LEVEL) == TIM1_LOCKLEVEL_1) || \
((LEVEL) == TIM1_LOCKLEVEL_2) || \
((LEVEL) == TIM1_LOCKLEVEL_3))
/** TIM1 OSSI: Off-State Selection for Idle mode states */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_OSSISTATE_ENABLE = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM1_OSSISTATE_DISABLE = ((uint8_t)0x00)
}TIM1_OSSIState_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_OSSI_STATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM1_OSSISTATE_ENABLE) || \
((STATE) == TIM1_OSSISTATE_DISABLE))
/** TIM1 Output Compare Idle State */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_OCIDLESTATE_SET = ((uint8_t)0x55),
TIM1_OCIDLESTATE_RESET = ((uint8_t)0x00)
}TIM1_OCIdleState_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_OCIDLE_STATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM1_OCIDLESTATE_SET) || \
((STATE) == TIM1_OCIDLESTATE_RESET))
/** TIM1 Output Compare N Idle State */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_OCNIDLESTATE_SET = ((uint8_t)0x2A),
TIM1_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET = ((uint8_t)0x00)
}TIM1_OCNIdleState_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_OCNIDLE_STATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM1_OCNIDLESTATE_SET) || \
((STATE) == TIM1_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET))
/** TIM1 Input Capture Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_ICPOLARITY_RISING = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_ICPOLARITY_FALLING = ((uint8_t)0x01)
}TIM1_ICPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_IC_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM1_ICPOLARITY_RISING) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM1_ICPOLARITY_FALLING))
/** TIM1 Input Capture Selection */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM1_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM1_ICSELECTION_TRGI = ((uint8_t)0x03)
}TIM1_ICSelection_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_IC_SELECTION_OK(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM1_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM1_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM1_ICSELECTION_TRGI))
/** TIM1 Input Capture Prescaler */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_ICPSC_DIV1 = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_ICPSC_DIV2 = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM1_ICPSC_DIV4 = ((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM1_ICPSC_DIV8 = ((uint8_t)0x0C)
}TIM1_ICPSC_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_IC_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM1_ICPSC_DIV1) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM1_ICPSC_DIV2) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM1_ICPSC_DIV4) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM1_ICPSC_DIV8))
/** TIM1 Input Capture Filer Value */
#define IS_TIM1_IC_FILTER_OK(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0x0F)
/** TIM1 External Trigger Filer Value */
#define IS_TIM1_EXT_TRG_FILTER_OK(FILTER) ((FILTER) <= 0x0F)
/** TIM1 interrupt sources */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_IT_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM1_IT_CC1 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM1_IT_CC2 = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM1_IT_CC3 = ((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM1_IT_CC4 = ((uint8_t)0x10),
TIM1_IT_COM = ((uint8_t)0x20),
TIM1_IT_TRIGGER = ((uint8_t)0x40),
TIM1_IT_BREAK = ((uint8_t)0x80)
}TIM1_IT_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_IT_OK(IT) ((IT) != 0x00)
#define IS_TIM1_GET_IT_OK(IT) (((IT) == TIM1_IT_UPDATE) || \
((IT) == TIM1_IT_CC1) || \
((IT) == TIM1_IT_CC2) || \
((IT) == TIM1_IT_CC3) || \
((IT) == TIM1_IT_CC4) || \
((IT) == TIM1_IT_COM) || \
((IT) == TIM1_IT_TRIGGER) || \
((IT) == TIM1_IT_BREAK))
/** TIM1 External Trigger Prescaler */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_EXTTRGPSC_OFF = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_EXTTRGPSC_DIV2 = ((uint8_t)0x10),
TIM1_EXTTRGPSC_DIV4 = ((uint8_t)0x20),
TIM1_EXTTRGPSC_DIV8 = ((uint8_t)0x30)
}TIM1_ExtTRGPSC_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_EXT_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM1_EXTTRGPSC_OFF) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM1_EXTTRGPSC_DIV2) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM1_EXTTRGPSC_DIV4) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM1_EXTTRGPSC_DIV8))
/** TIM1 Internal Trigger Selection */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_TS_TIM6 = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< TRIG Input source = TIM6 TRIG Output */
TIM1_TS_TIM5 = ((uint8_t)0x30), /*!< TRIG Input source = TIM5 TRIG Output */
TIM1_TS_TI1F_ED = ((uint8_t)0x40),
TIM1_TS_TI1FP1 = ((uint8_t)0x50),
TIM1_TS_TI2FP2 = ((uint8_t)0x60),
TIM1_TS_ETRF = ((uint8_t)0x70)
}TIM1_TS_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_TRIGGER_SELECTION_OK(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM1_TS_TI1F_ED) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM1_TS_TI1FP1) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM1_TS_TI2FP2) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM1_TS_ETRF) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM1_TS_TIM5) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM1_TS_TIM6))
#define IS_TIM1_TIX_TRIGGER_SELECTION_OK(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM1_TS_TI1F_ED) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM1_TS_TI1FP1) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM1_TS_TI2FP2))
/** TIM1 TIx External Clock Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_TIXEXTERNALCLK1SOURCE_TI1ED = ((uint8_t)0x40),
TIM1_TIXEXTERNALCLK1SOURCE_TI1 = ((uint8_t)0x50),
TIM1_TIXEXTERNALCLK1SOURCE_TI2 = ((uint8_t)0x60)
}TIM1_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_TIXCLK_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM1_TIXEXTERNALCLK1SOURCE_TI1ED) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM1_TIXEXTERNALCLK1SOURCE_TI2) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM1_TIXEXTERNALCLK1SOURCE_TI1))
/** TIM1 External Trigger Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_EXTTRGPOLARITY_INVERTED = ((uint8_t)0x80),
TIM1_EXTTRGPOLARITY_NONINVERTED = ((uint8_t)0x00)
}TIM1_ExtTRGPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_EXT_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM1_EXTTRGPOLARITY_INVERTED) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM1_EXTTRGPOLARITY_NONINVERTED))
/** TIM1 Prescaler Reload Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE = ((uint8_t)0x01)
}TIM1_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_PRESCALER_RELOAD_OK(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM1_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE) || \
((RELOAD) == TIM1_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE))
/** TIM1 Encoder Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_ENCODERMODE_TI1 = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM1_ENCODERMODE_TI2 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM1_ENCODERMODE_TI12 = ((uint8_t)0x03)
}TIM1_EncoderMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_ENCODER_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM1_ENCODERMODE_TI1) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_ENCODERMODE_TI2) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_ENCODERMODE_TI12))
/** TIM1 Event Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM1_EVENTSOURCE_CC1 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM1_EVENTSOURCE_CC2 = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM1_EVENTSOURCE_CC3 = ((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM1_EVENTSOURCE_CC4 = ((uint8_t)0x10),
TIM1_EVENTSOURCE_COM = ((uint8_t)0x20),
TIM1_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER = ((uint8_t)0x40),
TIM1_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK = ((uint8_t)0x80)
}TIM1_EventSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_EVENT_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) ((SOURCE) != 0x00)
/** TIM1 Update Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR = ((uint8_t)0x01)
}TIM1_UpdateSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_UPDATE_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM1_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM1_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR))
/** TIM1 Trigger Output Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_RESET = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_ENABLE = ((uint8_t)0x10),
TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x20),
TIM1_TRGOSource_OC1 = ((uint8_t)0x30),
TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_OC1REF = ((uint8_t)0x40),
TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_OC2REF = ((uint8_t)0x50),
TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_OC3REF = ((uint8_t)0x60)
}TIM1_TRGOSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_TRGO_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_RESET) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_ENABLE) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_UPDATE) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM1_TRGOSource_OC1) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_OC1REF) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_OC2REF) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM1_TRGOSOURCE_OC3REF))
/** TIM1 Slave Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_SLAVEMODE_RESET = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM1_SLAVEMODE_GATED = ((uint8_t)0x05),
TIM1_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER = ((uint8_t)0x06),
TIM1_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 = ((uint8_t)0x07)
}TIM1_SlaveMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_SLAVE_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM1_SLAVEMODE_RESET) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_SLAVEMODE_GATED) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER) || \
((MODE) == TIM1_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1))
/** TIM1 Flags */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_FLAG_UPDATE = ((uint16_t)0x0001),
TIM1_FLAG_CC1 = ((uint16_t)0x0002),
TIM1_FLAG_CC2 = ((uint16_t)0x0004),
TIM1_FLAG_CC3 = ((uint16_t)0x0008),
TIM1_FLAG_CC4 = ((uint16_t)0x0010),
TIM1_FLAG_COM = ((uint16_t)0x0020),
TIM1_FLAG_TRIGGER = ((uint16_t)0x0040),
TIM1_FLAG_BREAK = ((uint16_t)0x0080),
TIM1_FLAG_CC1OF = ((uint16_t)0x0200),
TIM1_FLAG_CC2OF = ((uint16_t)0x0400),
TIM1_FLAG_CC3OF = ((uint16_t)0x0800),
TIM1_FLAG_CC4OF = ((uint16_t)0x1000)
}TIM1_FLAG_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_GET_FLAG_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_UPDATE) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_CC1) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_CC2) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_CC3) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_CC4) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_COM) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_TRIGGER) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_BREAK) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_CC1OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_CC2OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_CC3OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM1_FLAG_CC4OF))
#define IS_TIM1_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(FLAG) ((((uint16_t)(FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xE100) == 0x0000) && ((FLAG) != 0x0000))
/** TIM1 Forced Action */
typedef enum
{
TIM1_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x50),
TIM1_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x40)
}TIM1_ForcedAction_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM1_FORCED_ACTION_OK(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM1_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE) || \
((ACTION) == TIM1_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM1_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void TIM1_DeInit(void);
void TIM1_TimeBaseInit(uint16_t TIM1_Prescaler,
TIM1_CounterMode_TypeDef TIM1_CounterMode,
uint16_t TIM1_Period, uint8_t TIM1_RepetitionCounter);
void TIM1_OC1Init(TIM1_OCMode_TypeDef TIM1_OCMode,
TIM1_OutputState_TypeDef TIM1_OutputState,
TIM1_OutputNState_TypeDef TIM1_OutputNState,
uint16_t TIM1_Pulse, TIM1_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCPolarity,
TIM1_OCNPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCNPolarity,
TIM1_OCIdleState_TypeDef TIM1_OCIdleState,
TIM1_OCNIdleState_TypeDef TIM1_OCNIdleState);
void TIM1_OC2Init(TIM1_OCMode_TypeDef TIM1_OCMode,
TIM1_OutputState_TypeDef TIM1_OutputState,
TIM1_OutputNState_TypeDef TIM1_OutputNState,
uint16_t TIM1_Pulse, TIM1_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCPolarity,
TIM1_OCNPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCNPolarity,
TIM1_OCIdleState_TypeDef TIM1_OCIdleState,
TIM1_OCNIdleState_TypeDef TIM1_OCNIdleState);
void TIM1_OC3Init(TIM1_OCMode_TypeDef TIM1_OCMode,
TIM1_OutputState_TypeDef TIM1_OutputState,
TIM1_OutputNState_TypeDef TIM1_OutputNState,
uint16_t TIM1_Pulse, TIM1_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCPolarity,
TIM1_OCNPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCNPolarity,
TIM1_OCIdleState_TypeDef TIM1_OCIdleState,
TIM1_OCNIdleState_TypeDef TIM1_OCNIdleState);
void TIM1_OC4Init(TIM1_OCMode_TypeDef TIM1_OCMode,
TIM1_OutputState_TypeDef TIM1_OutputState, uint16_t TIM1_Pulse,
TIM1_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCPolarity,
TIM1_OCIdleState_TypeDef TIM1_OCIdleState);
void TIM1_BDTRConfig(TIM1_OSSIState_TypeDef TIM1_OSSIState,
TIM1_LockLevel_TypeDef TIM1_LockLevel, uint8_t TIM1_DeadTime,
TIM1_BreakState_TypeDef TIM1_Break,
TIM1_BreakPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_BreakPolarity,
TIM1_AutomaticOutput_TypeDef TIM1_AutomaticOutput);
void TIM1_ICInit(TIM1_Channel_TypeDef TIM1_Channel,
TIM1_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_ICPolarity,
TIM1_ICSelection_TypeDef TIM1_ICSelection,
TIM1_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM1_ICPrescaler, uint8_t TIM1_ICFilter);
void TIM1_PWMIConfig(TIM1_Channel_TypeDef TIM1_Channel,
TIM1_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_ICPolarity,
TIM1_ICSelection_TypeDef TIM1_ICSelection,
TIM1_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM1_ICPrescaler, uint8_t TIM1_ICFilter);
void TIM1_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_CtrlPWMOutputs(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_ITConfig(TIM1_IT_TypeDef TIM1_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_InternalClockConfig(void);
void TIM1_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM1_ExtTRGPSC_TypeDef TIM1_ExtTRGPrescaler,
TIM1_ExtTRGPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_ExtTRGPolarity,
uint8_t ExtTRGFilter);
void TIM1_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM1_ExtTRGPSC_TypeDef TIM1_ExtTRGPrescaler,
TIM1_ExtTRGPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_ExtTRGPolarity,
uint8_t ExtTRGFilter);
void TIM1_ETRConfig(TIM1_ExtTRGPSC_TypeDef TIM1_ExtTRGPrescaler,
TIM1_ExtTRGPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_ExtTRGPolarity,
uint8_t ExtTRGFilter);
void TIM1_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM1_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TypeDef TIM1_TIxExternalCLKSource,
TIM1_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_ICPolarity,
uint8_t ICFilter);
void TIM1_SelectInputTrigger(TIM1_TS_TypeDef TIM1_InputTriggerSource);
void TIM1_UpdateDisableConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM1_UpdateSource_TypeDef TIM1_UpdateSource);
void TIM1_SelectHallSensor(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM1_OPMode_TypeDef TIM1_OPMode);
void TIM1_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM1_TRGOSource_TypeDef TIM1_TRGOSource);
void TIM1_SelectSlaveMode(TIM1_SlaveMode_TypeDef TIM1_SlaveMode);
void TIM1_SelectMasterSlaveMode(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM1_EncoderMode_TypeDef TIM1_EncoderMode,
TIM1_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_IC1Polarity,
TIM1_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_IC2Polarity);
void TIM1_PrescalerConfig(uint16_t Prescaler, TIM1_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef TIM1_PSCReloadMode);
void TIM1_CounterModeConfig(TIM1_CounterMode_TypeDef TIM1_CounterMode);
void TIM1_ForcedOC1Config(TIM1_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM1_ForcedAction);
void TIM1_ForcedOC2Config(TIM1_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM1_ForcedAction);
void TIM1_ForcedOC3Config(TIM1_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM1_ForcedAction);
void TIM1_ForcedOC4Config(TIM1_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM1_ForcedAction);
void TIM1_ARRPreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_SelectCOM(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_CCPreloadControl(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_OC1PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_OC2PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_OC3PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_OC4PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_OC1FastConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_OC2FastConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_OC3FastConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_OC4FastConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_GenerateEvent(TIM1_EventSource_TypeDef TIM1_EventSource);
void TIM1_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM1_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCPolarity);
void TIM1_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM1_OCNPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCNPolarity);
void TIM1_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM1_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCPolarity);
void TIM1_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM1_OCNPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCNPolarity);
void TIM1_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM1_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCPolarity);
void TIM1_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM1_OCNPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCNPolarity);
void TIM1_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM1_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM1_OCPolarity);
void TIM1_CCxCmd(TIM1_Channel_TypeDef TIM1_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_CCxNCmd(TIM1_Channel_TypeDef TIM1_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM1_SelectOCxM(TIM1_Channel_TypeDef TIM1_Channel, TIM1_OCMode_TypeDef TIM1_OCMode);
void TIM1_SetCounter(uint16_t Counter);
void TIM1_SetAutoreload(uint16_t Autoreload);
void TIM1_SetCompare1(uint16_t Compare1);
void TIM1_SetCompare2(uint16_t Compare2);
void TIM1_SetCompare3(uint16_t Compare3);
void TIM1_SetCompare4(uint16_t Compare4);
void TIM1_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM1_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM1_IC1Prescaler);
void TIM1_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM1_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM1_IC2Prescaler);
void TIM1_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM1_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM1_IC3Prescaler);
void TIM1_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM1_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM1_IC4Prescaler);
uint16_t TIM1_GetCapture1(void);
uint16_t TIM1_GetCapture2(void);
uint16_t TIM1_GetCapture3(void);
uint16_t TIM1_GetCapture4(void);
uint16_t TIM1_GetCounter(void);
uint16_t TIM1_GetPrescaler(void);
FlagStatus TIM1_GetFlagStatus(TIM1_FLAG_TypeDef TIM1_FLAG);
void TIM1_ClearFlag(TIM1_FLAG_TypeDef TIM1_FLAG);
ITStatus TIM1_GetITStatus(TIM1_IT_TypeDef TIM1_IT);
void TIM1_ClearITPendingBit(TIM1_IT_TypeDef TIM1_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_TIM1_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

342
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim2.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_tim2.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the TIM2 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_TIM2_H
#define __STM8S_TIM2_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** TIM2 Forced Action */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x50),
TIM2_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x40)
}TIM2_ForcedAction_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_FORCED_ACTION_OK(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM2_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE) || \
((ACTION) == TIM2_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE))
/** TIM2 Prescaler */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_PRESCALER_1 = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM2_PRESCALER_2 = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM2_PRESCALER_4 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM2_PRESCALER_8 = ((uint8_t)0x03),
TIM2_PRESCALER_16 = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM2_PRESCALER_32 = ((uint8_t)0x05),
TIM2_PRESCALER_64 = ((uint8_t)0x06),
TIM2_PRESCALER_128 = ((uint8_t)0x07),
TIM2_PRESCALER_256 = ((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM2_PRESCALER_512 = ((uint8_t)0x09),
TIM2_PRESCALER_1024 = ((uint8_t)0x0A),
TIM2_PRESCALER_2048 = ((uint8_t)0x0B),
TIM2_PRESCALER_4096 = ((uint8_t)0x0C),
TIM2_PRESCALER_8192 = ((uint8_t)0x0D),
TIM2_PRESCALER_16384 = ((uint8_t)0x0E),
TIM2_PRESCALER_32768 = ((uint8_t)0x0F)
}TIM2_Prescaler_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_1 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_2 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_4 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_8 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_16 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_32 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_64 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_128 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_256 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_512 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_1024 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_2048 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_4096 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_8192 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_16384 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_PRESCALER_32768 ))
/** TIM2 Output Compare and PWM modes */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_OCMODE_TIMING = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM2_OCMODE_ACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x10),
TIM2_OCMODE_INACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x20),
TIM2_OCMODE_TOGGLE = ((uint8_t)0x30),
TIM2_OCMODE_PWM1 = ((uint8_t)0x60),
TIM2_OCMODE_PWM2 = ((uint8_t)0x70)
}TIM2_OCMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_OC_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_TIMING) || \
((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_INACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_TOGGLE)|| \
((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_PWM1) || \
((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_PWM2))
#define IS_TIM2_OCM_OK(MODE)(((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_TIMING) || \
((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_INACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_TOGGLE)|| \
((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_PWM1) || \
((MODE) == TIM2_OCMODE_PWM2) || \
((MODE) == (uint8_t)TIM2_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == (uint8_t)TIM2_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE))
/** TIM2 One Pulse Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_OPMODE_SINGLE = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM2_OPMODE_REPETITIVE = ((uint8_t)0x00)
}TIM2_OPMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_OPM_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM2_OPMODE_SINGLE) || \
((MODE) == TIM2_OPMODE_REPETITIVE))
/** TIM2 Channel */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_CHANNEL_1 = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM2_CHANNEL_2 = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM2_CHANNEL_3 = ((uint8_t)0x02)
}TIM2_Channel_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM2_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM2_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM2_CHANNEL_3))
#define IS_TIM2_PWMI_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM2_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM2_CHANNEL_2))
/** TIM2 Output Compare Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_OCPOLARITY_HIGH = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM2_OCPOLARITY_LOW = ((uint8_t)0x22)
}TIM2_OCPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_OC_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM2_OCPOLARITY_HIGH) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM2_OCPOLARITY_LOW))
/** TIM2 Output Compare states */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM2_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE = ((uint8_t)0x11)
}TIM2_OutputState_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_OUTPUT_STATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM2_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE) || \
((STATE) == TIM2_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE))
/** TIM2 Input Capture Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_ICPOLARITY_RISING = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM2_ICPOLARITY_FALLING = ((uint8_t)0x44)
}TIM2_ICPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_IC_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM2_ICPOLARITY_RISING) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM2_ICPOLARITY_FALLING))
/** TIM2 Input Capture Selection */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM2_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM2_ICSELECTION_TRGI = ((uint8_t)0x03)
}TIM2_ICSelection_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_IC_SELECTION_OK(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM2_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM2_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM2_ICSELECTION_TRGI))
#define IS_TIM2_IC_SELECTION1_OK(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM2_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM2_ICSELECTION_TRGI))
/** TIM2 Input Capture Prescaler */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_ICPSC_DIV1 = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM2_ICPSC_DIV2 = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM2_ICPSC_DIV4 = ((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM2_ICPSC_DIV8 = ((uint8_t)0x0C)
}TIM2_ICPSC_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_IC_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM2_ICPSC_DIV1) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_ICPSC_DIV2) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_ICPSC_DIV4) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM2_ICPSC_DIV8))
/** TIM2 Input Capture Filer Value */
#define IS_TIM2_IC_FILTER_OK(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0x0F)
/** TIM2 interrupt sources */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_IT_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM2_IT_CC1 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM2_IT_CC2 = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM2_IT_CC3 = ((uint8_t)0x08)
}TIM2_IT_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_IT_OK(IT) (((IT) != 0x00) && ((IT) <= 0x0F))
#define IS_TIM2_GET_IT_OK(IT) (((IT) == TIM2_IT_UPDATE) || \
((IT) == TIM2_IT_CC1) || \
((IT) == TIM2_IT_CC2) || \
((IT) == TIM2_IT_CC3))
/** TIM2 Prescaler Reload Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM2_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE = ((uint8_t)0x01)
}TIM2_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_PRESCALER_RELOAD_OK(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM2_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE) || \
((RELOAD) == TIM2_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE))
/** TIM2 Event Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM2_EVENTSOURCE_CC1 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM2_EVENTSOURCE_CC2 = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM2_EVENTSOURCE_CC3 = ((uint8_t)0x08)
}TIM2_EventSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_EVENT_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) != 0x00))
/** TIM2 Update Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM2_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR = ((uint8_t)0x01)
}TIM2_UpdateSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_UPDATE_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM2_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM2_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR))
/** TIM2 Flags */
typedef enum
{
TIM2_FLAG_UPDATE = ((uint16_t)0x0001),
TIM2_FLAG_CC1 = ((uint16_t)0x0002),
TIM2_FLAG_CC2 = ((uint16_t)0x0004),
TIM2_FLAG_CC3 = ((uint16_t)0x0008),
TIM2_FLAG_CC1OF = ((uint16_t)0x0200),
TIM2_FLAG_CC2OF = ((uint16_t)0x0400),
TIM2_FLAG_CC3OF = ((uint16_t)0x0800)
}TIM2_FLAG_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM2_GET_FLAG_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM2_FLAG_UPDATE) || \
((FLAG) == TIM2_FLAG_CC1) || \
((FLAG) == TIM2_FLAG_CC2) || \
((FLAG) == TIM2_FLAG_CC3) || \
((FLAG) == TIM2_FLAG_CC1OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM2_FLAG_CC2OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM2_FLAG_CC3OF))
#define IS_TIM2_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(FLAG) ((((uint16_t)(FLAG) & 0xF1F0) == 0x0000) && ((uint16_t)(FLAG) != 0x0000))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM2_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void TIM2_DeInit(void);
void TIM2_TimeBaseInit(TIM2_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM2_Prescaler, uint16_t TIM2_Period);
void TIM2_OC1Init(TIM2_OCMode_TypeDef TIM2_OCMode, TIM2_OutputState_TypeDef TIM2_OutputState, uint16_t TIM2_Pulse, TIM2_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM2_OCPolarity);
void TIM2_OC2Init(TIM2_OCMode_TypeDef TIM2_OCMode, TIM2_OutputState_TypeDef TIM2_OutputState, uint16_t TIM2_Pulse, TIM2_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM2_OCPolarity);
void TIM2_OC3Init(TIM2_OCMode_TypeDef TIM2_OCMode, TIM2_OutputState_TypeDef TIM2_OutputState, uint16_t TIM2_Pulse, TIM2_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM2_OCPolarity);
void TIM2_ICInit(TIM2_Channel_TypeDef TIM2_Channel, TIM2_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM2_ICPolarity, TIM2_ICSelection_TypeDef TIM2_ICSelection, TIM2_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM2_ICPrescaler, uint8_t TIM2_ICFilter);
void TIM2_PWMIConfig(TIM2_Channel_TypeDef TIM2_Channel, TIM2_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM2_ICPolarity, TIM2_ICSelection_TypeDef TIM2_ICSelection, TIM2_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM2_ICPrescaler, uint8_t TIM2_ICFilter);
void TIM2_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM2_ITConfig(TIM2_IT_TypeDef TIM2_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM2_InternalClockConfig(void);
void TIM2_UpdateDisableConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM2_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM2_UpdateSource_TypeDef TIM2_UpdateSource);
void TIM2_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM2_OPMode_TypeDef TIM2_OPMode);
void TIM2_PrescalerConfig(TIM2_Prescaler_TypeDef Prescaler, TIM2_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef TIM2_PSCReloadMode);
void TIM2_ForcedOC1Config(TIM2_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM2_ForcedAction);
void TIM2_ForcedOC2Config(TIM2_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM2_ForcedAction);
void TIM2_ForcedOC3Config(TIM2_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM2_ForcedAction);
void TIM2_ARRPreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM2_CCPreloadControl(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM2_OC1PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM2_OC2PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM2_OC3PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM2_GenerateEvent(TIM2_EventSource_TypeDef TIM2_EventSource);
void TIM2_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM2_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM2_OCPolarity);
void TIM2_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM2_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM2_OCPolarity);
void TIM2_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM2_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM2_OCPolarity);
void TIM2_CCxCmd(TIM2_Channel_TypeDef TIM2_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM2_SelectOCxM(TIM2_Channel_TypeDef TIM2_Channel, TIM2_OCMode_TypeDef TIM2_OCMode);
void TIM2_SetCounter(uint16_t Counter);
void TIM2_SetAutoreload(uint16_t Autoreload);
void TIM2_SetCompare1(uint16_t Compare1);
void TIM2_SetCompare2(uint16_t Compare2);
void TIM2_SetCompare3(uint16_t Compare3);
void TIM2_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM2_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM2_IC1Prescaler);
void TIM2_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM2_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM2_IC2Prescaler);
void TIM2_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM2_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM2_IC3Prescaler);
uint16_t TIM2_GetCapture1(void);
uint16_t TIM2_GetCapture2(void);
uint16_t TIM2_GetCapture3(void);
uint16_t TIM2_GetCounter(void);
TIM2_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM2_GetPrescaler(void);
FlagStatus TIM2_GetFlagStatus(TIM2_FLAG_TypeDef TIM2_FLAG);
void TIM2_ClearFlag(TIM2_FLAG_TypeDef TIM2_FLAG);
ITStatus TIM2_GetITStatus(TIM2_IT_TypeDef TIM2_IT);
void TIM2_ClearITPendingBit(TIM2_IT_TypeDef TIM2_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_TIM2_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

327
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim3.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_tim3.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the TIM3 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_TIM3_H
#define __STM8S_TIM3_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM3_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/** TIM3 Forced Action */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x50),
TIM3_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x40)
} TIM3_ForcedAction_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_FORCED_ACTION_OK(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM3_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE) || \
((ACTION) == TIM3_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE))
/** TIM3 Prescaler */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_PRESCALER_1 = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM3_PRESCALER_2 = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM3_PRESCALER_4 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM3_PRESCALER_8 = ((uint8_t)0x03),
TIM3_PRESCALER_16 = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM3_PRESCALER_32 = ((uint8_t)0x05),
TIM3_PRESCALER_64 = ((uint8_t)0x06),
TIM3_PRESCALER_128 = ((uint8_t)0x07),
TIM3_PRESCALER_256 = ((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM3_PRESCALER_512 = ((uint8_t)0x09),
TIM3_PRESCALER_1024 = ((uint8_t)0x0A),
TIM3_PRESCALER_2048 = ((uint8_t)0x0B),
TIM3_PRESCALER_4096 = ((uint8_t)0x0C),
TIM3_PRESCALER_8192 = ((uint8_t)0x0D),
TIM3_PRESCALER_16384 = ((uint8_t)0x0E),
TIM3_PRESCALER_32768 = ((uint8_t)0x0F)
} TIM3_Prescaler_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_1 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_2 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_4 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_8 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_16 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_32 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_64 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_128 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_256 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_512 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_1024 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_2048 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_4096 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_8192 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_16384 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_PRESCALER_32768 ))
/** TIM3 Output Compare and PWM modes */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_OCMODE_TIMING = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM3_OCMODE_ACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x10),
TIM3_OCMODE_INACTIVE = ((uint8_t)0x20),
TIM3_OCMODE_TOGGLE = ((uint8_t)0x30),
TIM3_OCMODE_PWM1 = ((uint8_t)0x60),
TIM3_OCMODE_PWM2 = ((uint8_t)0x70)
} TIM3_OCMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_OC_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_TIMING) || \
((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_INACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_TOGGLE)|| \
((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_PWM1) || \
((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_PWM2))
#define IS_TIM3_OCM_OK(MODE)(((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_TIMING) || \
((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_INACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_TOGGLE)|| \
((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_PWM1) || \
((MODE) == TIM3_OCMODE_PWM2) || \
((MODE) == (uint8_t)TIM3_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == (uint8_t)TIM3_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE))
/** TIM3 One Pulse Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_OPMODE_SINGLE = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM3_OPMODE_REPETITIVE = ((uint8_t)0x00)
} TIM3_OPMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_OPM_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM3_OPMODE_SINGLE) || \
((MODE) == TIM3_OPMODE_REPETITIVE))
/** TIM3 Channel */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_CHANNEL_1 = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM3_CHANNEL_2 = ((uint8_t)0x01)
} TIM3_Channel_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM3_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM3_CHANNEL_2))
#define IS_TIM3_PWMI_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM3_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM3_CHANNEL_2))
/** TIM3 Output Compare Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_OCPOLARITY_HIGH = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM3_OCPOLARITY_LOW = ((uint8_t)0x22)
} TIM3_OCPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_OC_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM3_OCPOLARITY_HIGH) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM3_OCPOLARITY_LOW))
/** TIM3 Output Compare states */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM3_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE = ((uint8_t)0x11)
} TIM3_OutputState_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_OUTPUT_STATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM3_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE) || \
((STATE) == TIM3_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE))
/** TIM3 Input Capture Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_ICPOLARITY_RISING = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM3_ICPOLARITY_FALLING = ((uint8_t)0x44)
} TIM3_ICPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_IC_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM3_ICPOLARITY_RISING) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM3_ICPOLARITY_FALLING))
/** TIM3 Input Capture Selection */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM3_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM3_ICSELECTION_TRGI = ((uint8_t)0x03)
} TIM3_ICSelection_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_IC_SELECTION_OK(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM3_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM3_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM3_ICSELECTION_TRGI))
/** TIM3 Input Capture Prescaler */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_ICPSC_DIV1 = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM3_ICPSC_DIV2 = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM3_ICPSC_DIV4 = ((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM3_ICPSC_DIV8 = ((uint8_t)0x0C)
} TIM3_ICPSC_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_IC_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM3_ICPSC_DIV1) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_ICPSC_DIV2) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_ICPSC_DIV4) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM3_ICPSC_DIV8))
/** TIM3 Input Capture Filer Value */
#define IS_TIM3_IC_FILTER_OK(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0x0F)
/** TIM3 interrupt sources */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_IT_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM3_IT_CC1 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM3_IT_CC2 = ((uint8_t)0x04)
} TIM3_IT_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_IT_OK(IT) (((IT) != 0x00) && ((IT) <= 0x07))
#define IS_TIM3_GET_IT_OK(IT) (((IT) == TIM3_IT_UPDATE) || \
((IT) == TIM3_IT_CC1) || \
((IT) == TIM3_IT_CC2))
/** TIM3 Prescaler Reload Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM3_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE = ((uint8_t)0x01)
} TIM3_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_PRESCALER_RELOAD_OK(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM3_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE) || \
((RELOAD) == TIM3_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE))
/** TIM3 Event Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM3_EVENTSOURCE_CC1 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM3_EVENTSOURCE_CC2 = ((uint8_t)0x04)
} TIM3_EventSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_EVENT_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) != 0x00))
/** TIM3 Update Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM3_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR = ((uint8_t)0x01)
} TIM3_UpdateSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_UPDATE_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM3_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM3_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR))
/** TIM3 Flags */
typedef enum
{
TIM3_FLAG_UPDATE = ((uint16_t)0x0001),
TIM3_FLAG_CC1 = ((uint16_t)0x0002),
TIM3_FLAG_CC2 = ((uint16_t)0x0004),
TIM3_FLAG_CC1OF = ((uint16_t)0x0200),
TIM3_FLAG_CC2OF = ((uint16_t)0x0400)
} TIM3_FLAG_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM3_GET_FLAG_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM3_FLAG_UPDATE) || \
((FLAG) == TIM3_FLAG_CC1) || \
((FLAG) == TIM3_FLAG_CC2) || \
((FLAG) == TIM3_FLAG_CC1OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM3_FLAG_CC2OF) )
#define IS_TIM3_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(FLAG) ((((uint16_t)(FLAG) & 0xF9F8) == 0x0000) && ((uint16_t)(FLAG)!= 0x0000))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM3_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void TIM3_DeInit(void);
void TIM3_TimeBaseInit(TIM3_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM3_Prescaler, uint16_t TIM3_Period);
void TIM3_OC1Init(TIM3_OCMode_TypeDef TIM3_OCMode, TIM3_OutputState_TypeDef TIM3_OutputState, uint16_t TIM3_Pulse, TIM3_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM3_OCPolarity);
void TIM3_OC2Init(TIM3_OCMode_TypeDef TIM3_OCMode, TIM3_OutputState_TypeDef TIM3_OutputState, uint16_t TIM3_Pulse, TIM3_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM3_OCPolarity);
void TIM3_ICInit(TIM3_Channel_TypeDef TIM3_Channel, TIM3_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM3_ICPolarity, TIM3_ICSelection_TypeDef TIM3_ICSelection, TIM3_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM3_ICPrescaler, uint8_t TIM3_ICFilter);
void TIM3_PWMIConfig(TIM3_Channel_TypeDef TIM3_Channel, TIM3_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM3_ICPolarity, TIM3_ICSelection_TypeDef TIM3_ICSelection, TIM3_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM3_ICPrescaler, uint8_t TIM3_ICFilter);
void TIM3_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM3_ITConfig(TIM3_IT_TypeDef TIM3_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM3_InternalClockConfig(void);
void TIM3_UpdateDisableConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM3_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM3_UpdateSource_TypeDef TIM3_UpdateSource);
void TIM3_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM3_OPMode_TypeDef TIM3_OPMode);
void TIM3_PrescalerConfig(TIM3_Prescaler_TypeDef Prescaler, TIM3_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef TIM3_PSCReloadMode);
void TIM3_ForcedOC1Config(TIM3_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM3_ForcedAction);
void TIM3_ForcedOC2Config(TIM3_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM3_ForcedAction);
void TIM3_ARRPreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM3_CCPreloadControl(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM3_OC1PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM3_OC2PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM3_GenerateEvent(TIM3_EventSource_TypeDef TIM3_EventSource);
void TIM3_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM3_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM3_OCPolarity);
void TIM3_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM3_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM3_OCPolarity);
void TIM3_CCxCmd(TIM3_Channel_TypeDef TIM3_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM3_SelectOCxM(TIM3_Channel_TypeDef TIM3_Channel, TIM3_OCMode_TypeDef TIM3_OCMode);
void TIM3_SetCounter(uint16_t Counter);
void TIM3_SetAutoreload(uint16_t Autoreload);
void TIM3_SetCompare1(uint16_t Compare1);
void TIM3_SetCompare2(uint16_t Compare2);
void TIM3_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM3_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM3_IC1Prescaler);
void TIM3_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM3_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM3_IC2Prescaler);
uint16_t TIM3_GetCapture1(void);
uint16_t TIM3_GetCapture2(void);
uint16_t TIM3_GetCounter(void);
TIM3_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM3_GetPrescaler(void);
FlagStatus TIM3_GetFlagStatus(TIM3_FLAG_TypeDef TIM3_FLAG);
void TIM3_ClearFlag(TIM3_FLAG_TypeDef TIM3_FLAG);
ITStatus TIM3_GetITStatus(TIM3_IT_TypeDef TIM3_IT);
void TIM3_ClearITPendingBit(TIM3_IT_TypeDef TIM3_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_TIM3_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

169
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim4.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_tim4.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the TIM4 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_TIM4_H
#define __STM8S_TIM4_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM4_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/** TIM4 Prescaler */
typedef enum
{
TIM4_PRESCALER_1 = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM4_PRESCALER_2 = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM4_PRESCALER_4 = ((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM4_PRESCALER_8 = ((uint8_t)0x03),
TIM4_PRESCALER_16 = ((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM4_PRESCALER_32 = ((uint8_t)0x05),
TIM4_PRESCALER_64 = ((uint8_t)0x06),
TIM4_PRESCALER_128 = ((uint8_t)0x07)
} TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM4_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_1 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_2 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_4 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_8 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_16 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_32 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_64 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM4_PRESCALER_128 ) )
/** TIM4 One Pulse Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM4_OPMODE_SINGLE = ((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM4_OPMODE_REPETITIVE = ((uint8_t)0x00)
} TIM4_OPMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM4_OPM_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM4_OPMODE_SINGLE) || \
((MODE) == TIM4_OPMODE_REPETITIVE))
/** TIM4 Prescaler Reload Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE = ((uint8_t)0x01)
} TIM4_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM4_PRESCALER_RELOAD_OK(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE) || \
((RELOAD) == TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE))
/** TIM4 Update Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL = ((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR = ((uint8_t)0x01)
} TIM4_UpdateSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM4_UPDATE_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR))
/** TIM4 Event Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM4_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01)
}TIM4_EventSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM4_EVENT_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == 0x01))
/** TIM4 Flags */
typedef enum
{
TIM4_FLAG_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01)
}TIM4_FLAG_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM4_GET_FLAG_OK(FLAG) ((FLAG) == TIM4_FLAG_UPDATE)
/** TIM4 interrupt sources */
typedef enum
{
TIM4_IT_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01)
}TIM4_IT_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM4_IT_OK(IT) ((IT) == TIM4_IT_UPDATE)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM4_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void TIM4_DeInit(void);
void TIM4_TimeBaseInit(TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM4_Prescaler, uint8_t TIM4_Period);
void TIM4_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM4_ITConfig(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM4_UpdateDisableConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM4_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM4_UpdateSource_TypeDef TIM4_UpdateSource);
void TIM4_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM4_OPMode_TypeDef TIM4_OPMode);
void TIM4_PrescalerConfig(TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef Prescaler, TIM4_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef TIM4_PSCReloadMode);
void TIM4_ARRPreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM4_GenerateEvent(TIM4_EventSource_TypeDef TIM4_EventSource);
void TIM4_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter);
void TIM4_SetAutoreload(uint8_t Autoreload);
uint8_t TIM4_GetCounter(void);
TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM4_GetPrescaler(void);
FlagStatus TIM4_GetFlagStatus(TIM4_FLAG_TypeDef TIM4_FLAG);
void TIM4_ClearFlag(TIM4_FLAG_TypeDef TIM4_FLAG);
ITStatus TIM4_GetITStatus(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT);
void TIM4_ClearITPendingBit(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_TIM4_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

478
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim5.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_tim5.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the TIM5 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_TIM5_H
#define __STM8S_TIM5_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** TIM5 Forced Action */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE =((uint8_t)0x50),
TIM5_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE =((uint8_t)0x40)
}TIM5_ForcedAction_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_FORCED_ACTION_OK(ACTION) (((ACTION) == TIM5_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE) || \
((ACTION) == TIM5_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE))
/** TIM5 Prescaler */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_PRESCALER_1 =((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM5_PRESCALER_2 =((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM5_PRESCALER_4 =((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM5_PRESCALER_8 =((uint8_t)0x03),
TIM5_PRESCALER_16 =((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM5_PRESCALER_32 =((uint8_t)0x05),
TIM5_PRESCALER_64 =((uint8_t)0x06),
TIM5_PRESCALER_128 =((uint8_t)0x07),
TIM5_PRESCALER_256 =((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM5_PRESCALER_512 =((uint8_t)0x09),
TIM5_PRESCALER_1024 =((uint8_t)0x0A),
TIM5_PRESCALER_2048 =((uint8_t)0x0B),
TIM5_PRESCALER_4096 =((uint8_t)0x0C),
TIM5_PRESCALER_8192 =((uint8_t)0x0D),
TIM5_PRESCALER_16384 =((uint8_t)0x0E),
TIM5_PRESCALER_32768 =((uint8_t)0x0F)
}TIM5_Prescaler_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_1) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_2 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_4 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_8 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_16 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_32 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_64 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_128 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_256 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_512 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_1024 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_2048 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_4096 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_8192 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_16384 ) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_PRESCALER_32768 ))
/** TIM5 Output Compare and PWM modes */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_OCMODE_TIMING =((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM5_OCMODE_ACTIVE =((uint8_t)0x10),
TIM5_OCMODE_INACTIVE =((uint8_t)0x20),
TIM5_OCMODE_TOGGLE =((uint8_t)0x30),
TIM5_OCMODE_PWM1 =((uint8_t)0x60),
TIM5_OCMODE_PWM2 =((uint8_t)0x70)
}TIM5_OCMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_OC_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_TIMING) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_INACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_TOGGLE)|| \
((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_PWM1) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_PWM2))
#define IS_TIM5_OCM_OK(MODE)(((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_TIMING) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_INACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_TOGGLE)|| \
((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_PWM1) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_OCMODE_PWM2) || \
((MODE) == (uint8_t)TIM5_FORCEDACTION_ACTIVE) || \
((MODE) == (uint8_t)TIM5_FORCEDACTION_INACTIVE))
/** TIM5 One Pulse Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_OPMODE_SINGLE =((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM5_OPMODE_REPETITIVE =((uint8_t)0x00)
}TIM5_OPMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_OPM_MODE_OK(MODE) (((MODE) == TIM5_OPMODE_SINGLE) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_OPMODE_REPETITIVE))
/** TIM5 Channel */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_CHANNEL_1 =((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM5_CHANNEL_2 =((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM5_CHANNEL_3 =((uint8_t)0x02)
}TIM5_Channel_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM5_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM5_CHANNEL_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM5_CHANNEL_3))
#define IS_TIM5_PWMI_CHANNEL_OK(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == TIM5_CHANNEL_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == TIM5_CHANNEL_2))
/** TIM5 Output Compare Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_OCPOLARITY_HIGH =((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM5_OCPOLARITY_LOW =((uint8_t)0x22)
}TIM5_OCPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_OC_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM5_OCPOLARITY_HIGH) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM5_OCPOLARITY_LOW))
/** TIM5 Output Compare states */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE =((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM5_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE =((uint8_t)0x11)
}TIM5_OutputState_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_OUTPUT_STATE_OK(STATE) (((STATE) == TIM5_OUTPUTSTATE_DISABLE) || \
((STATE) == TIM5_OUTPUTSTATE_ENABLE))
/** TIM5 Input Capture Polarity */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_ICPOLARITY_RISING =((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM5_ICPOLARITY_FALLING =((uint8_t)0x44)
}TIM5_ICPolarity_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_IC_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == TIM5_ICPOLARITY_RISING) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM5_ICPOLARITY_FALLING))
/** TIM5 Input Capture Selection */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI =((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM5_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI =((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM5_ICSELECTION_TRGI =((uint8_t)0x03)
}TIM5_ICSelection_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_IC_SELECTION_OK(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM5_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM5_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM5_ICSELECTION_TRGI))
#define IS_TIM5_IC_SELECTION1_OK(SELECTION) (((SELECTION) == TIM5_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM5_ICSELECTION_TRGI))
/** TIM5 Input Capture Prescaler */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_ICPSC_DIV1 =((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM5_ICPSC_DIV2 =((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM5_ICPSC_DIV4 =((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM5_ICPSC_DIV8 =((uint8_t)0x0C)
}TIM5_ICPSC_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_IC_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == TIM5_ICPSC_DIV1) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_ICPSC_DIV2) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_ICPSC_DIV4) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_ICPSC_DIV8))
/** TIM5 Input Capture Filer Value */
#define IS_TIM5_IC_FILTER_OK(ICFILTER) ((ICFILTER) <= 0x0F)
/** TIM5 interrupt sources */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_IT_UPDATE =((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM5_IT_CC1 =((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM5_IT_CC2 =((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM5_IT_CC3 =((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM5_IT_TRIGGER = ((uint8_t)0x40)
}TIM5_IT_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_IT_OK(IT) (((IT) != 0x00) && ((IT) <= 0x4F))
#define IS_TIM5_GET_IT_OK(IT) (((IT) == TIM5_IT_UPDATE) || \
((IT) == TIM5_IT_CC1) || \
((IT) == TIM5_IT_CC2) || \
((IT) == TIM5_IT_CC3) || \
((IT) == TIM5_IT_TRIGGER))
/** TIM5 Prescaler Reload Mode */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE =((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM5_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE =((uint8_t)0x01)
}TIM5_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_PRESCALER_RELOAD_OK(RELOAD) (((RELOAD) == TIM5_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE) || \
((RELOAD) == TIM5_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE))
/** TIM5 Event Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE =((uint8_t)0x01),
TIM5_EVENTSOURCE_CC1 =((uint8_t)0x02),
TIM5_EVENTSOURCE_CC2 =((uint8_t)0x04),
TIM5_EVENTSOURCE_CC3 =((uint8_t)0x08),
TIM5_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER = ((uint8_t)0x40)
}TIM5_EventSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_EVENT_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) != 0x00))
/** TIM5 Update Source */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL =((uint8_t)0x00),
TIM5_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR =((uint8_t)0x01)
}TIM5_UpdateSource_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_UPDATE_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == TIM5_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM5_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR))
/**
* @brief TIM5 Trigger Output Source
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_RESET = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< Trigger Output source = Reset*/
TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_ENABLE = ((uint8_t)0x10), /*!< Trigger Output source = TIM5 is enabled*/
TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x20), /*!< Trigger Output source = Update event*/
TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_OC1 = ((uint8_t)0x30), /*!< Trigger Output source = output compare channel1 */
TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_OC1REF = ((uint8_t)0x40), /*!< Trigger Output source = output compare channel 1 reference */
TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_OC2REF = ((uint8_t)0x50) /*!< Trigger Output source = output compare channel 2 reference */
}TIM5_TRGOSource_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief Macro TIM5 TRGO source
*/
#define IS_TIM5_TRGO_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) \
(((SOURCE) == TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_RESET) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_ENABLE) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_UPDATE) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_OC1) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_OC1REF) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM5_TRGOSOURCE_OC2REF))
/** TIM5 Flags */
typedef enum
{
TIM5_FLAG_UPDATE =((uint16_t)0x0001),
TIM5_FLAG_CC1 =((uint16_t)0x0002),
TIM5_FLAG_CC2 =((uint16_t)0x0004),
TIM5_FLAG_CC3 =((uint16_t)0x0008),
TIM5_FLAG_TRIGGER = ((uint16_t)0x0040),
TIM5_FLAG_CC1OF =((uint16_t)0x0200),
TIM5_FLAG_CC2OF =((uint16_t)0x0400),
TIM5_FLAG_CC3OF =((uint16_t)0x0800)
}TIM5_FLAG_TypeDef;
#define IS_TIM5_GET_FLAG_OK(FLAG) (((FLAG) == TIM5_FLAG_UPDATE) || \
((FLAG) == TIM5_FLAG_CC1) || \
((FLAG) == TIM5_FLAG_CC2) || \
((FLAG) == TIM5_FLAG_CC3) || \
((FLAG) == TIM5_FLAG_TRIGGER) || \
((FLAG) == TIM5_FLAG_CC1OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM5_FLAG_CC2OF) || \
((FLAG) == TIM5_FLAG_CC3OF))
#define IS_TIM5_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(FLAG) ((((uint16_t)(FLAG) & 0xF1F0) == 0x0000) && ((uint16_t)(FLAG) != 0x0000))
/**
* @brief TIM5 Slave Mode
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM5_SLAVEMODE_RESET = ((uint8_t)0x04), /*!< Slave Mode Selection = Reset*/
TIM5_SLAVEMODE_GATED = ((uint8_t)0x05), /*!< Slave Mode Selection = Gated*/
TIM5_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER = ((uint8_t)0x06), /*!< Slave Mode Selection = Trigger*/
TIM5_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 = ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< Slave Mode Selection = External 1*/
}TIM5_SlaveMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief Macro TIM5 Slave mode
*/
#define IS_TIM5_SLAVE_MODE_OK(MODE) \
(((MODE) == TIM5_SLAVEMODE_RESET) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_SLAVEMODE_GATED) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1))
/**
* @brief TIM5 Internal Trigger Selection
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM5_TS_TIM6 = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< TRIG Input source = TIM6 TRIG Output */
TIM5_TS_TIM1 = ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< TRIG Input source = TIM1 TRIG Output */
}TIM5_TS_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief Macro TIM5 Trigger Selection
*/
#define IS_TIM5_TRIGGER_SELECTION_OK(SELECTION) \
(((SELECTION) == TIM5_TS_TIM6) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM5_TS_TIM1) )
#define IS_TIM5_TIX_TRIGGER_SELECTION_OK(SELECTION) \
(((SELECTION) == TIM5_TS_TI1F_ED) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM5_TS_TI1FP1) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM5_TS_TI2FP2))
/**
* @brief TIM5 Encoder Mode
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM5_ENCODERMODE_TI1 = ((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< Encoder mode 1*/
TIM5_ENCODERMODE_TI2 = ((uint8_t)0x02), /*!< Encoder mode 2*/
TIM5_ENCODERMODE_TI12 = ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< Encoder mode 3*/
}TIM5_EncoderMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief Macro TIM5 encoder mode
*/
#define IS_TIM5_ENCODER_MODE_OK(MODE) \
(((MODE) == TIM5_ENCODERMODE_TI1) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_ENCODERMODE_TI2) || \
((MODE) == TIM5_ENCODERMODE_TI12))
/**
* @brief TIM5 External Trigger Prescaler
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM5_EXTTRGPSC_OFF = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< No External Trigger prescaler */
TIM5_EXTTRGPSC_DIV2 = ((uint8_t)0x10), /*!< External Trigger prescaler = 2 (ETRP frequency divided by 2) */
TIM5_EXTTRGPSC_DIV4 = ((uint8_t)0x20), /*!< External Trigger prescaler = 4 (ETRP frequency divided by 4) */
TIM5_EXTTRGPSC_DIV8 = ((uint8_t)0x30) /*!< External Trigger prescaler = 8 (ETRP frequency divided by 8) */
}TIM5_ExtTRGPSC_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief Macro TIM5 external trigger prescaler
*/
#define IS_TIM5_EXT_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) \
(((PRESCALER) == TIM5_EXTTRGPSC_OFF) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_EXTTRGPSC_DIV2) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_EXTTRGPSC_DIV4) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM5_EXTTRGPSC_DIV8))
/**
* @brief TIM5 External Trigger Polarity
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM5_EXTTRGPOLARITY_INVERTED = ((uint8_t)0x80), /*!< External Trigger Polarity = inverted */
TIM5_EXTTRGPOLARITY_NONINVERTED = ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< External Trigger Polarity = non inverted */
}TIM5_ExtTRGPolarity_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief Macro TIM5 Trigger Polarity
*/
#define IS_TIM5_EXT_POLARITY_OK(POLARITY) \
(((POLARITY) == TIM5_EXTTRGPOLARITY_INVERTED) || \
((POLARITY) == TIM5_EXTTRGPOLARITY_NONINVERTED))
/**
* @brief Macro TIM5 External Trigger Filter
*/
#define IS_TIM5_EXT_FILTER_OK(EXTFILTER) ((EXTFILTER) <= 0x0F)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM5_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void TIM5_DeInit(void);
void TIM5_TimeBaseInit(TIM5_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM5_Prescaler, uint16_t TIM5_Period);
void TIM5_OC1Init(TIM5_OCMode_TypeDef TIM5_OCMode, TIM5_OutputState_TypeDef TIM5_OutputState,uint16_t TIM5_Pulse, TIM5_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM5_OCPolarity);
void TIM5_OC2Init(TIM5_OCMode_TypeDef TIM5_OCMode, TIM5_OutputState_TypeDef TIM5_OutputState,uint16_t TIM5_Pulse, TIM5_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM5_OCPolarity);
void TIM5_OC3Init(TIM5_OCMode_TypeDef TIM5_OCMode, TIM5_OutputState_TypeDef TIM5_OutputState,uint16_t TIM5_Pulse, TIM5_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM5_OCPolarity);
void TIM5_ICInit(TIM5_Channel_TypeDef TIM5_Channel, TIM5_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM5_ICPolarity, TIM5_ICSelection_TypeDef TIM5_ICSelection, TIM5_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM5_ICPrescaler, uint8_t TIM5_ICFilter);
void TIM5_PWMIConfig(TIM5_Channel_TypeDef TIM5_Channel, TIM5_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM5_ICPolarity, TIM5_ICSelection_TypeDef TIM5_ICSelection, TIM5_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM5_ICPrescaler, uint8_t TIM5_ICFilter);
void TIM5_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM5_ITConfig(TIM5_IT_TypeDef TIM5_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM5_InternalClockConfig(void);
void TIM5_UpdateDisableConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM5_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM5_UpdateSource_TypeDef TIM5_UpdateSource);
void TIM5_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM5_OPMode_TypeDef TIM5_OPMode);
void TIM5_PrescalerConfig(TIM5_Prescaler_TypeDef Prescaler, TIM5_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef TIM5_PSCReloadMode);
void TIM5_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM5_TRGOSource_TypeDef TIM5_TRGOSource);
void TIM5_ForcedOC1Config(TIM5_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM5_ForcedAction);
void TIM5_ForcedOC2Config(TIM5_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM5_ForcedAction);
void TIM5_ForcedOC3Config(TIM5_ForcedAction_TypeDef TIM5_ForcedAction);
void TIM5_ARRPreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM5_CCPreloadControl(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM5_OC1PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM5_OC2PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM5_OC3PreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM5_GenerateEvent(TIM5_EventSource_TypeDef TIM5_EventSource);
void TIM5_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM5_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM5_OCPolarity);
void TIM5_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM5_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM5_OCPolarity);
void TIM5_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM5_OCPolarity_TypeDef TIM5_OCPolarity);
void TIM5_CCxCmd(TIM5_Channel_TypeDef TIM5_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM5_SelectOCxM(TIM5_Channel_TypeDef TIM5_Channel, TIM5_OCMode_TypeDef TIM5_OCMode);
void TIM5_SetCounter(uint16_t Counter);
void TIM5_SetAutoreload(uint16_t Autoreload);
void TIM5_SetCompare1(uint16_t Compare1);
void TIM5_SetCompare2(uint16_t Compare2);
void TIM5_SetCompare3(uint16_t Compare3);
void TIM5_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM5_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM5_IC1Prescaler);
void TIM5_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM5_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM5_IC2Prescaler);
void TIM5_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM5_ICPSC_TypeDef TIM5_IC3Prescaler);
uint16_t TIM5_GetCapture1(void);
uint16_t TIM5_GetCapture2(void);
uint16_t TIM5_GetCapture3(void);
uint16_t TIM5_GetCounter(void);
TIM5_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM5_GetPrescaler(void);
FlagStatus TIM5_GetFlagStatus(TIM5_FLAG_TypeDef TIM5_FLAG);
void TIM5_ClearFlag(TIM5_FLAG_TypeDef TIM5_FLAG);
ITStatus TIM5_GetITStatus(TIM5_IT_TypeDef TIM5_IT);
void TIM5_ClearITPendingBit(TIM5_IT_TypeDef TIM5_IT);
void TIM5_SelectInputTrigger(TIM5_TS_TypeDef TIM5_InputTriggerSource);
void TIM5_SelectSlaveMode(TIM5_SlaveMode_TypeDef TIM5_SlaveMode);
void TIM5_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM5_EncoderMode_TypeDef TIM5_EncoderMode, TIM5_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM5_IC1Polarity,TIM5_ICPolarity_TypeDef TIM5_IC2Polarity);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_TIM5_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

287
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_tim6.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_tim6.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the TIM6 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_TIM6_H
#define __STM8S_TIM6_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported variables ------------------------------------------------------- */
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM6_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief TIM6 Prescaler
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM6_PRESCALER_1 = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< Time base Prescaler = 1 (No effect)*/
TIM6_PRESCALER_2 = ((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< Time base Prescaler = 2 */
TIM6_PRESCALER_4 = ((uint8_t)0x02), /*!< Time base Prescaler = 4 */
TIM6_PRESCALER_8 = ((uint8_t)0x03), /*!< Time base Prescaler = 8 */
TIM6_PRESCALER_16 = ((uint8_t)0x04), /*!< Time base Prescaler = 16 */
TIM6_PRESCALER_32 = ((uint8_t)0x05), /*!< Time base Prescaler = 32 */
TIM6_PRESCALER_64 = ((uint8_t)0x06), /*!< Time base Prescaler = 64 */
TIM6_PRESCALER_128 = ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< Time base Prescaler = 128 */
}TIM6_Prescaler_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM6 One Pulse Mode
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM6_OPMODE_SINGLE = ((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< Single one Pulse mode (OPM Active) */
TIM6_OPMODE_REPETITIVE = ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Repetitive Pulse mode (OPM inactive) */
}TIM6_OPMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM6 Prescaler Reload Mode
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM6_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE =((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< Prescaler value is reloaded at every update*/
TIM6_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE =((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Prescaler value is reloaded immediately*/
}TIM6_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM6 Update Source
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM6_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL =((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< Global Update request source */
TIM6_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR =((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Regular Update request source */
}TIM6_UpdateSource_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM6 Event Source
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM6_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< Update Event*/
TIM6_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER = ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Trigger Event*/
}TIM6_EventSource_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM6 Trigger Output Source
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM6_TRGOSOURCE_RESET = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< Trigger Output source = Reset*/
TIM6_TRGOSOURCE_ENABLE = ((uint8_t)0x10), /*!< Trigger Output source = TIM5 is enabled*/
TIM6_TRGOSOURCE_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Trigger Output source = Update event*/
}TIM6_TRGOSource_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM6 Slave Mode
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM6_SLAVEMODE_DISABLE = ((uint8_t)0x00), /*!< Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */
TIM6_SLAVEMODE_RESET = ((uint8_t)0x04), /*!< Slave Mode Selection = Reset*/
TIM6_SLAVEMODE_GATED = ((uint8_t)0x05), /*!< Slave Mode Selection = Gated*/
TIM6_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER = ((uint8_t)0x06), /*!< Slave Mode Selection = Trigger*/
TIM6_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 = ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< Slave Mode Selection = External 1*/
}TIM6_SlaveMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM6 Flags
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM6_FLAG_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< Update Flag */
TIM6_FLAG_TRIGGER = ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Trigger Flag */
}TIM6_FLAG_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM6 interrupt sources
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM6_IT_UPDATE = ((uint8_t)0x01), /*!< Update Interrupt*/
TIM6_IT_TRIGGER = ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Trigger Interrupt*/
}TIM6_IT_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief TIM6 Internal Trigger Selection
*/
typedef enum
{
TIM6_TS_TIM1 = ((uint8_t)0x20),/*!< TRIG Input source = TIM1 TRIG Output */
TIM6_TS_TIM5 = ((uint8_t)0x30) /*!< TRIG Input source = TIM5 TRIG Output */
}TIM6_TS_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM6_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
*/
/**
* @brief Macro TIM6 Prescaler
*/
#define IS_TIM6_PRESCALER_OK(PRESCALER) \
(((PRESCALER) == TIM6_PRESCALER_1) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM6_PRESCALER_2) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM6_PRESCALER_4) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM6_PRESCALER_8) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM6_PRESCALER_16) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM6_PRESCALER_32) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM6_PRESCALER_64) || \
((PRESCALER) == TIM6_PRESCALER_128))
/**
* @brief Macro TIM6 One Pulse Mode
*/
#define IS_TIM6_OPM_MODE_OK(MODE) \
(((MODE) == TIM6_OPMODE_SINGLE) || \
((MODE) == TIM6_OPMODE_REPETITIVE))
/**
* @brief Macro TIM6 Prescaler reload
*/
#define IS_TIM6_PRESCALER_RELOAD_OK(RELOAD) \
(((RELOAD) == TIM6_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE) || \
((RELOAD) == TIM6_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE))
/**
* @brief Macro TIM6 Update source
*/
#define IS_TIM6_UPDATE_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) \
(((SOURCE) == TIM6_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM6_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR))
/**
* @brief Macro TIM6 Event source
*/
#define IS_TIM6_EVENT_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) \
((((SOURCE) & (uint8_t)0xBE) == 0x00) && \
((SOURCE) != 0x00))
/**
* @brief Macro TIM6 TRGO source
*/
#define IS_TIM6_TRGO_SOURCE_OK(SOURCE) \
(((SOURCE) == TIM6_TRGOSOURCE_RESET) || \
((SOURCE) == TIM6_TRGOSOURCE_ENABLE)|| \
((SOURCE) == TIM6_TRGOSOURCE_UPDATE))
/**
* @brief Macro TIM6 Slave mode
*/
#define IS_TIM6_SLAVE_MODE_OK(MODE) \
(((MODE) == TIM6_SLAVEMODE_DISABLE) || \
((MODE) == TIM6_SLAVEMODE_RESET) || \
((MODE) == TIM6_SLAVEMODE_GATED) || \
((MODE) == TIM6_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER) || \
((MODE) == TIM6_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1))
/**
* @brief Macro TIM6 Flags
*/
#define IS_TIM6_GET_FLAG_OK(FLAG) \
(((FLAG) == TIM6_FLAG_UPDATE) || \
((FLAG) == TIM6_FLAG_TRIGGER))
#define IS_TIM6_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(FLAG) \
((((FLAG) & (uint8_t)0xBE) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
/**
* @brief Macro TIM6 interrupts
*/
#define IS_TIM6_IT_OK(IT) \
(((IT) != 0x00) && \
(((IT) & (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)(0x41)))== 0x00))
#define IS_TIM6_GET_IT_OK(IT) \
(((IT) == TIM6_IT_UPDATE) || \
((IT) == TIM6_IT_TRIGGER))
/**
* @brief Macro TIM6 Trigger selection
*/
#define IS_TIM6_TRIGGER_SELECTION_OK(SELECTION) \
(((SELECTION) == TIM6_TS_TIM5) || \
((SELECTION) == TIM6_TS_TIM1))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup TIM6_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void TIM6_DeInit(void);
void TIM6_TimeBaseInit(TIM6_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM6_Prescaler, uint8_t TIM6_Period);
void TIM6_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM6_UpdateDisableConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM6_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM6_UpdateSource_TypeDef TIM6_UpdateSource);
void TIM6_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM6_OPMode_TypeDef TIM6_OPMode);
void TIM6_PrescalerConfig(TIM6_Prescaler_TypeDef Prescaler, TIM6_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef TIM6_PSCReloadMode);
void TIM6_ARRPreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM6_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter);
void TIM6_SetAutoreload(uint8_t Autoreload);
uint8_t TIM6_GetCounter(void);
TIM6_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM6_GetPrescaler(void);
void TIM6_ITConfig(TIM6_IT_TypeDef TIM6_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM6_ClearFlag(TIM6_FLAG_TypeDef TIM6_FLAG);
ITStatus TIM6_GetITStatus(TIM6_IT_TypeDef TIM6_IT);
void TIM6_GenerateEvent(TIM6_EventSource_TypeDef TIM6_EventSource);
FlagStatus TIM6_GetFlagStatus(TIM6_FLAG_TypeDef TIM6_FLAG);
void TIM6_ClearITPendingBit(TIM6_IT_TypeDef TIM6_IT);
void TIM6_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM6_TRGOSource_TypeDef TIM6_TRGOSource);
void TIM6_SelectMasterSlaveMode(FunctionalState NewState);
void TIM6_SelectInputTrigger(TIM6_TS_TypeDef TIM6_InputTriggerSource);
void TIM6_InternalClockConfig(void);
void TIM6_SelectSlaveMode(TIM6_SlaveMode_TypeDef TIM6_SlaveMode);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_TIM6_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

383
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_uart1.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_uart1.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototypes and macros for the UART1 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_UART1_H
#define __STM8S_UART1_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UART1_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief UART1 Irda Modes
*/
typedef enum { UART1_IRDAMODE_NORMAL = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x00 Irda Normal Mode */
UART1_IRDAMODE_LOWPOWER = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< 0x01 Irda Low Power Mode */
} UART1_IrDAMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART1 WakeUP Modes
*/
typedef enum { UART1_WAKEUP_IDLELINE = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x01 Idle Line wake up */
UART1_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK = (uint8_t)0x08 /**< 0x02 Address Mark wake up */
} UART1_WakeUp_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART1 LIN Break detection length possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART1_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x01 10 bits Lin Break detection */
UART1_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_11BITS = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< 0x02 11 bits Lin Break detection */
} UART1_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART1 stop bits possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART1_STOPBITS_1 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< One stop bit is transmitted at the end of frame*/
UART1_STOPBITS_0_5 = (uint8_t)0x10, /**< Half stop bits is transmitted at the end of frame*/
UART1_STOPBITS_2 = (uint8_t)0x20, /**< Two stop bits are transmitted at the end of frame*/
UART1_STOPBITS_1_5 = (uint8_t)0x30 /**< One and half stop bits*/
} UART1_StopBits_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART1 parity possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART1_PARITY_NO = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< No Parity*/
UART1_PARITY_EVEN = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< Even Parity*/
UART1_PARITY_ODD = (uint8_t)0x06 /**< Odd Parity*/
} UART1_Parity_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART1 Synchrone modes
*/
typedef enum { UART1_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x80, /**< 0x80 Sync mode Disable, SLK pin Disable */
UART1_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< 0x08 Sync mode Enable, SLK pin Enable */
UART1_SYNCMODE_CPOL_LOW = (uint8_t)0x40, /**< 0x40 Steady low value on SCLK pin outside transmission window */
UART1_SYNCMODE_CPOL_HIGH = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< 0x04 Steady high value on SCLK pin outside transmission window */
UART1_SYNCMODE_CPHA_MIDDLE = (uint8_t)0x20, /**< 0x20 SCLK clock line activated in middle of data bit */
UART1_SYNCMODE_CPHA_BEGINING = (uint8_t)0x02, /**< 0x02 SCLK clock line activated at beginning of data bit */
UART1_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x10, /**< 0x10 The clock pulse of the last data bit is not output to the SCLK pin */
UART1_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< 0x01 The clock pulse of the last data bit is output to the SCLK pin */
} UART1_SyncMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART1 Word length possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART1_WORDLENGTH_8D = (uint8_t)0x00,/**< 0x00 8 bits Data */
UART1_WORDLENGTH_9D = (uint8_t)0x10 /**< 0x10 9 bits Data */
} UART1_WordLength_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART1 Mode possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART1_MODE_RX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< 0x08 Receive Enable */
UART1_MODE_TX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< 0x04 Transmit Enable */
UART1_MODE_TX_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x80, /**< 0x80 Transmit Disable */
UART1_MODE_RX_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x40, /**< 0x40 Single-wire Half-duplex mode */
UART1_MODE_TXRX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x0C /**< 0x0C Transmit Enable and Receive Enable */
} UART1_Mode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART1 Flag possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART1_FLAG_TXE = (uint16_t)0x0080, /*!< Transmit Data Register Empty flag */
UART1_FLAG_TC = (uint16_t)0x0040, /*!< Transmission Complete flag */
UART1_FLAG_RXNE = (uint16_t)0x0020, /*!< Read Data Register Not Empty flag */
UART1_FLAG_IDLE = (uint16_t)0x0010, /*!< Idle line detected flag */
UART1_FLAG_OR = (uint16_t)0x0008, /*!< OverRun error flag */
UART1_FLAG_NF = (uint16_t)0x0004, /*!< Noise error flag */
UART1_FLAG_FE = (uint16_t)0x0002, /*!< Framing Error flag */
UART1_FLAG_PE = (uint16_t)0x0001, /*!< Parity Error flag */
UART1_FLAG_LBDF = (uint16_t)0x0210, /*!< Line Break Detection Flag */
UART1_FLAG_SBK = (uint16_t)0x0101 /*!< Send Break characters Flag */
} UART1_Flag_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART1 Interrupt definition
* UART1_IT possible values
* Elements values convention: 0xZYX
* X: Position of the corresponding Interrupt
* - For the following values, X means the interrupt position in the CR2 register.
* UART1_IT_TXE
* UART1_IT_TC
* UART1_IT_RXNE
* UART1_IT_IDLE
* UART1_IT_OR
* - For the UART1_IT_PE value, X means the flag position in the CR1 register.
* - For the UART1_IT_LBDF value, X means the flag position in the CR4 register.
* Y: Flag position
* - For the following values, Y means the flag (pending bit) position in the SR register.
* UART1_IT_TXE
* UART1_IT_TC
* UART1_IT_RXNE
* UART1_IT_IDLE
* UART1_IT_OR
* UART1_IT_PE
* - For the UART1_IT_LBDF value, Y means the flag position in the CR4 register.
* Z: Register index: indicate in which register the dedicated interrupt source is:
* - 1==> CR1 register
* - 2==> CR2 register
* - 3==> CR4 register
*/
typedef enum { UART1_IT_TXE = (uint16_t)0x0277, /*!< Transmit interrupt */
UART1_IT_TC = (uint16_t)0x0266, /*!< Transmission Complete interrupt */
UART1_IT_RXNE = (uint16_t)0x0255, /*!< Receive interrupt */
UART1_IT_IDLE = (uint16_t)0x0244, /*!< IDLE line interrupt */
UART1_IT_OR = (uint16_t)0x0235, /*!< Overrun Error interrupt */
UART1_IT_PE = (uint16_t)0x0100, /*!< Parity Error interrupt */
UART1_IT_LBDF = (uint16_t)0x0346, /**< LIN break detection interrupt */
UART1_IT_RXNE_OR = (uint16_t)0x0205 /*!< Receive/Overrun interrupt */
} UART1_IT_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UART1_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the MODEs possible combination should be one of
* the following
*/
#define IS_UART1_MODE_OK(Mode) \
(((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART1_MODE_RX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART1_MODE_RX_DISABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART1_MODE_TX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART1_MODE_TX_DISABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART1_MODE_TXRX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART1_MODE_TX_ENABLE|(uint8_t)UART1_MODE_RX_ENABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART1_MODE_TX_ENABLE|(uint8_t)UART1_MODE_RX_DISABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART1_MODE_TX_DISABLE|(uint8_t)UART1_MODE_RX_DISABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART1_MODE_TX_DISABLE|(uint8_t)UART1_MODE_RX_ENABLE)))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the WordLengths
*/
#define IS_UART1_WORDLENGTH_OK(WordLength) \
(((WordLength) == UART1_WORDLENGTH_8D) || \
((WordLength) == UART1_WORDLENGTH_9D))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the SyncModes; it should exclude values such
* as UART1_CLOCK_ENABLE|UART1_CLOCK_DISABLE
*/
#define IS_UART1_SYNCMODE_OK(SyncMode) \
(!((((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_ENABLE)|((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE))) == (((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_ENABLE)|((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE))) \
|| (((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CPOL_LOW )|((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CPOL_HIGH))) == (((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CPOL_LOW )|((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CPOL_HIGH))) \
||(((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CPHA_MIDDLE)|((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CPHA_BEGINING))) == (((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CPHA_MIDDLE)|((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_CPHA_BEGINING))) \
|| (((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_DISABLE)|((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_ENABLE))) == (((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_DISABLE)|((uint8_t)UART1_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_ENABLE)))))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the FLAGs
*/
#define IS_UART1_FLAG_OK(Flag) \
(((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_TXE) || \
((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_TC) || \
((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_IDLE) || \
((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_OR) || \
((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_NF) || \
((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_FE) || \
((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_PE) || \
((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_SBK) || \
((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the FLAGs that can be cleared by writing 0
*/
#define IS_UART1_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(Flag) \
(((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((Flag) == UART1_FLAG_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the Interrupts
*/
#define IS_UART1_CONFIG_IT_OK(Interrupt) \
(((Interrupt) == UART1_IT_PE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART1_IT_TXE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART1_IT_TC) || \
((Interrupt) == UART1_IT_RXNE_OR ) || \
((Interrupt) == UART1_IT_IDLE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART1_IT_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the pending bit
*/
#define IS_UART1_GET_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) \
(((ITPendingBit) == UART1_IT_TXE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART1_IT_TC) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART1_IT_RXNE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART1_IT_IDLE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART1_IT_OR) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART1_IT_LBDF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART1_IT_PE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the pending bit that can be cleared by writing 0
*/
#define IS_UART1_CLEAR_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) \
(((ITPendingBit) == UART1_IT_RXNE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART1_IT_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the IrDAModes
*/
#define IS_UART1_IRDAMODE_OK(IrDAMode) \
(((IrDAMode) == UART1_IRDAMODE_LOWPOWER) || \
((IrDAMode) == UART1_IRDAMODE_NORMAL))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the WakeUps
*/
#define IS_UART1_WAKEUP_OK(WakeUp) \
(((WakeUp) == UART1_WAKEUP_IDLELINE) || \
((WakeUp) == UART1_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the LINBreakDetectionLengths
*/
#define IS_UART1_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_OK(LINBreakDetectionLength) \
(((LINBreakDetectionLength) == UART1_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS) || \
((LINBreakDetectionLength) == UART1_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_11BITS))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the UART1_StopBits
*/
#define IS_UART1_STOPBITS_OK(StopBit) (((StopBit) == UART1_STOPBITS_1) || \
((StopBit) == UART1_STOPBITS_0_5) || \
((StopBit) == UART1_STOPBITS_2) || \
((StopBit) == UART1_STOPBITS_1_5 ))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the Parity
*/
#define IS_UART1_PARITY_OK(Parity) (((Parity) == UART1_PARITY_NO) || \
((Parity) == UART1_PARITY_EVEN) || \
((Parity) == UART1_PARITY_ODD ))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the maximum
* baudrate value
*/
#define IS_UART1_BAUDRATE_OK(NUM) ((NUM) <= (uint32_t)625000)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the address
* of the UART1 or UART node
*/
#define UART1_ADDRESS_MAX ((uint8_t)16)
#define IS_UART1_ADDRESS_OK(node) ((node) < UART1_ADDRESS_MAX )
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup UART1_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void UART1_DeInit(void);
void UART1_Init(uint32_t BaudRate, UART1_WordLength_TypeDef WordLength,
UART1_StopBits_TypeDef StopBits, UART1_Parity_TypeDef Parity,
UART1_SyncMode_TypeDef SyncMode, UART1_Mode_TypeDef Mode);
void UART1_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART1_ITConfig(UART1_IT_TypeDef UART1_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void UART1_HalfDuplexCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART1_IrDAConfig(UART1_IrDAMode_TypeDef UART1_IrDAMode);
void UART1_IrDACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART1_LINBreakDetectionConfig(UART1_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef UART1_LINBreakDetectionLength);
void UART1_LINCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART1_SmartCardCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART1_SmartCardNACKCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART1_WakeUpConfig(UART1_WakeUp_TypeDef UART1_WakeUp);
void UART1_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
uint8_t UART1_ReceiveData8(void);
uint16_t UART1_ReceiveData9(void);
void UART1_SendData8(uint8_t Data);
void UART1_SendData9(uint16_t Data);
void UART1_SendBreak(void);
void UART1_SetAddress(uint8_t UART1_Address);
void UART1_SetGuardTime(uint8_t UART1_GuardTime);
void UART1_SetPrescaler(uint8_t UART1_Prescaler);
FlagStatus UART1_GetFlagStatus(UART1_Flag_TypeDef UART1_FLAG);
void UART1_ClearFlag(UART1_Flag_TypeDef UART1_FLAG);
ITStatus UART1_GetITStatus(UART1_IT_TypeDef UART1_IT);
void UART1_ClearITPendingBit(UART1_IT_TypeDef UART1_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_UART1_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

447
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_uart2.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,447 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_uart2.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototypes and macros for the UART2 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_UART2_H
#define __STM8S_UART2_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UART2_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief UART2 Irda Modes
*/
typedef enum { UART2_IRDAMODE_NORMAL = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x00 Irda Normal Mode */
UART2_IRDAMODE_LOWPOWER = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< 0x01 Irda Low Power Mode */
} UART2_IrDAMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 WakeUP Modes
*/
typedef enum { UART2_WAKEUP_IDLELINE = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x01 Idle Line wake up */
UART2_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK = (uint8_t)0x08 /**< 0x02 Address Mark wake up */
} UART2_WakeUp_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 LIN Break detection length possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART2_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x01 10 bits Lin Break detection */
UART2_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_11BITS = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< 0x02 11 bits Lin Break detection */
} UART2_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 stop bits possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART2_STOPBITS_1 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< One stop bit is transmitted at the end of frame*/
UART2_STOPBITS_0_5 = (uint8_t)0x10, /**< Half stop bits is transmitted at the end of frame*/
UART2_STOPBITS_2 = (uint8_t)0x20, /**< Two stop bits are transmitted at the end of frame*/
UART2_STOPBITS_1_5 = (uint8_t)0x30 /**< One and half stop bits*/
} UART2_StopBits_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 parity possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART2_PARITY_NO = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< No Parity*/
UART2_PARITY_EVEN = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< Even Parity*/
UART2_PARITY_ODD = (uint8_t)0x06 /**< Odd Parity*/
} UART2_Parity_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 Mode possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART2_LIN_MODE_MASTER = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< LIN Master Mode*/
UART2_LIN_MODE_SLAVE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< LIN Slave Mode*/
} UART2_LinMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 automatic resynchronisation possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART2_LIN_AUTOSYNC_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< LIN Autosynchronization Disable*/
UART2_LIN_AUTOSYNC_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< LIN Autosynchronization Enable*/
} UART2_LinAutosync_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 Divider Update Method possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART2_LIN_DIVUP_LBRR1 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< LIN LDIV is updated as soon as LBRR1 is written*/
UART2_LIN_DIVUP_NEXTRXNE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< LIN LDIV is updated at the next received character*/
} UART2_LinDivUp_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 Synchrone modes
*/
typedef enum { UART2_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x80, /**< 0x80 Sync mode Disable, SLK pin Disable */
UART2_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< 0x08 Sync mode Enable, SLK pin Enable */
UART2_SYNCMODE_CPOL_LOW = (uint8_t)0x40, /**< 0x40 Steady low value on SCLK pin outside transmission window */
UART2_SYNCMODE_CPOL_HIGH = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< 0x04 Steady high value on SCLK pin outside transmission window */
UART2_SYNCMODE_CPHA_MIDDLE = (uint8_t)0x20, /**< 0x20 SCLK clock line activated in middle of data bit */
UART2_SYNCMODE_CPHA_BEGINING = (uint8_t)0x02, /**< 0x02 SCLK clock line activated at beginning of data bit */
UART2_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x10, /**< 0x10 The clock pulse of the last data bit is not output to the SCLK pin */
UART2_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< 0x01 The clock pulse of the last data bit is output to the SCLK pin */
} UART2_SyncMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 Word length possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART2_WORDLENGTH_8D = (uint8_t)0x00,/**< 0x00 8 bits Data */
UART2_WORDLENGTH_9D = (uint8_t)0x10 /**< 0x10 9 bits Data */
} UART2_WordLength_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 Mode possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART2_MODE_RX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< 0x08 Receive Enable */
UART2_MODE_TX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< 0x04 Transmit Enable */
UART2_MODE_TX_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x80, /**< 0x80 Transmit Disable */
UART2_MODE_RX_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x40, /**< 0x40 Single-wire Half-duplex mode */
UART2_MODE_TXRX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x0C /**< 0x0C Transmit Enable and Receive Enable */
} UART2_Mode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 Flag possible values
*/
typedef enum
{
UART2_FLAG_TXE = (uint16_t)0x0080, /*!< Transmit Data Register Empty flag */
UART2_FLAG_TC = (uint16_t)0x0040, /*!< Transmission Complete flag */
UART2_FLAG_RXNE = (uint16_t)0x0020, /*!< Read Data Register Not Empty flag */
UART2_FLAG_IDLE = (uint16_t)0x0010, /*!< Idle line detected flag */
UART2_FLAG_OR_LHE = (uint16_t)0x0008, /*!< OverRun error flag */
UART2_FLAG_NF = (uint16_t)0x0004, /*!< Noise error flag */
UART2_FLAG_FE = (uint16_t)0x0002, /*!< Framing Error flag */
UART2_FLAG_PE = (uint16_t)0x0001, /*!< Parity Error flag */
UART2_FLAG_SBK = (uint16_t)0x0101, /**< Send Break Complete interrupt flag */
UART2_FLAG_LBDF = (uint16_t)0x0210, /**< LIN Break Detection Flag */
UART2_FLAG_LHDF = (uint16_t)0x0302, /**< LIN Header Detection Flag*/
UART2_FLAG_LSF = (uint16_t)0x0301 /**< LIN Sync Field Flag*/
} UART2_Flag_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART2 Interrupt definition
* UART2_IT possible values
* Elements values convention: 0xZYX
* X: Position of the corresponding Interrupt
* - For the following values, X means the interrupt position in the CR2 register.
* UART2_IT_TXE
* UART2_IT_TC
* UART2_IT_RXNE
* UART2_IT_IDLE
* UART2_IT_OR
* - For the UART2_IT_PE value, X means the flag position in the CR1 register.
* - For the UART2_IT_LBDF value, X means the flag position in the CR4 register.
* - For the UART2_IT_LHDF value, X means the flag position in the CR6 register.
* Y: Flag position
* - For the following values, Y means the flag (pending bit) position in the SR register.
* UART2_IT_TXE
* UART2_IT_TC
* UART2_IT_RXNE
* UART2_IT_IDLE
* UART2_IT_OR
* UART2_IT_PE
* - For the UART2_IT_LBDF value, Y means the flag position in the CR4 register.
* - For the UART2_IT_LHDF value, Y means the flag position in the CR6 register.
* Z: Register index: indicate in which register the dedicated interrupt source is:
* - 1==> CR1 register
* - 2==> CR2 register
* - 3==> CR4 register
* - 4==> CR6 register
*/
typedef enum { UART2_IT_TXE = (uint16_t)0x0277, /**< Transmit interrupt */
UART2_IT_TC = (uint16_t)0x0266, /**< Transmission Complete interrupt */
UART2_IT_RXNE = (uint16_t)0x0255, /**< Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
UART2_IT_IDLE = (uint16_t)0x0244, /**< Idle line detected interrupt */
UART2_IT_OR = (uint16_t)0x0235, /**< OverRun error interrupt */
UART2_IT_PE = (uint16_t)0x0100, /**< Parity Error interrupt */
UART2_IT_LBDF = (uint16_t)0x0346, /**< LIN Break Detection interrupt */
UART2_IT_LHDF = (uint16_t)0x0412, /**< LIN Header Detection interrupt*/
UART2_IT_RXNE_OR = (uint16_t)0x0205 /*!< Receive/Overrun interrupt */
} UART2_IT_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UART2_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the MODEs possible combination should be one of
* the following.
*/
#define IS_UART2_MODE_OK(Mode) \
(((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART2_MODE_RX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART2_MODE_RX_DISABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART2_MODE_TX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART2_MODE_TX_DISABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART2_MODE_TXRX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2_MODE_TX_ENABLE|(uint8_t)UART2_MODE_RX_ENABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2_MODE_TX_ENABLE|(uint8_t)UART2_MODE_RX_DISABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2_MODE_TX_DISABLE|(uint8_t)UART2_MODE_RX_DISABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2_MODE_TX_DISABLE|(uint8_t)UART2_MODE_RX_ENABLE)))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the WordLengths
*/
#define IS_UART2_WORDLENGTH_OK(WordLength) \
(((WordLength) == UART2_WORDLENGTH_8D) || \
((WordLength) == UART2_WORDLENGTH_9D))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the SyncModes; it should exclude values such
* as UART2_CLOCK_ENABLE|UART2_CLOCK_DISABLE
*/
#define IS_UART2_SYNCMODE_OK(SyncMode) \
(!((((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_ENABLE)|((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE))) == (((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_ENABLE)|((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE))) || \
(((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CPOL_LOW )|((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CPOL_HIGH))) == (((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CPOL_LOW )|((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CPOL_HIGH))) || \
(((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CPHA_MIDDLE)|((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CPHA_BEGINING))) == (((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CPHA_MIDDLE)|((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_CPHA_BEGINING))) || \
(((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_DISABLE)|((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_ENABLE))) == (((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_DISABLE)|((uint8_t)UART2_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_ENABLE)))))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the FLAGs
*/
#define IS_UART2_FLAG_OK(Flag) \
(((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_TXE) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_TC) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_IDLE) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_OR_LHE) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_NF) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_FE) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_PE) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_SBK) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_LSF) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_LHDF) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the FLAGs that can be cleared by writing 0
*/
#define IS_UART2_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(Flag) \
(((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_LHDF) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_LSF) || \
((Flag) == UART2_FLAG_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check
* the different sensitivity values for the Interrupts
*/
#define IS_UART2_CONFIG_IT_OK(Interrupt) \
(((Interrupt) == UART2_IT_PE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART2_IT_TXE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART2_IT_TC) || \
((Interrupt) == UART2_IT_RXNE_OR ) || \
((Interrupt) == UART2_IT_IDLE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART2_IT_LHDF) || \
((Interrupt) == UART2_IT_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the pending bit
*/
#define IS_UART2_GET_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) \
(((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_TXE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_TC) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_RXNE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_IDLE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_OR) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_LBDF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_LHDF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_PE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the pending bit that can be cleared by writing 0
*/
#define IS_UART2_CLEAR_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) \
(((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_RXNE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_LHDF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART2_IT_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the IrDAModes
*/
#define IS_UART2_IRDAMODE_OK(IrDAMode) \
(((IrDAMode) == UART2_IRDAMODE_LOWPOWER) || \
((IrDAMode) == UART2_IRDAMODE_NORMAL))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the WakeUps
*/
#define IS_UART2_WAKEUP_OK(WakeUp) \
(((WakeUp) == UART2_WAKEUP_IDLELINE) || \
((WakeUp) == UART2_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the LINBreakDetectionLengths
*/
#define IS_UART2_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_OK(LINBreakDetectionLength) \
(((LINBreakDetectionLength) == UART2_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS) || \
((LINBreakDetectionLength) == UART2_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_11BITS))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the UART2_StopBits
*/
#define IS_UART2_STOPBITS_OK(StopBit) (((StopBit) == UART2_STOPBITS_1) || \
((StopBit) == UART2_STOPBITS_0_5) || \
((StopBit) == UART2_STOPBITS_2) || \
((StopBit) == UART2_STOPBITS_1_5 ))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the Paritys
*/
#define IS_UART2_PARITY_OK(Parity) (((Parity) == UART2_PARITY_NO) || \
((Parity) == UART2_PARITY_EVEN) || \
((Parity) == UART2_PARITY_ODD ))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the maximum
* baudrate value
*/
#define IS_UART2_BAUDRATE_OK(NUM) ((NUM) <= (uint32_t)625000)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the address
* of the UART2 or UART node
*/
#define UART2_ADDRESS_MAX ((uint8_t)16)
#define IS_UART2_ADDRESS_OK(node) ((node) < UART2_ADDRESS_MAX )
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the LIN mode
*/
#define IS_UART2_SLAVE_OK(Mode) \
(((Mode) == UART2_LIN_MODE_MASTER) || \
((Mode) == UART2_LIN_MODE_SLAVE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the LIN
* automatic resynchronization mode
*/
#define IS_UART2_AUTOSYNC_OK(AutosyncMode) \
(((AutosyncMode) == UART2_LIN_AUTOSYNC_ENABLE) || \
((AutosyncMode) == UART2_LIN_AUTOSYNC_DISABLE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the LIN divider update method
*/
#define IS_UART2_DIVUP_OK(DivupMethod) \
(((DivupMethod) == UART2_LIN_DIVUP_LBRR1) || \
((DivupMethod) == UART2_LIN_DIVUP_NEXTRXNE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup UART2_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void UART2_DeInit(void);
void UART2_Init(uint32_t BaudRate, UART2_WordLength_TypeDef WordLength,
UART2_StopBits_TypeDef StopBits, UART2_Parity_TypeDef Parity,
UART2_SyncMode_TypeDef SyncMode, UART2_Mode_TypeDef Mode);
void UART2_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART2_ITConfig(UART2_IT_TypeDef UART2_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void UART2_HalfDuplexCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART2_IrDAConfig(UART2_IrDAMode_TypeDef UART2_IrDAMode);
void UART2_IrDACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART2_LINBreakDetectionConfig(UART2_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef UART2_LINBreakDetectionLength);
void UART2_LINConfig(UART2_LinMode_TypeDef UART2_Mode,
UART2_LinAutosync_TypeDef UART2_Autosync,
UART2_LinDivUp_TypeDef UART2_DivUp);
void UART2_LINCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART2_SmartCardCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART2_SmartCardNACKCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART2_WakeUpConfig(UART2_WakeUp_TypeDef UART2_WakeUp);
void UART2_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
uint8_t UART2_ReceiveData8(void);
uint16_t UART2_ReceiveData9(void);
void UART2_SendData8(uint8_t Data);
void UART2_SendData9(uint16_t Data);
void UART2_SendBreak(void);
void UART2_SetAddress(uint8_t UART2_Address);
void UART2_SetGuardTime(uint8_t UART2_GuardTime);
void UART2_SetPrescaler(uint8_t UART2_Prescaler);
FlagStatus UART2_GetFlagStatus(UART2_Flag_TypeDef UART2_FLAG);
void UART2_ClearFlag(UART2_Flag_TypeDef UART2_FLAG);
ITStatus UART2_GetITStatus(UART2_IT_TypeDef UART2_IT);
void UART2_ClearITPendingBit(UART2_IT_TypeDef UART2_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_UART2_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

389
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_uart3.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,389 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_uart3.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototypes and macros for the UART3 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_UART3_H
#define __STM8S_UART3_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UART3_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief UART3 WakeUP Modes
*/
typedef enum { UART3_WAKEUP_IDLELINE = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x01 Idle Line wake up*/
UART3_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK = (uint8_t)0x08 /**< 0x02 Address Mark wake up*/
} UART3_WakeUp_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART3 LIN Break detection length possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART3_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 10 bits Lin Break detection */
UART3_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_11BITS = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< 11 bits Lin Break detection */
} UART3_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART3 stop bits possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART3_STOPBITS_1 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< One stop bit is transmitted at the end of frame*/
UART3_STOPBITS_2 = (uint8_t)0x20 /**< Two stop bits are transmitted at the end of frame*/
} UART3_StopBits_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART3 parity possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART3_PARITY_NO = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< No Parity*/
UART3_PARITY_EVEN = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< Even Parity*/
UART3_PARITY_ODD = (uint8_t)0x06 /**< Odd Parity*/
} UART3_Parity_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART3 Word length possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART3_WORDLENGTH_8D = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x00 8 bits Data*/
UART3_WORDLENGTH_9D = (uint8_t)0x10 /**< 0x10 9 bits Data*/
} UART3_WordLength_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART3 Mode Transmit/Receive possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART3_MODE_RX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< 0x08 Receive Enable*/
UART3_MODE_TX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< 0x04 Transmit Enable*/
UART3_MODE_TX_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x80, /**< 0x80 Receive Enable*/
UART3_MODE_RX_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x40, /**< 0x40 Single-wire Half-duplex mode*/
UART3_MODE_TXRX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x0C /**< 0x0C Receive Enable and Transmit enable*/
} UART3_Mode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART3 Mode possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART3_LIN_MODE_MASTER = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< LIN Master Mode*/
UART3_LIN_MODE_SLAVE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< LIN Slave Mode*/
} UART3_LinMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART3 automatic resynchronisation possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART3_LIN_AUTOSYNC_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< LIN Autosynchronization Disable*/
UART3_LIN_AUTOSYNC_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< LIN Autosynchronization Enable*/
} UART3_LinAutosync_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART3 Divider Update Method possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART3_LIN_DIVUP_LBRR1 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< LIN LDIV is updated as soon as LBRR1 is written*/
UART3_LIN_DIVUP_NEXTRXNE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< LIN LDIV is updated at the next received character*/
} UART3_LinDivUp_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART3 Flag possible values
*/
typedef enum
{
UART3_FLAG_TXE = (uint16_t)0x0080, /*!< Transmit Data Register Empty flag */
UART3_FLAG_TC = (uint16_t)0x0040, /*!< Transmission Complete flag */
UART3_FLAG_RXNE = (uint16_t)0x0020, /*!< Read Data Register Not Empty flag */
UART3_FLAG_IDLE = (uint16_t)0x0010, /*!< Idle line detected flag */
UART3_FLAG_OR_LHE = (uint16_t)0x0008, /*!< OverRun error flag */
UART3_FLAG_NF = (uint16_t)0x0004, /*!< Noise error flag */
UART3_FLAG_FE = (uint16_t)0x0002, /*!< Framing Error flag */
UART3_FLAG_PE = (uint16_t)0x0001, /*!< Parity Error flag */
UART3_FLAG_SBK = (uint16_t)0x0101, /**< Send Break Complete interrupt flag */
UART3_FLAG_LBDF = (uint16_t)0x0210, /**< LIN Break Detection Flag */
UART3_FLAG_LHDF = (uint16_t)0x0302, /**< LIN Header Detection Flag*/
UART3_FLAG_LSF = (uint16_t)0x0301 /**< LIN Sync Field Flag*/
} UART3_Flag_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART3 Interrupt definition
* UART3_IT possible values
* Elements values convention: 0xZYX
* X: Position of the corresponding Interrupt
* - For the following values, X means the interrupt position in the CR2 register.
* UART3_IT_TXE
* UART3_IT_TC
* UART3_IT_RXNE
* UART3_IT_IDLE
* UART3_IT_OR
* - For the UART3_IT_PE value, X means the flag position in the CR1 register.
* - For the UART3_IT_LBDF value, X means the flag position in the CR4 register.
* - For the UART3_IT_LHDF value, X means the flag position in the CR6 register.
* Y: Flag position
* - For the following values, Y means the flag (pending bit) position in the SR register.
* UART3_IT_TXE
* UART3_IT_TC
* UART3_IT_RXNE
* UART3_IT_IDLE
* UART3_IT_OR
* UART3_IT_PE
* - For the UART3_IT_LBDF value, Y means the flag position in the CR4 register.
* - For the UART3_IT_LHDF value, Y means the flag position in the CR6 register.
* Z: Register index: indicate in which register the dedicated interrupt source is:
* - 1==> CR1 register
* - 2==> CR2 register
* - 3==> CR4 register
* - 4==> CR6 register
*/
typedef enum { UART3_IT_TXE = (uint16_t)0x0277, /**< Transmit interrupt */
UART3_IT_TC = (uint16_t)0x0266, /**< Transmission Complete interrupt */
UART3_IT_RXNE = (uint16_t)0x0255, /**< Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
UART3_IT_IDLE = (uint16_t)0x0244, /**< Idle line detected interrupt */
UART3_IT_OR = (uint16_t)0x0235, /**< OverRun error interrupt */
UART3_IT_PE = (uint16_t)0x0100, /**< Parity Error interrupt */
UART3_IT_LBDF = (uint16_t)0x0346, /**< LIN Break Detection interrupt */
UART3_IT_LHDF = (uint16_t)0x0412, /**< LIN Header Detection interrupt*/
UART3_IT_RXNE_OR = (uint16_t)0x0205 /*!< Receive/Overrun interrupt */
} UART3_IT_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UART3_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the FLAGs
*/
#define IS_UART3_FLAG_OK(Flag) \
(((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_TXE) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_TC) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_IDLE) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_OR_LHE) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_NF) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_FE) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_PE) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_SBK) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_LSF) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_LHDF) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the FLAGs that can be cleared by writing 0
*/
#define IS_UART3_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(Flag) \
(((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_LHDF) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_LSF) || \
((Flag) == UART3_FLAG_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the Interrupts
*/
#define IS_UART3_CONFIG_IT_OK(Interrupt) \
(((Interrupt) == UART3_IT_PE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART3_IT_TXE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART3_IT_TC) || \
((Interrupt) == UART3_IT_RXNE_OR ) || \
((Interrupt) == UART3_IT_IDLE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART3_IT_LHDF) || \
((Interrupt) == UART3_IT_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the pending bit
*/
#define IS_UART3_GET_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) \
(((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_TXE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_TC) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_RXNE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_IDLE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_OR) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_LBDF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_LHDF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_PE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the pending bit that can be cleared by writing 0
*/
#define IS_UART3_CLEAR_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) \
(((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_RXNE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_LHDF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART3_IT_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the MODEs
*/
#define IS_UART3_MODE_OK(Mode) \
(((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART3_MODE_RX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART3_MODE_RX_DISABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART3_MODE_TX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART3_MODE_TX_DISABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART3_MODE_TXRX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3_MODE_TX_ENABLE|(uint8_t)UART3_MODE_RX_ENABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3_MODE_TX_ENABLE|(uint8_t)UART3_MODE_RX_DISABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3_MODE_TX_DISABLE|(uint8_t)UART3_MODE_RX_DISABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3_MODE_TX_DISABLE|(uint8_t)UART3_MODE_RX_ENABLE)))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the WordLengths
*/
#define IS_UART3_WORDLENGTH_OK(WordLength) \
(((WordLength) == UART3_WORDLENGTH_8D) || \
((WordLength) == UART3_WORDLENGTH_9D))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the WakeUps
*/
#define IS_UART3_WAKEUP_OK(WakeUpMode) \
(((WakeUpMode) == UART3_WAKEUP_IDLELINE) || \
((WakeUpMode) == UART3_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the LINBreakDetectionLengths
*/
#define IS_UART3_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_OK(LINBreakDetectionLengths) \
(((LINBreakDetectionLengths) == UART3_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS) || \
((LINBreakDetectionLengths) == UART3_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_11BITS))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the UART3_StopBits
*/
#define IS_UART3_STOPBITS_OK(StopBit) \
(((StopBit) == UART3_STOPBITS_1) || \
((StopBit) == UART3_STOPBITS_2))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the Parity
*/
#define IS_UART3_PARITY_OK(Parity) \
(((Parity) == UART3_PARITY_NO) || \
((Parity) == UART3_PARITY_EVEN) || \
((Parity) == UART3_PARITY_ODD ))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the maximum
* baudrate value
*/
#define IS_UART3_BAUDRATE_OK(NUM) ((NUM) <= (uint32_t)625000)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the address
* of the UART3 or UART node
*/
#define UART3_ADDRESS_MAX ((uint8_t)16)
#define IS_UART3_ADDRESS_OK(Node) ((Node) < UART3_ADDRESS_MAX)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the LIN mode
*/
#define IS_UART3_SLAVE_OK(Mode) \
(((Mode) == UART3_LIN_MODE_MASTER) || \
((Mode) == UART3_LIN_MODE_SLAVE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the LIN
* automatic resynchronization mode
*/
#define IS_UART3_AUTOSYNC_OK(AutosyncMode) \
(((AutosyncMode) == UART3_LIN_AUTOSYNC_ENABLE) || \
((AutosyncMode) == UART3_LIN_AUTOSYNC_DISABLE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the LIN
* divider update method
*/
#define IS_UART3_DIVUP_OK(DivupMethod) \
(((DivupMethod) == UART3_LIN_DIVUP_LBRR1) || \
((DivupMethod) == UART3_LIN_DIVUP_NEXTRXNE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup UART3_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void UART3_DeInit(void);
void UART3_Init(uint32_t BaudRate, UART3_WordLength_TypeDef WordLength,
UART3_StopBits_TypeDef StopBits, UART3_Parity_TypeDef Parity,
UART3_Mode_TypeDef Mode);
void UART3_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART3_ITConfig(UART3_IT_TypeDef UART3_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void UART3_LINBreakDetectionConfig(UART3_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef UART3_LINBreakDetectionLength);
void UART3_LINConfig(UART3_LinMode_TypeDef UART3_Mode,
UART3_LinAutosync_TypeDef UART3_Autosync,
UART3_LinDivUp_TypeDef UART3_DivUp);
void UART3_LINCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART3_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART3_WakeUpConfig( UART3_WakeUp_TypeDef UART3_WakeUp);
uint8_t UART3_ReceiveData8(void);
uint16_t UART3_ReceiveData9(void);
void UART3_SendData8(uint8_t Data);
void UART3_SendData9(uint16_t Data);
void UART3_SendBreak(void);
void UART3_SetAddress(uint8_t UART3_Address);
FlagStatus UART3_GetFlagStatus(UART3_Flag_TypeDef UART3_FLAG);
void UART3_ClearFlag(UART3_Flag_TypeDef UART3_FLAG);
ITStatus UART3_GetITStatus(UART3_IT_TypeDef UART3_IT);
void UART3_ClearITPendingBit(UART3_IT_TypeDef UART3_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_UART3_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

444
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_uart4.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_uart4.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototypes and macros for the UART4 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_UART4_H
#define __STM8S_UART4_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UART4_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief UART4 Irda Modes
*/
typedef enum { UART4_IRDAMODE_NORMAL = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x00 Irda Normal Mode */
UART4_IRDAMODE_LOWPOWER = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< 0x01 Irda Low Power Mode */
} UART4_IrDAMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 WakeUP Modes
*/
typedef enum { UART4_WAKEUP_IDLELINE = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x01 Idle Line wake up */
UART4_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK = (uint8_t)0x08 /**< 0x02 Address Mark wake up */
} UART4_WakeUp_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 LIN Break detection length possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART4_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< 0x01 10 bits Lin Break detection */
UART4_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_11BITS = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< 0x02 11 bits Lin Break detection */
} UART4_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 stop bits possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART4_STOPBITS_1 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< One stop bit is transmitted at the end of frame*/
UART4_STOPBITS_0_5 = (uint8_t)0x10, /**< Half stop bits is transmitted at the end of frame*/
UART4_STOPBITS_2 = (uint8_t)0x20, /**< Two stop bits are transmitted at the end of frame*/
UART4_STOPBITS_1_5 = (uint8_t)0x30 /**< One and half stop bits*/
} UART4_StopBits_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 parity possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART4_PARITY_NO = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< No Parity*/
UART4_PARITY_EVEN = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< Even Parity*/
UART4_PARITY_ODD = (uint8_t)0x06 /**< Odd Parity*/
} UART4_Parity_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 Mode possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART4_LIN_MODE_MASTER = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< LIN Master Mode*/
UART4_LIN_MODE_SLAVE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< LIN Slave Mode*/
} UART4_LinMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 automatic resynchronisation possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART4_LIN_AUTOSYNC_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< LIN Autosynchronization Disable*/
UART4_LIN_AUTOSYNC_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< LIN Autosynchronization Enable*/
} UART4_LinAutosync_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 Divider Update Method possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART4_LIN_DIVUP_LBRR1 = (uint8_t)0x00, /**< LIN LDIV is updated as soon as LBRR1 is written*/
UART4_LIN_DIVUP_NEXTRXNE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< LIN LDIV is updated at the next received character*/
} UART4_LinDivUp_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 Synchrone modes
*/
typedef enum { UART4_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x80, /**< 0x80 Sync mode Disable, SLK pin Disable */
UART4_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< 0x08 Sync mode Enable, SLK pin Enable */
UART4_SYNCMODE_CPOL_LOW = (uint8_t)0x40, /**< 0x40 Steady low value on SCLK pin outside transmission window */
UART4_SYNCMODE_CPOL_HIGH = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< 0x04 Steady high value on SCLK pin outside transmission window */
UART4_SYNCMODE_CPHA_MIDDLE = (uint8_t)0x20, /**< 0x20 SCLK clock line activated in middle of data bit */
UART4_SYNCMODE_CPHA_BEGINING = (uint8_t)0x02, /**< 0x02 SCLK clock line activated at beginning of data bit */
UART4_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x10, /**< 0x10 The clock pulse of the last data bit is not output to the SCLK pin */
UART4_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x01 /**< 0x01 The clock pulse of the last data bit is output to the SCLK pin */
} UART4_SyncMode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 Word length possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART4_WORDLENGTH_8D = (uint8_t)0x00,/**< 0x00 8 bits Data */
UART4_WORDLENGTH_9D = (uint8_t)0x10 /**< 0x10 9 bits Data */
} UART4_WordLength_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 Mode possible values
*/
typedef enum { UART4_MODE_RX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x08, /**< 0x08 Receive Enable */
UART4_MODE_TX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x04, /**< 0x04 Transmit Enable */
UART4_MODE_TX_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x80, /**< 0x80 Transmit Disable */
UART4_MODE_RX_DISABLE = (uint8_t)0x40, /**< 0x40 Single-wire Half-duplex mode */
UART4_MODE_TXRX_ENABLE = (uint8_t)0x0C /**< 0x0C Transmit Enable and Receive Enable */
} UART4_Mode_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 Flag possible values
*/
typedef enum
{
UART4_FLAG_TXE = (uint16_t)0x0080, /*!< Transmit Data Register Empty flag */
UART4_FLAG_TC = (uint16_t)0x0040, /*!< Transmission Complete flag */
UART4_FLAG_RXNE = (uint16_t)0x0020, /*!< Read Data Register Not Empty flag */
UART4_FLAG_IDLE = (uint16_t)0x0010, /*!< Idle line detected flag */
UART4_FLAG_OR_LHE = (uint16_t)0x0008, /*!< OverRun error flag */
UART4_FLAG_NF = (uint16_t)0x0004, /*!< Noise error flag */
UART4_FLAG_FE = (uint16_t)0x0002, /*!< Framing Error flag */
UART4_FLAG_PE = (uint16_t)0x0001, /*!< Parity Error flag */
UART4_FLAG_SBK = (uint16_t)0x0101, /**< Send Break Complete interrupt flag */
UART4_FLAG_LBDF = (uint16_t)0x0210, /**< LIN Break Detection Flag */
UART4_FLAG_LHDF = (uint16_t)0x0302, /**< LIN Header Detection Flag*/
UART4_FLAG_LSF = (uint16_t)0x0301 /**< LIN Sync Field Flag*/
} UART4_Flag_TypeDef;
/**
* @brief UART4 Interrupt definition
* UART4_IT possible values
* Elements values convention: 0xZYX
* X: Position of the corresponding Interrupt
* - For the following values, X means the interrupt position in the CR2 register.
* UART4_IT_TXE
* UART4_IT_TC
* UART4_IT_RXNE
* UART4_IT_IDLE
* UART4_IT_OR
* - For the UART4_IT_PE value, X means the flag position in the CR1 register.
* - For the UART4_IT_LBDF value, X means the flag position in the CR4 register.
* - For the UART4_IT_LHDF value, X means the flag position in the CR6 register.
* Y: Flag position
* - For the following values, Y means the flag (pending bit) position in the SR register.
* UART4_IT_TXE
* UART4_IT_TC
* UART4_IT_RXNE
* UART4_IT_IDLE
* UART4_IT_OR
* UART4_IT_PE
* - For the UART4_IT_LBDF value, Y means the flag position in the CR4 register.
* - For the UART4_IT_LHDF value, Y means the flag position in the CR6 register.
* Z: Register index: indicate in which register the dedicated interrupt source is:
* - 1==> CR1 register
* - 2==> CR2 register
* - 3==> CR4 register
* - 4==> CR6 register
*/
typedef enum { UART4_IT_TXE = (uint16_t)0x0277, /**< Transmit interrupt */
UART4_IT_TC = (uint16_t)0x0266, /**< Transmission Complete interrupt */
UART4_IT_RXNE = (uint16_t)0x0255, /**< Data Register Not Empty interrupt */
UART4_IT_IDLE = (uint16_t)0x0244, /**< Idle line detected interrupt */
UART4_IT_OR = (uint16_t)0x0235, /**< OverRun error interrupt */
UART4_IT_PE = (uint16_t)0x0100, /**< Parity Error interrupt */
UART4_IT_LBDF = (uint16_t)0x0346, /**< LIN Break Detection interrupt */
UART4_IT_LHDF = (uint16_t)0x0412, /**< LIN Header Detection interrupt*/
UART4_IT_RXNE_OR = (uint16_t)0x0205 /*!< Receive/Overrun interrupt */
} UART4_IT_TypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup UART4_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function to check the different functions parameters.
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the MODEs possible combination should be one of
* the following.
*/
#define IS_UART4_MODE_OK(Mode) \
(((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART4_MODE_RX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART4_MODE_RX_DISABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART4_MODE_TX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART4_MODE_TX_DISABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)UART4_MODE_TXRX_ENABLE) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4_MODE_TX_ENABLE|(uint8_t)UART4_MODE_RX_ENABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4_MODE_TX_ENABLE|(uint8_t)UART4_MODE_RX_DISABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4_MODE_TX_DISABLE|(uint8_t)UART4_MODE_RX_DISABLE)) || \
((Mode) == (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4_MODE_TX_DISABLE|(uint8_t)UART4_MODE_RX_ENABLE)))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the WordLengths
*/
#define IS_UART4_WORDLENGTH_OK(WordLength) \
(((WordLength) == UART4_WORDLENGTH_8D) || \
((WordLength) == UART4_WORDLENGTH_9D))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the SyncModes; it should exclude values such
* as UART4_CLOCK_ENABLE|UART4_CLOCK_DISABLE
*/
#define IS_UART4_SYNCMODE_OK(SyncMode) \
(!((((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_ENABLE)|((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE))) == (((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_ENABLE)|((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE))) || \
(((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CPOL_LOW )|((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CPOL_HIGH))) == (((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CPOL_LOW )|((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CPOL_HIGH))) || \
(((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CPHA_MIDDLE)|((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CPHA_BEGINING))) == (((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CPHA_MIDDLE)|((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_CPHA_BEGINING))) || \
(((SyncMode)&(((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_DISABLE)|((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_ENABLE))) == (((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_DISABLE)|((uint8_t)UART4_SYNCMODE_LASTBIT_ENABLE)))))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the FLAGs
*/
#define IS_UART4_FLAG_OK(Flag) \
(((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_TXE) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_TC) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_IDLE) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_OR_LHE) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_NF) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_FE) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_PE) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_SBK) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_LSF) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_LHDF) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the
* different sensitivity values for the FLAGs that can be cleared by writing 0
*/
#define IS_UART4_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(Flag) \
(((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_LHDF) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_LSF) || \
((Flag) == UART4_FLAG_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check
* the different sensitivity values for the Interrupts
*/
#define IS_UART4_CONFIG_IT_OK(Interrupt) \
(((Interrupt) == UART4_IT_PE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART4_IT_TXE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART4_IT_TC) || \
((Interrupt) == UART4_IT_RXNE_OR ) || \
((Interrupt) == UART4_IT_IDLE) || \
((Interrupt) == UART4_IT_LHDF) || \
((Interrupt) == UART4_IT_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the pending bit
*/
#define IS_UART4_GET_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) \
(((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_TXE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_TC) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_RXNE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_IDLE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_OR) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_LBDF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_LHDF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_PE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the pending bit that can be cleared by writing 0
*/
#define IS_UART4_CLEAR_IT_OK(ITPendingBit) \
(((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_RXNE) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_LHDF) || \
((ITPendingBit) == UART4_IT_LBDF))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the IrDAModes
*/
#define IS_UART4_IRDAMODE_OK(IrDAMode) \
(((IrDAMode) == UART4_IRDAMODE_LOWPOWER) || \
((IrDAMode) == UART4_IRDAMODE_NORMAL))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the WakeUps
*/
#define IS_UART4_WAKEUP_OK(WakeUp) \
(((WakeUp) == UART4_WAKEUP_IDLELINE) || \
((WakeUp) == UART4_WAKEUP_ADDRESSMARK))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the LINBreakDetectionLengths
*/
#define IS_UART4_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_OK(LINBreakDetectionLength) \
(((LINBreakDetectionLength) == UART4_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS) || \
((LINBreakDetectionLength) == UART4_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_11BITS))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the UART4_StopBits
*/
#define IS_UART4_STOPBITS_OK(StopBit) (((StopBit) == UART4_STOPBITS_1) || \
((StopBit) == UART4_STOPBITS_0_5) || \
((StopBit) == UART4_STOPBITS_2) || \
((StopBit) == UART4_STOPBITS_1_5 ))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the different
* sensitivity values for the Paritys
*/
#define IS_UART4_PARITY_OK(Parity) (((Parity) == UART4_PARITY_NO) || \
((Parity) == UART4_PARITY_EVEN) || \
((Parity) == UART4_PARITY_ODD ))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the maximum
* baudrate value
*/
#define IS_UART4_BAUDRATE_OK(NUM) ((NUM) <= (uint32_t)625000)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the address
* of the UART4 or UART node
*/
#define UART4_ADDRESS_MAX ((uint8_t)16)
#define IS_UART4_ADDRESS_OK(node) ((node) < UART4_ADDRESS_MAX )
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the LIN mode
*/
#define IS_UART4_SLAVE_OK(Mode) \
(((Mode) == UART4_LIN_MODE_MASTER) || \
((Mode) == UART4_LIN_MODE_SLAVE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the LIN
* automatic resynchronization mode
*/
#define IS_UART4_AUTOSYNC_OK(AutosyncMode) \
(((AutosyncMode) == UART4_LIN_AUTOSYNC_ENABLE) || \
((AutosyncMode) == UART4_LIN_AUTOSYNC_DISABLE))
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert_param function in order to check the LIN divider update method
*/
#define IS_UART4_DIVUP_OK(DivupMethod) \
(((DivupMethod) == UART4_LIN_DIVUP_LBRR1) || \
((DivupMethod) == UART4_LIN_DIVUP_NEXTRXNE))
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup UART4_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void UART4_DeInit(void);
void UART4_Init(uint32_t BaudRate, UART4_WordLength_TypeDef WordLength,
UART4_StopBits_TypeDef StopBits, UART4_Parity_TypeDef Parity,
UART4_SyncMode_TypeDef SyncMode, UART4_Mode_TypeDef Mode);
void UART4_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART4_ITConfig(UART4_IT_TypeDef UART4_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void UART4_HalfDuplexCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART4_IrDAConfig(UART4_IrDAMode_TypeDef UART4_IrDAMode);
void UART4_IrDACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART4_LINBreakDetectionConfig(UART4_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef UART4_LINBreakDetectionLength);
void UART4_LINConfig(UART4_LinMode_TypeDef UART4_Mode,
UART4_LinAutosync_TypeDef UART4_Autosync,
UART4_LinDivUp_TypeDef UART4_DivUp);
void UART4_LINCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART4_SmartCardCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART4_SmartCardNACKCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void UART4_WakeUpConfig(UART4_WakeUp_TypeDef UART4_WakeUp);
void UART4_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
uint8_t UART4_ReceiveData8(void);
uint16_t UART4_ReceiveData9(void);
void UART4_SendData8(uint8_t Data);
void UART4_SendData9(uint16_t Data);
void UART4_SendBreak(void);
void UART4_SetAddress(uint8_t UART4_Address);
void UART4_SetGuardTime(uint8_t UART4_GuardTime);
void UART4_SetPrescaler(uint8_t UART4_Prescaler);
FlagStatus UART4_GetFlagStatus(UART4_Flag_TypeDef UART4_FLAG);
void UART4_ClearFlag(UART4_Flag_TypeDef UART4_FLAG);
ITStatus UART4_GetITStatus(UART4_IT_TypeDef UART4_IT);
void UART4_ClearITPendingBit(UART4_IT_TypeDef UART4_IT);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_UART4_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

87
Libraries/SPL/inc/stm8s_wwdg.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_wwdg.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all functions prototype and macros for the WWDG peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM8S_WWDG_H
#define __STM8S_WWDG_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup WWDG_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the
* values of the window register.
*/
#define IS_WWDG_WINDOWLIMITVALUE_OK(WindowLimitValue) ((WindowLimitValue) <= 0x7F)
/**
* @brief Macro used by the assert function in order to check the different
* values of the counter register.
*/
#define IS_WWDG_COUNTERVALUE_OK(CounterValue) ((CounterValue) <= 0x7F)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
/** @addtogroup WWDG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void WWDG_Init(uint8_t Counter, uint8_t WindowValue);
void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter);
uint8_t WWDG_GetCounter(void);
void WWDG_SWReset(void);
void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue);
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* __STM8S_WWDG_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

697
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_adc1.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_adc1.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions/macros for the ADC1 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_adc1.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup ADC1_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the ADC1 peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_DeInit(void)
{
ADC1->CSR = ADC1_CSR_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->CR1 = ADC1_CR1_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->CR2 = ADC1_CR2_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->CR3 = ADC1_CR3_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->TDRH = ADC1_TDRH_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->TDRL = ADC1_TDRL_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->HTRH = ADC1_HTRH_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->HTRL = ADC1_HTRL_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->LTRH = ADC1_LTRH_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->LTRL = ADC1_LTRL_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->AWCRH = ADC1_AWCRH_RESET_VALUE;
ADC1->AWCRL = ADC1_AWCRL_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the ADC1 peripheral according to the specified parameters
* @param ADC1_ConversionMode: specifies the conversion mode
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef.
* @param ADC1_Channel: specifies the channel to convert
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_Channel_TypeDef.
* @param ADC1_PrescalerSelection: specifies the ADC1 prescaler
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef.
* @param ADC1_ExtTrigger: specifies the external trigger
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef.
* @param ADC1_ExtTriggerState: specifies the external trigger new state
* can be one of the values of @ref FunctionalState.
* @param ADC1_Align: specifies the converted data alignment
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_Align_TypeDef.
* @param ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel: specifies the schmitt trigger channel
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef.
* @param ADC1_SchmittTriggerState: specifies the schmitt trigger state
* can be one of the values of @ref FunctionalState.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_Init(ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC1_ConversionMode, ADC1_Channel_TypeDef ADC1_Channel, ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef ADC1_PrescalerSelection, ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC1_ExtTrigger, FunctionalState ADC1_ExtTriggerState, ADC1_Align_TypeDef ADC1_Align, ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel, FunctionalState ADC1_SchmittTriggerState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_OK(ADC1_ConversionMode));
assert_param(IS_ADC1_CHANNEL_OK(ADC1_Channel));
assert_param(IS_ADC1_PRESSEL_OK(ADC1_PrescalerSelection));
assert_param(IS_ADC1_EXTTRIG_OK(ADC1_ExtTrigger));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(((ADC1_ExtTriggerState))));
assert_param(IS_ADC1_ALIGN_OK(ADC1_Align));
assert_param(IS_ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_OK(ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(ADC1_SchmittTriggerState));
/*-----------------CR1 & CSR configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure the conversion mode and the channel to convert
respectively according to ADC1_ConversionMode & ADC1_Channel values & ADC1_Align values */
ADC1_ConversionConfig(ADC1_ConversionMode, ADC1_Channel, ADC1_Align);
/* Select the prescaler division factor according to ADC1_PrescalerSelection values */
ADC1_PrescalerConfig(ADC1_PrescalerSelection);
/*-----------------CR2 configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure the external trigger state and event respectively
according to NewState, ADC1_ExtTrigger */
ADC1_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC1_ExtTrigger, ADC1_ExtTriggerState);
/*------------------TDR configuration ---------------------------*/
/* Configure the schmitt trigger channel and state respectively
according to ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel & ADC1_SchmittTriggerNewState values */
ADC1_SchmittTriggerConfig(ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel, ADC1_SchmittTriggerState);
/* Enable the ADC1 peripheral */
ADC1->CR1 |= ADC1_CR1_ADON;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or Disables the ADC1 peripheral.
* @param NewState: specifies the peripheral enabled or disabled state.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC1->CR1 |= ADC1_CR1_ADON;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC1->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC1_CR1_ADON);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or Disables the ADC1 scan mode.
* @param NewState: specifies the selected mode enabled or disabled state.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_ScanModeCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC1->CR2 |= ADC1_CR2_SCAN;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC1->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC1_CR2_SCAN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or Disables the ADC1 data store into the Data Buffer registers rather than in the Data Register
* @param NewState: specifies the selected mode enabled or disabled state.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_DataBufferCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC1->CR3 |= ADC1_CR3_DBUF;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC1->CR3 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC1_CR3_DBUF);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the ADC1 interrupt.
* @param ADC1_IT specifies the name of the interrupt to enable or disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - ADC1_IT_AWDITEN : Analog WDG interrupt enable
* - ADC1_IT_EOCITEN : EOC iterrupt enable
* @param NewState specifies the state of the interrupt to apply.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_ITConfig(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ADC1_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_IT_OK(ADC1_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the ADC1 interrupts */
ADC1->CSR |= (uint8_t)ADC1_IT;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Disable the ADC1 interrupts */
ADC1->CSR &= (uint8_t)((uint16_t)~(uint16_t)ADC1_IT);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the ADC1 prescaler division factor.
* @param ADC1_Prescaler: the selected precaler.
* It can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_PrescalerConfig(ADC1_PresSel_TypeDef ADC1_Prescaler)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_PRESSEL_OK(ADC1_Prescaler));
/* Clear the SPSEL bits */
ADC1->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC1_CR1_SPSEL);
/* Select the prescaler division factor according to ADC1_PrescalerSelection values */
ADC1->CR1 |= (uint8_t)(ADC1_Prescaler);
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the ADC1 Schmitt Trigger on a selected channel.
* @param ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel specifies the desired Channel.
* It can be set of the values of @ref ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef.
* @param NewState specifies Channel new status.
* can have one of the values of @ref FunctionalState.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_SchmittTriggerConfig(ADC1_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_OK(ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel == ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_ALL)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC1->TDRL &= (uint8_t)0x0;
ADC1->TDRH &= (uint8_t)0x0;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC1->TDRL |= (uint8_t)0xFF;
ADC1->TDRH |= (uint8_t)0xFF;
}
}
else if (ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel < ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC1->TDRL &= (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)((uint8_t)0x01 << (uint8_t)ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel));
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC1->TDRL |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)0x01 << (uint8_t)ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel);
}
}
else /* ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel >= ADC1_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8 */
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC1->TDRH &= (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)((uint8_t)0x01 << ((uint8_t)ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel - (uint8_t)8)));
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC1->TDRH |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)0x01 << ((uint8_t)ADC1_SchmittTriggerChannel - (uint8_t)8));
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the ADC1 conversion on selected channel.
* @param ADC1_ConversionMode Specifies the conversion type.
* It can be set of the values of @ref ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef
* @param ADC1_Channel specifies the ADC1 Channel.
* It can be set of the values of @ref ADC1_Channel_TypeDef
* @param ADC1_Align specifies the converted data alignment.
* It can be set of the values of @ref ADC1_Align_TypeDef
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_ConversionConfig(ADC1_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC1_ConversionMode, ADC1_Channel_TypeDef ADC1_Channel, ADC1_Align_TypeDef ADC1_Align)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_OK(ADC1_ConversionMode));
assert_param(IS_ADC1_CHANNEL_OK(ADC1_Channel));
assert_param(IS_ADC1_ALIGN_OK(ADC1_Align));
/* Clear the align bit */
ADC1->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC1_CR2_ALIGN);
/* Configure the data alignment */
ADC1->CR2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC1_Align);
if (ADC1_ConversionMode == ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_CONTINUOUS)
{
/* Set the continuous conversion mode */
ADC1->CR1 |= ADC1_CR1_CONT;
}
else /* ADC1_ConversionMode == ADC1_CONVERSIONMODE_SINGLE */
{
/* Set the single conversion mode */
ADC1->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC1_CR1_CONT);
}
/* Clear the ADC1 channels */
ADC1->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~ADC1_CSR_CH);
/* Select the ADC1 channel */
ADC1->CSR |= (uint8_t)(ADC1_Channel);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the ADC1 conversion on external trigger event.
* @par Full description:
* The selected external trigger event can be enabled or disabled.
* @param ADC1_ExtTrigger to select the External trigger event.
* can have one of the values of @ref ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef.
* @param NewState to enable/disable the selected external trigger
* can have one of the values of @ref FunctionalState.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC1_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC1_ExtTrigger, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_EXTTRIG_OK(ADC1_ExtTrigger));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Clear the external trigger selection bits */
ADC1->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC1_CR2_EXTSEL);
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected external Trigger */
ADC1->CR2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC1_CR2_EXTTRIG);
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Disable the selected external trigger */
ADC1->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC1_CR2_EXTTRIG);
}
/* Set the selected external trigger */
ADC1->CR2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC1_ExtTrigger);
}
/**
* @brief Start ADC1 conversion
* @par Full description:
* This function triggers the start of conversion, after ADC1 configuration.
* @param None
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* Enable the ADC1 peripheral before calling this function
*/
void ADC1_StartConversion(void)
{
ADC1->CR1 |= ADC1_CR1_ADON;
}
/**
* @brief Get one sample of measured signal.
* @param None
* @retval ConversionValue: value of the measured signal.
* @par Required preconditions:
* ADC1 conversion finished.
*/
uint16_t ADC1_GetConversionValue(void)
{
uint16_t temph = 0;
uint8_t templ = 0;
if ((ADC1->CR2 & ADC1_CR2_ALIGN) != 0) /* Right alignment */
{
/* Read LSB first */
templ = ADC1->DRL;
/* Then read MSB */
temph = ADC1->DRH;
temph = (uint16_t)(templ | (uint16_t)(temph << (uint8_t)8));
}
else /* Left alignment */
{
/* Read MSB first*/
temph = ADC1->DRH;
/* Then read LSB */
templ = ADC1->DRL;
temph = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)templ << 6) | (uint16_t)((uint16_t)temph << 8));
}
return ((uint16_t)temph);
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the analog watchdog for the given channel.
* @param Channel specifies the desired Channel.
* It can be set of the values of @ref ADC1_Channel_TypeDef.
* @param NewState specifies the analog watchdog new state.
* can have one of the values of @ref FunctionalState.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_AWDChannelConfig(ADC1_Channel_TypeDef Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
assert_param(IS_ADC1_CHANNEL_OK(Channel));
if (Channel < (uint8_t)8)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC1->AWCRL |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << Channel);
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC1->AWCRL &= (uint8_t)~(uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << Channel);
}
}
else
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC1->AWCRH |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (Channel - (uint8_t)8));
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC1->AWCRH &= (uint8_t)~(uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)(Channel - (uint8_t)8));
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the high threshold of the analog watchdog.
* @param Threshold specifies the high threshold value.
* this value depends on the reference voltage range.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_SetHighThreshold(uint16_t Threshold)
{
ADC1->HTRH = (uint8_t)(Threshold >> (uint8_t)2);
ADC1->HTRL = (uint8_t)Threshold;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the low threshold of the analog watchdog.
* @param Threshold specifies the low threshold value.
* this value depends on the reference voltage range.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_SetLowThreshold(uint16_t Threshold)
{
ADC1->LTRL = (uint8_t)Threshold;
ADC1->LTRH = (uint8_t)(Threshold >> (uint8_t)2);
}
/**
* @brief Get one sample of measured signal.
* @param Buffer specifies the buffer to read.
* @retval BufferValue: value read from the given buffer.
* @par Required preconditions:
* ADC1 conversion finished.
*/
uint16_t ADC1_GetBufferValue(uint8_t Buffer)
{
uint16_t temph = 0;
uint8_t templ = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_BUFFER_OK(Buffer));
if ((ADC1->CR2 & ADC1_CR2_ALIGN) != 0) /* Right alignment */
{
/* Read LSB first */
templ = *(uint8_t*)(uint16_t)((uint16_t)ADC1_BaseAddress + (uint8_t)(Buffer << 1) + 1);
/* Then read MSB */
temph = *(uint8_t*)(uint16_t)((uint16_t)ADC1_BaseAddress + (uint8_t)(Buffer << 1));
temph = (uint16_t)(templ | (uint16_t)(temph << (uint8_t)8));
}
else /* Left alignment */
{
/* Read MSB first*/
temph = *(uint8_t*)(uint16_t)((uint16_t)ADC1_BaseAddress + (uint8_t)(Buffer << 1));
/* Then read LSB */
templ = *(uint8_t*)(uint16_t)((uint16_t)ADC1_BaseAddress + (uint8_t)(Buffer << 1) + 1);
temph = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)templ << 6) | (uint16_t)(temph << 8));
}
return ((uint16_t)temph);
}
/**
* @brief Checks the specified analog watchdog channel status.
* @param Channel: specify the channel of which to check the analog watchdog
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_Channel_TypeDef.
* @retval FlagStatus Status of the analog watchdog.
*/
FlagStatus ADC1_GetAWDChannelStatus(ADC1_Channel_TypeDef Channel)
{
uint8_t status = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_CHANNEL_OK(Channel));
if (Channel < (uint8_t)8)
{
status = (uint8_t)(ADC1->AWSRL & (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << Channel));
}
else /* Channel = 8 | 9 */
{
status = (uint8_t)(ADC1->AWSRH & (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (Channel - (uint8_t)8)));
}
return ((FlagStatus)status);
}
/**
* @brief Checks the specified ADC1 flag status.
* @param Flag: ADC1 flag.
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_Flag_TypeDef.
* @retval FlagStatus Status of the ADC1 flag.
*/
FlagStatus ADC1_GetFlagStatus(ADC1_Flag_TypeDef Flag)
{
uint8_t flagstatus = 0;
uint8_t temp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_FLAG_OK(Flag));
if ((Flag & 0x0F) == 0x01)
{
/* Get OVR flag status */
flagstatus = (uint8_t)(ADC1->CR3 & ADC1_CR3_OVR);
}
else if ((Flag & 0xF0) == 0x10)
{
/* Get analog watchdog channel status */
temp = (uint8_t)(Flag & (uint8_t)0x0F);
if (temp < 8)
{
flagstatus = (uint8_t)(ADC1->AWSRL & (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << temp));
}
else
{
flagstatus = (uint8_t)(ADC1->AWSRH & (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (temp - 8)));
}
}
else /* Get EOC | AWD flag status */
{
flagstatus = (uint8_t)(ADC1->CSR & Flag);
}
return ((FlagStatus)flagstatus);
}
/**
* @brief Clear the specified ADC1 Flag.
* @param Flag: ADC1 flag.
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC1_Flag_TypeDef.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_ClearFlag(ADC1_Flag_TypeDef Flag)
{
uint8_t temp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_FLAG_OK(Flag));
if ((Flag & 0x0F) == 0x01)
{
/* Clear OVR flag status */
ADC1->CR3 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC1_CR3_OVR);
}
else if ((Flag & 0xF0) == 0x10)
{
/* Clear analog watchdog channel status */
temp = (uint8_t)(Flag & (uint8_t)0x0F);
if (temp < 8)
{
ADC1->AWSRL &= (uint8_t)~(uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << temp);
}
else
{
ADC1->AWSRH &= (uint8_t)~(uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (temp - 8));
}
}
else /* Clear EOC | AWD flag status */
{
ADC1->CSR &= (uint8_t) (~Flag);
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the specified pending bit status
* @param ITPendingBit : the IT pending bit to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - ADC1_IT_AWD : Analog WDG IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS0 : Analog channel 0 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS1 : Analog channel 1 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS2 : Analog channel 2 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS3 : Analog channel 3 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS4 : Analog channel 4 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS5 : Analog channel 5 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS6 : Analog channel 6 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS7 : Analog channel 7 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS8 : Analog channel 8 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS9 : Analog channel 9 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_EOC : EOC pending bit
* @retval ITStatus: status of the specified pending bit.
*/
ITStatus ADC1_GetITStatus(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ITPendingBit)
{
ITStatus itstatus = RESET;
uint8_t temp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_ITPENDINGBIT_OK(ITPendingBit));
if (((uint16_t)ITPendingBit & 0xF0) == 0x10)
{
/* Get analog watchdog channel status */
temp = (uint8_t)((uint16_t)ITPendingBit & 0x0F);
if (temp < 8)
{
itstatus = (ITStatus)(ADC1->AWSRL & (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << temp));
}
else
{
itstatus = (ITStatus)(ADC1->AWSRH & (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (temp - 8)));
}
}
else /* Get EOC | AWD flag status */
{
itstatus = (ITStatus)(ADC1->CSR & (uint8_t)ITPendingBit);
}
return ((ITStatus)itstatus);
}
/**
* @brief Clear the ADC1 End of Conversion pending bit.
* @param ITPendingBit : the IT pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - ADC1_IT_AWD : Analog WDG IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS0 : Analog channel 0 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS1 : Analog channel 1 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS2 : Analog channel 2 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS3 : Analog channel 3 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS4 : Analog channel 4 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS5 : Analog channel 5 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS6 : Analog channel 6 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS7 : Analog channel 7 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS8 : Analog channel 8 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_AWS9 : Analog channel 9 IT status
* - ADC1_IT_EOC : EOC pending bit
* @retval None
*/
void ADC1_ClearITPendingBit(ADC1_IT_TypeDef ITPendingBit)
{
uint8_t temp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC1_ITPENDINGBIT_OK(ITPendingBit));
if (((uint16_t)ITPendingBit & 0xF0) == 0x10)
{
/* Clear analog watchdog channel status */
temp = (uint8_t)((uint16_t)ITPendingBit & 0x0F);
if (temp < 8)
{
ADC1->AWSRL &= (uint8_t)~(uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << temp);
}
else
{
ADC1->AWSRH &= (uint8_t)~(uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (temp - 8));
}
}
else /* Clear EOC | AWD flag status */
{
ADC1->CSR &= (uint8_t)((uint16_t)~(uint16_t)ITPendingBit);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

398
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_adc2.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_adc2.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions/macros for the ADC2 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_adc2.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup ADC2_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the ADC2 peripheral registers to their default reset
* values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void ADC2_DeInit(void)
{
ADC2->CSR = ADC2_CSR_RESET_VALUE;
ADC2->CR1 = ADC2_CR1_RESET_VALUE;
ADC2->CR2 = ADC2_CR2_RESET_VALUE;
ADC2->TDRH = ADC2_TDRH_RESET_VALUE;
ADC2->TDRL = ADC2_TDRL_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the ADC2 peripheral according to the specified parameters
* @param ADC2_ConversionMode: specifies the conversion mode
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC2_ConvMode_TypeDef.
* @param ADC2_Channel: specifies the channel to convert
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC2_Channel_TypeDef.
* @param ADC2_PrescalerSelection: specifies the ADC2 prescaler
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC2_PresSel_TypeDef.
* @param ADC2_ExtTrigger: specifies the external trigger
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC2_ExtTrig_TypeDef.
* @param ADC2_ExtTriggerState: specifies the external trigger new state
* can be one of the values of @ref FunctionalState.
* @param ADC2_Align: specifies the converted data alignment
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC2_Align_TypeDef.
* @param ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel: specifies the schmitt trigger channel
* can be one of the values of @ref ADC2_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef.
* @param ADC2_SchmittTriggerState: specifies the schmitt trigger state
* can be one of the values of @ref FunctionalState.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC2_Init(ADC2_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC2_ConversionMode, ADC2_Channel_TypeDef ADC2_Channel, ADC2_PresSel_TypeDef ADC2_PrescalerSelection, ADC2_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC2_ExtTrigger, FunctionalState ADC2_ExtTriggerState, ADC2_Align_TypeDef ADC2_Align, ADC2_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel, FunctionalState ADC2_SchmittTriggerState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC2_CONVERSIONMODE_OK(ADC2_ConversionMode));
assert_param(IS_ADC2_CHANNEL_OK(ADC2_Channel));
assert_param(IS_ADC2_PRESSEL_OK(ADC2_PrescalerSelection));
assert_param(IS_ADC2_EXTTRIG_OK(ADC2_ExtTrigger));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(((ADC2_ExtTriggerState))));
assert_param(IS_ADC2_ALIGN_OK(ADC2_Align));
assert_param(IS_ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_OK(ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(ADC2_SchmittTriggerState));
/*-----------------CR1 & CSR configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure the conversion mode and the channel to convert
respectively according to ADC2_ConversionMode & ADC2_Channel values & ADC2_Align values */
ADC2_ConversionConfig(ADC2_ConversionMode, ADC2_Channel, ADC2_Align);
/* Select the prescaler division factor according to ADC2_PrescalerSelection values */
ADC2_PrescalerConfig(ADC2_PrescalerSelection);
/*-----------------CR2 configuration --------------------*/
/* Configure the external trigger state and event respectively
according to ADC2_ExtTrigStatus, ADC2_ExtTrigger */
ADC2_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC2_ExtTrigger, ADC2_ExtTriggerState);
/*------------------TDR configuration ---------------------------*/
/* Configure the schmitt trigger channel and state respectively
according to ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel & ADC2_SchmittTriggerNewState values */
ADC2_SchmittTriggerConfig(ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel, ADC2_SchmittTriggerState);
/* Enable the ADC2 peripheral */
ADC2->CR1 |= ADC2_CR1_ADON;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or Disables the ADC2 peripheral.
* @param NewState: specifies the peripheral enabled or disabled state.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC2_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC2->CR1 |= ADC2_CR1_ADON;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC2->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC2_CR1_ADON);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the ADC2 interrupt.
* @param NewState specifies the state of ADC2 interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC2_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the ADC2 interrupts */
ADC2->CSR |= (uint8_t)ADC2_CSR_EOCIE;
}
else /*NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Disable the ADC2 interrupts */
ADC2->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~ADC2_CSR_EOCIE);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the ADC2 prescaler division factor.
* @param ADC2_Prescaler: the selected prescaler.
* It can be one of the values of @ref ADC2_PresSel_TypeDef.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC2_PrescalerConfig(ADC2_PresSel_TypeDef ADC2_Prescaler)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_ADC2_PRESSEL_OK(ADC2_Prescaler));
/* Clear the SPSEL bits */
ADC2->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC2_CR1_SPSEL);
/* Select the prescaler division factor according to ADC2_PrescalerSelection values */
ADC2->CR1 |= (uint8_t)(ADC2_Prescaler);
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the ADC2 Schmitt Trigger on a selected channel.
* @param ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel specifies the desired Channel.
* It can be set of the values of @ref ADC2_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef.
* @param NewState specifies the Channel ADC2 Schmitt Trigger new status.
* can have one of the values of @ref FunctionalState.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC2_SchmittTriggerConfig(ADC2_SchmittTrigg_TypeDef ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_OK(ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel == ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_ALL)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC2->TDRL &= (uint8_t)0x0;
ADC2->TDRH &= (uint8_t)0x0;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC2->TDRL |= (uint8_t)0xFF;
ADC2->TDRH |= (uint8_t)0xFF;
}
}
else if (ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel < ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC2->TDRL &= (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)((uint8_t)0x01 << (uint8_t)ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel));
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC2->TDRL |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)0x01 << (uint8_t)ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel);
}
}
else /* ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel >= ADC2_SCHMITTTRIG_CHANNEL8 */
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
ADC2->TDRH &= (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)((uint8_t)0x01 << ((uint8_t)ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel - (uint8_t)8)));
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
ADC2->TDRH |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)0x01 << ((uint8_t)ADC2_SchmittTriggerChannel - (uint8_t)8));
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the ADC2 conversion on selected channel.
* @param ADC2_ConversionMode Specifies the conversion type.
* It can be set of the values of @ref ADC2_ConvMode_TypeDef
* @param ADC2_Channel specifies the ADC2 Channel.
* It can be set of the values of @ref ADC2_Channel_TypeDef
* @param ADC2_Align specifies the converted data alignment.
* It can be set of the values of @ref ADC2_Align_TypeDef
* @retval None
*/
void ADC2_ConversionConfig(ADC2_ConvMode_TypeDef ADC2_ConversionMode, ADC2_Channel_TypeDef ADC2_Channel, ADC2_Align_TypeDef ADC2_Align)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC2_CONVERSIONMODE_OK(ADC2_ConversionMode));
assert_param(IS_ADC2_CHANNEL_OK(ADC2_Channel));
assert_param(IS_ADC2_ALIGN_OK(ADC2_Align));
/* Clear the align bit */
ADC2->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC2_CR2_ALIGN);
/* Configure the data alignment */
ADC2->CR2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC2_Align);
if (ADC2_ConversionMode == ADC2_CONVERSIONMODE_CONTINUOUS)
{
/* Set the continuous conversion mode */
ADC2->CR1 |= ADC2_CR1_CONT;
}
else /* ADC2_ConversionMode == ADC2_CONVERSIONMODE_SINGLE */
{
/* Set the single conversion mode */
ADC2->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC2_CR1_CONT);
}
/* Clear the ADC2 channels */
ADC2->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~ADC2_CSR_CH);
/* Select the ADC2 channel */
ADC2->CSR |= (uint8_t)(ADC2_Channel);
}
/**
* @brief Configure the ADC2 conversion on external trigger event.
* @par Full description:
* The selected external trigger event can be enabled or disabled.
* @param ADC2_ExtTrigger to select the External trigger event.
* can have one of the values of @ref ADC2_ExtTrig_TypeDef.
* @param NewState to enable/disable the selected external trigger
* can have one of the values of @ref FunctionalState.
* @retval None
*/
void ADC2_ExternalTriggerConfig(ADC2_ExtTrig_TypeDef ADC2_ExtTrigger, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_ADC2_EXTTRIG_OK(ADC2_ExtTrigger));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Clear the external trigger selection bits */
ADC2->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC2_CR2_EXTSEL);
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected external Trigger */
ADC2->CR2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC2_CR2_EXTTRIG);
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Disable the selected external trigger */
ADC2->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~ADC2_CR2_EXTTRIG);
}
/* Set the selected external trigger */
ADC2->CR2 |= (uint8_t)(ADC2_ExtTrigger);
}
/**
* @brief Start ADC2 conversion
* @par Full description:
* This function triggers the start of conversion, after ADC2 configuration.
* @param None
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* Enable the ADC2 peripheral before calling this function
*/
void ADC2_StartConversion(void)
{
ADC2->CR1 |= ADC2_CR1_ADON;
}
/**
* @brief Get one sample of measured signal.
* @param None
* @retval ConversionValue: value of the measured signal.
* @par Required preconditions:
* ADC2 conversion finished.
*/
uint16_t ADC2_GetConversionValue(void)
{
uint16_t temph = 0;
uint8_t templ = 0;
if ((ADC2->CR2 & ADC2_CR2_ALIGN) != 0) /* Right alignment */
{
/* Read LSB first */
templ = ADC2->DRL;
/* Then read MSB */
temph = ADC2->DRH;
temph = (uint16_t)(templ | (uint16_t)(temph << (uint8_t)8));
}
else /* Left alignment */
{
/* Read MSB first*/
temph = ADC2->DRH;
/* Then read LSB */
templ = ADC2->DRL;
temph = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)templ << 6) | (uint16_t)((uint16_t)temph << 8));
}
return ((uint16_t)temph);
}
/**
* @brief Checks the ADC2 EOC flag status.
* @param None
* @retval FlagStatus Status of the ADC2 EOC flag.
*/
FlagStatus ADC2_GetFlagStatus(void)
{
/* Get EOC flag status */
return (FlagStatus)(ADC2->CSR & ADC2_CSR_EOC);
}
/**
* @brief Clear the ADC2 EOC Flag.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void ADC2_ClearFlag(void)
{
ADC2->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~ADC2_CSR_EOC);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the EOC pending bit status
* @par Parameters:
* None
* @retval FlagStatus: status of the EOC pending bit.
*/
ITStatus ADC2_GetITStatus(void)
{
return (ITStatus)(ADC2->CSR & ADC2_CSR_EOC);
}
/**
* @brief Clear the ADC2 End of Conversion pending bit.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void ADC2_ClearITPendingBit(void)
{
ADC2->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~ADC2_CSR_EOC);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

198
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_awu.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_awu.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the AWU peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_awu.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* See also AWU_Timebase_TypeDef structure in stm8s_awu.h file :
N 2 5 1 2 4 8 1 3 6 1 2 5 1 2 1 3
O 5 0 m m m m 6 2 4 2 5 1 s s 2 0
I 0 0 s s s s m m m 8 6 2 s s
T u u s s s m m m
s s s s s
*/
/** Contains the different values to write in the APR register (used by AWU_Init function) */
CONST uint8_t APR_Array[17] =
{
0, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 61, 23, 23, 62
};
/** Contains the different values to write in the TBR register (used by AWU_Init function) */
CONST uint8_t TBR_Array[17] =
{
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 12, 14, 15, 15
};
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup AWU_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the AWU peripheral registers to their default reset
* values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void AWU_DeInit(void)
{
AWU->CSR = AWU_CSR_RESET_VALUE;
AWU->APR = AWU_APR_RESET_VALUE;
AWU->TBR = AWU_TBR_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the AWU peripheral according to the specified parameters.
* @param AWU_TimeBase : Time base selection (interval between AWU interrupts).
* can be one of the values of @ref AWU_Timebase_TypeDef.
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* The LS RC calibration must be performed before calling this function.
*/
void AWU_Init(AWU_Timebase_TypeDef AWU_TimeBase)
{
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_AWU_TIMEBASE_OK(AWU_TimeBase));
/* Enable the AWU peripheral */
AWU->CSR |= AWU_CSR_AWUEN;
/* Set the TimeBase */
AWU->TBR &= (uint8_t)(~AWU_TBR_AWUTB);
AWU->TBR |= TBR_Array[(uint8_t)AWU_TimeBase];
/* Set the APR divider */
AWU->APR &= (uint8_t)(~AWU_APR_APR);
AWU->APR |= APR_Array[(uint8_t)AWU_TimeBase];
}
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the AWU peripheral.
* @param NewState Indicates the new state of the AWU peripheral.
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* Initialisation of AWU and LS RC calibration must be done before.
*/
void AWU_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the AWU peripheral */
AWU->CSR |= AWU_CSR_AWUEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the AWU peripheral */
AWU->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~AWU_CSR_AWUEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Update APR register with the measured LSI frequency.
* @par Note on the APR calculation:
* A is the integer part of lsifreqkhz/4 and x the decimal part.
* x <= A/(1+2A) is equivalent to A >= x(1+2A) and also to 4A >= 4x(1+2A) [F1]
* but we know that A + x = lsifreqkhz/4 ==> 4x = lsifreqkhz-4A
* so [F1] can be written :
* 4A >= (lsifreqkhz-4A)(1+2A)
* @param LSIFreqHz Low Speed RC frequency measured by timer (in Hz).
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* - AWU must be disabled to avoid unwanted interrupts.
*/
void AWU_LSICalibrationConfig(uint32_t LSIFreqHz)
{
uint16_t lsifreqkhz = 0x0;
uint16_t A = 0x0;
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_LSI_FREQUENCY_OK(LSIFreqHz));
lsifreqkhz = (uint16_t)(LSIFreqHz / 1000); /* Converts value in kHz */
/* Calculation of AWU calibration value */
A = (uint16_t)(lsifreqkhz >> 2U); /* Division by 4, keep integer part only */
if ((4U * A) >= ((lsifreqkhz - (4U * A)) * (1U + (2U * A))))
{
AWU->APR = (uint8_t)(A - 2U);
}
else
{
AWU->APR = (uint8_t)(A - 1U);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures AWU in Idle mode to reduce power consumption.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void AWU_IdleModeEnable(void)
{
/* Disable AWU peripheral */
AWU->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~AWU_CSR_AWUEN);
/* No AWU timebase */
AWU->TBR = (uint8_t)(~AWU_TBR_AWUTB);
}
/**
* @brief Returns status of the AWU peripheral flag.
* @param None
* @retval FlagStatus : Status of the AWU flag.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FlagStatus enumeration.
*/
FlagStatus AWU_GetFlagStatus(void)
{
return((FlagStatus)(((uint8_t)(AWU->CSR & AWU_CSR_AWUF) == (uint8_t)0x00) ? RESET : SET));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

153
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_beep.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_beep.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the BEEP peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_beep.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup BEEP_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the BEEP peripheral registers to their default reset
* values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void BEEP_DeInit(void)
{
BEEP->CSR = BEEP_CSR_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the BEEP function according to the specified parameters.
* @param BEEP_Frequency Frequency selection.
* can be one of the values of @ref BEEP_Frequency_TypeDef.
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* The LS RC calibration must be performed before calling this function.
*/
void BEEP_Init(BEEP_Frequency_TypeDef BEEP_Frequency)
{
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_BEEP_FREQUENCY_OK(BEEP_Frequency));
/* Set a default calibration value if no calibration is done */
if ((BEEP->CSR & BEEP_CSR_BEEPDIV) == BEEP_CSR_BEEPDIV)
{
BEEP->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~BEEP_CSR_BEEPDIV); /* Clear bits */
BEEP->CSR |= BEEP_CALIBRATION_DEFAULT;
}
/* Select the output frequency */
BEEP->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~BEEP_CSR_BEEPSEL);
BEEP->CSR |= (uint8_t)(BEEP_Frequency);
}
/**
* @brief Enable or disable the BEEP function.
* @param NewState Indicates the new state of the BEEP function.
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* Initialisation of BEEP and LS RC calibration must be done before.
*/
void BEEP_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the BEEP peripheral */
BEEP->CSR |= BEEP_CSR_BEEPEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the BEEP peripheral */
BEEP->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~BEEP_CSR_BEEPEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Update CSR register with the measured LSI frequency.
* @par Note on the APR calculation:
* A is the integer part of LSIFreqkHz/4 and x the decimal part.
* x <= A/(1+2A) is equivalent to A >= x(1+2A) and also to 4A >= 4x(1+2A) [F1]
* but we know that A + x = LSIFreqkHz/4 ==> 4x = LSIFreqkHz-4A
* so [F1] can be written :
* 4A >= (LSIFreqkHz-4A)(1+2A)
* @param LSIFreqHz Low Speed RC frequency measured by timer (in Hz).
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* - BEEP must be disabled to avoid unwanted interrupts.
*/
void BEEP_LSICalibrationConfig(uint32_t LSIFreqHz)
{
uint16_t lsifreqkhz;
uint16_t A;
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_LSI_FREQUENCY_OK(LSIFreqHz));
lsifreqkhz = (uint16_t)(LSIFreqHz / 1000); /* Converts value in kHz */
/* Calculation of BEEPER calibration value */
BEEP->CSR &= (uint8_t)(~BEEP_CSR_BEEPDIV); /* Clear bits */
A = (uint16_t)(lsifreqkhz >> 3U); /* Division by 8, keep integer part only */
if ((8U * A) >= ((lsifreqkhz - (8U * A)) * (1U + (2U * A))))
{
BEEP->CSR |= (uint8_t)(A - 2U);
}
else
{
BEEP->CSR |= (uint8_t)(A - 1U);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1445
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_can.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

756
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_clk.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_clk.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the CLK peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_clk.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup CLK_Private_Constants
* @{
*/
CONST uint8_t HSIDivFactor[4] = {1, 2, 4, 8}; /*!< Holds the different HSI Divider factors */
CONST uint8_t CLKPrescTable[8] = {1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40}; /*!< Holds the different CLK prescaler values */
/**
* @}
*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup CLK_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the CLK peripheral registers to their default reset
* values.
* @param None
* @retval None
* @par Warning:
* Resetting the CCOR register: \n
* When the CCOEN bit is set, the reset of the CCOR register require
* two consecutive write instructions in order to reset first the CCOEN bit
* and the second one is to reset the CCOSEL bits.
*/
void CLK_DeInit(void)
{
CLK->ICKR = CLK_ICKR_RESET_VALUE;
CLK->ECKR = CLK_ECKR_RESET_VALUE;
CLK->SWR = CLK_SWR_RESET_VALUE;
CLK->SWCR = CLK_SWCR_RESET_VALUE;
CLK->CKDIVR = CLK_CKDIVR_RESET_VALUE;
CLK->PCKENR1 = CLK_PCKENR1_RESET_VALUE;
CLK->PCKENR2 = CLK_PCKENR2_RESET_VALUE;
CLK->CSSR = CLK_CSSR_RESET_VALUE;
CLK->CCOR = CLK_CCOR_RESET_VALUE;
while ((CLK->CCOR & CLK_CCOR_CCOEN)!= 0)
{}
CLK->CCOR = CLK_CCOR_RESET_VALUE;
CLK->HSITRIMR = CLK_HSITRIMR_RESET_VALUE;
CLK->SWIMCCR = CLK_SWIMCCR_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the High Speed Internal oscillator (HSI).
* @par Full description:
* If CLK_FastHaltWakeup is enabled, HSI oscillator is automatically
* switched-on (HSIEN=1) and selected as next clock master
* (CKM=SWI=HSI) when resuming from HALT/ActiveHalt modes.\n
* @param NewState this parameter is the Wake-up Mode state.
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_FastHaltWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set FHWU bit (HSI oscillator is automatically switched-on) */
CLK->ICKR |= CLK_ICKR_FHWU;
}
else /* FastHaltWakeup = DISABLE */
{
/* Reset FHWU bit */
CLK->ICKR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_ICKR_FHWU);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable or Disable the External High Speed oscillator (HSE).
* @param NewState new state of HSEEN, value accepted ENABLE, DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_HSECmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set HSEEN bit */
CLK->ECKR |= CLK_ECKR_HSEEN;
}
else
{
/* Reset HSEEN bit */
CLK->ECKR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_ECKR_HSEEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI).
* @param NewState new state of HSIEN, value accepted ENABLE, DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set HSIEN bit */
CLK->ICKR |= CLK_ICKR_HSIEN;
}
else
{
/* Reset HSIEN bit */
CLK->ICKR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_ICKR_HSIEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI).
* @param NewState new state of LSIEN, value accepted ENABLE, DISABLE.
* @note Before using the LSI clock you have to enable the option bytes (LSI_EN option bit is set).
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set LSIEN bit */
CLK->ICKR |= CLK_ICKR_LSIEN;
}
else
{
/* Reset LSIEN bit */
CLK->ICKR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_ICKR_LSIEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disablle the Configurable Clock Output (CCO).
* @param NewState : New state of CCEN bit (CCO register).
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_CCOCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set CCOEN bit */
CLK->CCOR |= CLK_CCOR_CCOEN;
}
else
{
/* Reset CCOEN bit */
CLK->CCOR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_CCOR_CCOEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Starts or Stops manually the clock switch execution.
* @par Full description:
* NewState parameter set the SWEN.
* @param NewState new state of SWEN, value accepted ENABLE, DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_ClockSwitchCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE )
{
/* Enable the Clock Switch */
CLK->SWCR |= CLK_SWCR_SWEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the Clock Switch */
CLK->SWCR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_SWCR_SWEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the slow active halt wake up
* @param NewState: specifies the Slow Active Halt wake up state.
* can be set of the following values:
* - DISABLE: Slow Active Halt mode disabled;
* - ENABLE: Slow Active Halt mode enabled.
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_SlowActiveHaltWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Set S_ACTHALT bit */
CLK->ICKR |= CLK_ICKR_SWUAH;
}
else
{
/* Reset S_ACTHALT bit */
CLK->ICKR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_ICKR_SWUAH);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified peripheral CLK.
* @param CLK_Peripheral : This parameter specifies the peripheral clock to gate.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref CLK_Peripheral_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param NewState : New state of specified peripheral clock.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_PeripheralClockConfig(CLK_Peripheral_TypeDef CLK_Peripheral, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
assert_param(IS_CLK_PERIPHERAL_OK(CLK_Peripheral));
if (((uint8_t)CLK_Peripheral & (uint8_t)0x10) == 0x00)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the peripheral Clock */
CLK->PCKENR1 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << ((uint8_t)CLK_Peripheral & (uint8_t)0x0F));
}
else
{
/* Disable the peripheral Clock */
CLK->PCKENR1 &= (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)(((uint8_t)1 << ((uint8_t)CLK_Peripheral & (uint8_t)0x0F))));
}
}
else
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the peripheral Clock */
CLK->PCKENR2 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << ((uint8_t)CLK_Peripheral & (uint8_t)0x0F));
}
else
{
/* Disable the peripheral Clock */
CLK->PCKENR2 &= (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)(((uint8_t)1 << ((uint8_t)CLK_Peripheral & (uint8_t)0x0F))));
}
}
}
/**
* @brief configures the Switch from one clock to another
* @param CLK_SwitchMode select the clock switch mode.
* It can be set of the values of @ref CLK_SwitchMode_TypeDef
* @param CLK_NewClock choice of the future clock.
* It can be set of the values of @ref CLK_Source_TypeDef
* @param NewState Enable or Disable the Clock Switch interrupt.
* @param CLK_CurrentClockState current clock to switch OFF or to keep ON.
* It can be set of the values of @ref CLK_CurrentClockState_TypeDef
* @note LSI selected as master clock source only if LSI_EN option bit is set.
* @retval ErrorStatus this shows the clock switch status (ERROR/SUCCESS).
*/
ErrorStatus CLK_ClockSwitchConfig(CLK_SwitchMode_TypeDef CLK_SwitchMode, CLK_Source_TypeDef CLK_NewClock, FunctionalState ITState, CLK_CurrentClockState_TypeDef CLK_CurrentClockState)
{
CLK_Source_TypeDef clock_master;
uint16_t DownCounter = CLK_TIMEOUT;
ErrorStatus Swif = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CLK_SOURCE_OK(CLK_NewClock));
assert_param(IS_CLK_SWITCHMODE_OK(CLK_SwitchMode));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(ITState));
assert_param(IS_CLK_CURRENTCLOCKSTATE_OK(CLK_CurrentClockState));
/* Current clock master saving */
clock_master = (CLK_Source_TypeDef)CLK->CMSR;
/* Automatic switch mode management */
if (CLK_SwitchMode == CLK_SWITCHMODE_AUTO)
{
/* Enables Clock switch */
CLK->SWCR |= CLK_SWCR_SWEN;
/* Enables or Disables Switch interrupt */
if (ITState != DISABLE)
{
CLK->SWCR |= CLK_SWCR_SWIEN;
}
else
{
CLK->SWCR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_SWCR_SWIEN);
}
/* Selection of the target clock source */
CLK->SWR = (uint8_t)CLK_NewClock;
/* Wait until the target clock source is ready */
while((((CLK->SWCR & CLK_SWCR_SWBSY) != 0 )&& (DownCounter != 0)))
{
DownCounter--;
}
if(DownCounter != 0)
{
Swif = SUCCESS;
}
else
{
Swif = ERROR;
}
}
else /* CLK_SwitchMode == CLK_SWITCHMODE_MANUAL */
{
/* Enables or Disables Switch interrupt if required */
if (ITState != DISABLE)
{
CLK->SWCR |= CLK_SWCR_SWIEN;
}
else
{
CLK->SWCR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_SWCR_SWIEN);
}
/* Selection of the target clock source */
CLK->SWR = (uint8_t)CLK_NewClock;
/* Wait until the target clock source is ready */
while((((CLK->SWCR & CLK_SWCR_SWIF) != 0 ) && (DownCounter != 0)))
{
DownCounter--;
}
if(DownCounter != 0)
{
/* Enables Clock switch */
CLK->SWCR |= CLK_SWCR_SWEN;
Swif = SUCCESS;
}
else
{
Swif = ERROR;
}
}
if(Swif != ERROR)
{
/* Switch OFF current clock if required */
if((CLK_CurrentClockState == CLK_CURRENTCLOCKSTATE_DISABLE) && ( clock_master == CLK_SOURCE_HSI))
{
CLK->ICKR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_ICKR_HSIEN);
}
else if((CLK_CurrentClockState == CLK_CURRENTCLOCKSTATE_DISABLE) && ( clock_master == CLK_SOURCE_LSI))
{
CLK->ICKR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_ICKR_LSIEN);
}
else if ((CLK_CurrentClockState == CLK_CURRENTCLOCKSTATE_DISABLE) && ( clock_master == CLK_SOURCE_HSE))
{
CLK->ECKR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_ECKR_HSEEN);
}
}
return(Swif);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the HSI clock dividers.
* @param HSIPrescaler : Specifies the HSI clock divider to apply.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref CLK_Prescaler_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_HSIPrescalerConfig(CLK_Prescaler_TypeDef HSIPrescaler)
{
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CLK_HSIPRESCALER_OK(HSIPrescaler));
/* Clear High speed internal clock prescaler */
CLK->CKDIVR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_CKDIVR_HSIDIV);
/* Set High speed internal clock prescaler */
CLK->CKDIVR |= (uint8_t)HSIPrescaler;
}
/**
* @brief Output the selected clock on a dedicated I/O pin.
* @param CLK_CCO : Specifies the clock source.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref CLK_Output_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* The dedicated I/O pin must be set at 1 in the corresponding Px_CR1 register \n
* to be set as input with pull-up or push-pull output.
*/
void CLK_CCOConfig(CLK_Output_TypeDef CLK_CCO)
{
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CLK_OUTPUT_OK(CLK_CCO));
/* Clears of the CCO type bits part */
CLK->CCOR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_CCOR_CCOSEL);
/* Selects the source provided on cco_ck output */
CLK->CCOR |= (uint8_t)CLK_CCO;
/* Enable the clock output */
CLK->CCOR |= CLK_CCOR_CCOEN;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified CLK interrupts.
* @param CLK_IT This parameter specifies the interrupt sources.
* It can be one of the values of @ref CLK_IT_TypeDef.
* @param NewState New state of the Interrupt.
* Value accepted ENABLE, DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_ITConfig(CLK_IT_TypeDef CLK_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
assert_param(IS_CLK_IT_OK(CLK_IT));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
switch (CLK_IT)
{
case CLK_IT_SWIF: /* Enable the clock switch interrupt */
CLK->SWCR |= CLK_SWCR_SWIEN;
break;
case CLK_IT_CSSD: /* Enable the clock security system detection interrupt */
CLK->CSSR |= CLK_CSSR_CSSDIE;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
else /*(NewState == DISABLE)*/
{
switch (CLK_IT)
{
case CLK_IT_SWIF: /* Disable the clock switch interrupt */
CLK->SWCR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_SWCR_SWIEN);
break;
case CLK_IT_CSSD: /* Disable the clock security system detection interrupt */
CLK->CSSR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_CSSR_CSSDIE);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the HSI and CPU clock dividers.
* @param ClockPrescaler Specifies the HSI or CPU clock divider to apply.
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_SYSCLKConfig(CLK_Prescaler_TypeDef CLK_Prescaler)
{
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CLK_PRESCALER_OK(CLK_Prescaler));
if (((uint8_t)CLK_Prescaler & (uint8_t)0x80) == 0x00) /* Bit7 = 0 means HSI divider */
{
CLK->CKDIVR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_CKDIVR_HSIDIV);
CLK->CKDIVR |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)CLK_Prescaler & (uint8_t)CLK_CKDIVR_HSIDIV);
}
else /* Bit7 = 1 means CPU divider */
{
CLK->CKDIVR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_CKDIVR_CPUDIV);
CLK->CKDIVR |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)CLK_Prescaler & (uint8_t)CLK_CKDIVR_CPUDIV);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the SWIM clock frequency on the fly.
* @param CLK_SWIMDivider Specifies the SWIM clock divider to apply.
* can be one of the value of @ref CLK_SWIMDivider_TypeDef
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_SWIMConfig(CLK_SWIMDivider_TypeDef CLK_SWIMDivider)
{
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CLK_SWIMDIVIDER_OK(CLK_SWIMDivider));
if (CLK_SWIMDivider != CLK_SWIMDIVIDER_2)
{
/* SWIM clock is not divided by 2 */
CLK->SWIMCCR |= CLK_SWIMCCR_SWIMDIV;
}
else /* CLK_SWIMDivider == CLK_SWIMDIVIDER_2 */
{
/* SWIM clock is divided by 2 */
CLK->SWIMCCR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_SWIMCCR_SWIMDIV);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables the Clock Security System.
* @par Full description:
* once CSS is enabled it cannot be disabled until the next reset.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_ClockSecuritySystemEnable(void)
{
/* Set CSSEN bit */
CLK->CSSR |= CLK_CSSR_CSSEN;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the clock source used as system clock.
* @param None
* @retval Clock source used.
* can be one of the values of @ref CLK_Source_TypeDef
*/
CLK_Source_TypeDef CLK_GetSYSCLKSource(void)
{
return((CLK_Source_TypeDef)CLK->CMSR);
}
/**
* @brief This function returns the frequencies of different on chip clocks.
* @param None
* @retval the master clock frequency
*/
uint32_t CLK_GetClockFreq(void)
{
uint32_t clockfrequency = 0;
CLK_Source_TypeDef clocksource = CLK_SOURCE_HSI;
uint8_t tmp = 0, presc = 0;
/* Get CLK source. */
clocksource = (CLK_Source_TypeDef)CLK->CMSR;
if (clocksource == CLK_SOURCE_HSI)
{
tmp = (uint8_t)(CLK->CKDIVR & CLK_CKDIVR_HSIDIV);
tmp = (uint8_t)(tmp >> 3);
presc = HSIDivFactor[tmp];
clockfrequency = HSI_VALUE / presc;
}
else if ( clocksource == CLK_SOURCE_LSI)
{
clockfrequency = LSI_VALUE;
}
else
{
clockfrequency = HSE_VALUE;
}
return((uint32_t)clockfrequency);
}
/**
* @brief Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.
* @par Full description:
* @param CLK_HSICalibrationValue calibration trimming value.
* can be one of the values of @ref CLK_HSITrimValue_TypeDef
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(CLK_HSITrimValue_TypeDef CLK_HSICalibrationValue)
{
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CLK_HSITRIMVALUE_OK(CLK_HSICalibrationValue));
/* Store the new value */
CLK->HSITRIMR = (uint8_t)( (uint8_t)(CLK->HSITRIMR & (uint8_t)(~CLK_HSITRIMR_HSITRIM))|((uint8_t)CLK_HSICalibrationValue));
}
/**
* @brief Reset the SWBSY flag (SWICR Register)
* @par Full description:
* This function reset SWBSY flag in order to reset clock switch operations (target
* oscillator is broken, stabilization is longing too much, etc.). If at the same time \n
* software attempts to set SWEN and clear SWBSY, SWBSY action takes precedence.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_SYSCLKEmergencyClear(void)
{
CLK->SWCR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_SWCR_SWBSY);
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified CLK flag is set or not.
* @par Full description:
* @param CLK_FLAG Flag to check.
* can be one of the values of @ref CLK_Flag_TypeDef
* @retval FlagStatus, status of the checked flag
*/
FlagStatus CLK_GetFlagStatus(CLK_Flag_TypeDef CLK_FLAG)
{
uint16_t statusreg = 0;
uint8_t tmpreg = 0;
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CLK_FLAG_OK(CLK_FLAG));
/* Get the CLK register index */
statusreg = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)CLK_FLAG & (uint16_t)0xFF00);
if (statusreg == 0x0100) /* The flag to check is in ICKRregister */
{
tmpreg = CLK->ICKR;
}
else if (statusreg == 0x0200) /* The flag to check is in ECKRregister */
{
tmpreg = CLK->ECKR;
}
else if (statusreg == 0x0300) /* The flag to check is in SWIC register */
{
tmpreg = CLK->SWCR;
}
else if (statusreg == 0x0400) /* The flag to check is in CSS register */
{
tmpreg = CLK->CSSR;
}
else /* The flag to check is in CCO register */
{
tmpreg = CLK->CCOR;
}
if ((tmpreg & (uint8_t)CLK_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the flag status */
return((FlagStatus)bitstatus);
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified CLK interrupt has is enabled or not.
* @param CLK_IT specifies the CLK interrupt.
* can be one of the values of @ref CLK_IT_TypeDef
* @retval ITStatus, new state of CLK_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus CLK_GetITStatus(CLK_IT_TypeDef CLK_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CLK_IT_OK(CLK_IT));
if (CLK_IT == CLK_IT_SWIF)
{
/* Check the status of the clock switch interrupt */
if ((CLK->SWCR & (uint8_t)CLK_IT) == (uint8_t)0x0C)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else /* CLK_IT == CLK_IT_CSSDIE */
{
/* Check the status of the security system detection interrupt */
if ((CLK->CSSR & (uint8_t)CLK_IT) == (uint8_t)0x0C)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
}
/* Return the CLK_IT status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the CLK’s interrupt pending bits.
* @param CLK_IT specifies the interrupt pending bits.
* can be one of the values of @ref CLK_IT_TypeDef
* @retval None
*/
void CLK_ClearITPendingBit(CLK_IT_TypeDef CLK_IT)
{
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CLK_IT_OK(CLK_IT));
if (CLK_IT == (uint8_t)CLK_IT_CSSD)
{
/* Clear the status of the security system detection interrupt */
CLK->CSSR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_CSSR_CSSD);
}
else /* CLK_PendingBit == (uint8_t)CLK_IT_SWIF */
{
/* Clear the status of the clock switch interrupt */
CLK->SWCR &= (uint8_t)(~CLK_SWCR_SWIF);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

181
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_exti.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the EXTI peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_exti.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup EXTI_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the external interrupt control registers to their default reset value.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_DeInit(void)
{
EXTI->CR1 = EXTI_CR1_RESET_VALUE;
EXTI->CR2 = EXTI_CR2_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Set the external interrupt sensitivity of the selected port.
* @warning
* - The modification of external interrupt sensitivity is only possible when the interrupts are disabled.
* - The normal behavior is to disable the interrupts before calling this function, and re-enable them after.
* @param Port The port number to access.
* @param SensitivityValue The external interrupt sensitivity value to set.
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* Global interrupts must be disabled before calling this function.
*/
void EXTI_SetExtIntSensitivity(EXTI_Port_TypeDef Port, EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef SensitivityValue)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_OK(Port));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_SENSITIVITY_OK(SensitivityValue));
/* Set external interrupt sensitivity */
switch (Port)
{
case EXTI_PORT_GPIOA:
EXTI->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~EXTI_CR1_PAIS);
EXTI->CR1 |= (uint8_t)(SensitivityValue);
break;
case EXTI_PORT_GPIOB:
EXTI->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~EXTI_CR1_PBIS);
EXTI->CR1 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(SensitivityValue) << 2);
break;
case EXTI_PORT_GPIOC:
EXTI->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~EXTI_CR1_PCIS);
EXTI->CR1 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(SensitivityValue) << 4);
break;
case EXTI_PORT_GPIOD:
EXTI->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~EXTI_CR1_PDIS);
EXTI->CR1 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(SensitivityValue) << 6);
break;
case EXTI_PORT_GPIOE:
EXTI->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~EXTI_CR2_PEIS);
EXTI->CR2 |= (uint8_t)(SensitivityValue);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/**
* @brief Set the TLI interrupt sensitivity.
* @param SensitivityValue The TLI interrupt sensitivity value.
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* Global interrupts must be disabled before calling this function.
*/
void EXTI_SetTLISensitivity(EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef SensitivityValue)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_TLISENSITIVITY_OK(SensitivityValue));
/* Set TLI interrupt sensitivity */
EXTI->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~EXTI_CR2_TLIS);
EXTI->CR2 |= (uint8_t)(SensitivityValue);
}
/**
* @brief Get the external interrupt sensitivity of the selected port.
* @param Port The port number to access.
* @retval EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef The external interrupt sensitivity of the selected port.
*/
EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef EXTI_GetExtIntSensitivity(EXTI_Port_TypeDef Port)
{
uint8_t value = 0;
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_PORT_OK(Port));
switch (Port)
{
case EXTI_PORT_GPIOA:
value = (uint8_t)(EXTI->CR1 & EXTI_CR1_PAIS);
break;
case EXTI_PORT_GPIOB:
value = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(EXTI->CR1 & EXTI_CR1_PBIS) >> 2);
break;
case EXTI_PORT_GPIOC:
value = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(EXTI->CR1 & EXTI_CR1_PCIS) >> 4);
break;
case EXTI_PORT_GPIOD:
value = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(EXTI->CR1 & EXTI_CR1_PDIS) >> 6);
break;
case EXTI_PORT_GPIOE:
value = (uint8_t)(EXTI->CR2 & EXTI_CR2_PEIS);
break;
default:
break;
}
return((EXTI_Sensitivity_TypeDef)value);
}
/**
* @brief Get the TLI interrupt sensitivity.
* @param None
* @retval EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef The TLI interrupt sensitivity read.
*/
EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef EXTI_GetTLISensitivity(void)
{
uint8_t value = 0;
/* Get TLI interrupt sensitivity */
value = (uint8_t)(EXTI->CR2 & EXTI_CR2_TLIS);
return((EXTI_TLISensitivity_TypeDef)value);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

814
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_flash.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,814 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_flash.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the FLASH peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_flash.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/**
@code
This driver provides functions to configure and program the Flash memory of all
STM8S devices.
It includes as well functions that can be either executed from RAM or not, and
other functions that must be executed from RAM otherwise useless.
The table below lists the functions that can be executed from RAM.
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Functions prototypes | RAM execution | Comments |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | Mandatory in case of block | Can be executed |
| FLASH_WaitForLastOperation | Operation: | from Flash in case |
| | - Block programming | of byte and word |
| | - Block erase | Operations |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| FLASH_ProgramBlock | Exclusively | useless from Flash |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| FLASH_EraseBlock | Exclusively | useless from Flash |
|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
To be able to execute functions from RAM several steps have to be followed.
These steps may differ from one toolchain to another.
A detailed description is available below within this driver.
You can also refer to the FLASH examples provided within the
STM8S_StdPeriph_Lib package.
@endcode
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define FLASH_CLEAR_BYTE ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define FLASH_SET_BYTE ((uint8_t)0xFF)
#define OPERATION_TIMEOUT ((uint16_t)0xFFFF)
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
// SDCC patch: for passing args to inline ASM (SDCC doesn't support far pointers yet)
#if defined (_SDCC_)
uint32_t asm_addr; // 16b/24b address
uint8_t asm_val; // 1B data for r/w data
#endif // _SDCC_
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
// SDCC patch: r/w for 16b/24b addresses (SDCC doesn't support far pointers yet)
#if defined (_SDCC_)
void write_byte_address(uint16_t Address, uint8_t Data); // write single byte to 16b/24b address
uint8_t read_byte_address(uint32_t Address); // read single byte from 16b/24b address
#endif // _SDCC_
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_functions
* @{
*/
#if defined (_SDCC_)
/**
* @brief write single byte to address
* @note is required for SDCC, which doesn't yet support far pointers.
* For simplicity 16- and 24-bit pointers are treated identically.
* @param Address : Address of the byte to copy
* Data : Value to be copied
* @retval None
*/
void write_byte_address(uint16_t Address, uint8_t Data)
{
/* store address & data globally for assember */
asm_addr = Address;
asm_val = Data;
/* use inline assembler to write to 16b/24b address */
__asm
ld a,_asm_val
ldf [_asm_addr+1].e,a
__endasm;
}
/**
* @brief Reads any byte from flash memory
* @note is required for SDCC, which doesn't yet support far pointers.
* For simplicity 16- and 24-bit pointers are treated identically.
* @param Address : Address to read
* @retval Value of the byte
*/
uint8_t read_byte_address(uint32_t Address)
{
/* store address globally for assember */
asm_addr = Address;
/* use inline assembler to read from 16b/24b address */
__asm
ldf a,[_asm_addr+1].e
ld _asm_val,a
__endasm;
/* return read byte */
return(asm_val);
}
#endif // _SDCC_
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Public_functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Unlocks the program or data EEPROM memory
* @param FLASH_MemType : Memory type to unlock
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_MemType_TypeDef
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_Unlock(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType)
{
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_MEMORY_TYPE_OK(FLASH_MemType));
/* Unlock program memory */
if(FLASH_MemType == FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG)
{
FLASH->PUKR = FLASH_RASS_KEY1;
FLASH->PUKR = FLASH_RASS_KEY2;
}
/* Unlock data memory */
else
{
FLASH->DUKR = FLASH_RASS_KEY2; /* Warning: keys are reversed on data memory !!! */
FLASH->DUKR = FLASH_RASS_KEY1;
}
}
/**
* @brief Locks the program or data EEPROM memory
* @param FLASH_MemType : Memory type
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_MemType_TypeDef
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_Lock(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType)
{
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_MEMORY_TYPE_OK(FLASH_MemType));
/* Lock memory */
FLASH->IAPSR &= (uint8_t)FLASH_MemType;
}
/**
* @brief DeInitializes the FLASH registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_DeInit(void)
{
FLASH->CR1 = FLASH_CR1_RESET_VALUE;
FLASH->CR2 = FLASH_CR2_RESET_VALUE;
FLASH->NCR2 = FLASH_NCR2_RESET_VALUE;
FLASH->IAPSR &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_IAPSR_DUL);
FLASH->IAPSR &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_IAPSR_PUL);
(void) FLASH->IAPSR; /* Reading of this register causes the clearing of status flags */
}
/**
* @brief Enables or Disables the Flash interrupt mode
* @param NewState : The new state of the flash interrupt mode
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
FLASH->CR1 |= FLASH_CR1_IE; /* Enables the interrupt sources */
}
else
{
FLASH->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_CR1_IE); /* Disables the interrupt sources */
}
}
/**
* @brief Erases one byte in the program or data EEPROM memory
* @note PointerAttr define is declared in the stm8s.h file to select if
* the pointer will be declared as near (2 bytes) or far (3 bytes).
* @param Address : Address of the byte to erase
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_EraseByte(uint32_t Address)
{
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS_OK(Address));
/* Erase byte */
#ifndef _SDCC_
*(PointerAttr uint8_t*) (MemoryAddressCast)Address = FLASH_CLEAR_BYTE;
#else
write_byte_address(Address, FLASH_CLEAR_BYTE); // SDCC patch: required for far pointers
#endif // _SDCC_
}
/**
* @brief Programs one byte in program or data EEPROM memory
* @note PointerAttr define is declared in the stm8s.h file to select if
* the pointer will be declared as near (2 bytes) or far (3 bytes).
* @param Address : Address where the byte will be programmed
* @param Data : Value to be programmed
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_ProgramByte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS_OK(Address));
/* Program byte */
#ifndef _SDCC_
*(PointerAttr uint8_t*) (MemoryAddressCast)Address = Data;
#else
write_byte_address(Address, Data); // SDCC patch: required for far pointers
#endif // _SDCC_
}
/**
* @brief Reads any byte from flash memory
* @note PointerAttr define is declared in the stm8s.h file to select if
* the pointer will be declared as near (2 bytes) or far (3 bytes).
* @param Address : Address to read
* @retval Value of the byte
*/
uint8_t FLASH_ReadByte(uint32_t Address)
{
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS_OK(Address));
/* Read byte */
#ifndef _SDCC_
return(*(PointerAttr uint8_t *) (MemoryAddressCast)Address);
#else
return(read_byte_address(Address)); // SDCC patch: required for far pointers
#endif // _SDCC_
}
/**
* @brief Programs one word (4 bytes) in program or data EEPROM memory
* @note PointerAttr define is declared in the stm8s.h file to select if
* the pointer will be declared as near (2 bytes) or far (3 bytes).
* @param Address : The address where the data will be programmed
* @param Data : Value to be programmed
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS_OK(Address));
/* Enable Word Write Once */
FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_WPRG;
FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_NCR2_NWPRG);
#ifndef _SDCC_
/* Write one byte - from lowest address*/
*((PointerAttr uint8_t*)(MemoryAddressCast)Address) = *((uint8_t*)(&Data));
/* Write one byte*/
*(((PointerAttr uint8_t*)(MemoryAddressCast)Address) + 1) = *((uint8_t*)(&Data)+1);
/* Write one byte*/
*(((PointerAttr uint8_t*)(MemoryAddressCast)Address) + 2) = *((uint8_t*)(&Data)+2);
/* Write one byte - from higher address*/
*(((PointerAttr uint8_t*)(MemoryAddressCast)Address) + 3) = *((uint8_t*)(&Data)+3);
#else
write_byte_address(Address , *((uint8_t*)(&Data))); // SDCC patch: required for far pointers
write_byte_address(Address + 1, *((uint8_t*)(&Data)+1));
write_byte_address(Address + 2, *((uint8_t*)(&Data)+2));
write_byte_address(Address + 3, *((uint8_t*)(&Data)+3));
#endif // _SDCC_
}
/**
* @brief Programs option byte
* @param Address : option byte address to program
* @param Data : Value to write
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_ProgramOptionByte(uint16_t Address, uint8_t Data)
{
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPTION_BYTE_ADDRESS_OK(Address));
/* Enable write access to option bytes */
FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_OPT;
FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_NCR2_NOPT);
/* check if the option byte to program is ROP*/
if(Address == 0x4800)
{
/* Program option byte*/
*((NEAR uint8_t*)Address) = Data;
}
else
{
/* Program option byte and his complement */
*((NEAR uint8_t*)Address) = Data;
*((NEAR uint8_t*)((uint16_t)(Address + 1))) = (uint8_t)(~Data);
}
FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG);
/* Disable write access to option bytes */
FLASH->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_CR2_OPT);
FLASH->NCR2 |= FLASH_NCR2_NOPT;
}
/**
* @brief Erases option byte
* @param Address : Option byte address to erase
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_EraseOptionByte(uint16_t Address)
{
/* Check parameter */
//assert_param(IS_OPTION_BYTE_ADDRESS_OK(Address));
/* Enable write access to option bytes */
FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_OPT;
FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_NCR2_NOPT);
/* check if the option byte to erase is ROP */
if(Address == 0x4800)
{
/* Erase option byte */
*((NEAR uint8_t*)Address) = FLASH_CLEAR_BYTE;
}
else
{
/* Erase option byte and his complement */
*((NEAR uint8_t*)Address) = FLASH_CLEAR_BYTE;
*((NEAR uint8_t*)((uint16_t)(Address + (uint16_t)1 ))) = FLASH_SET_BYTE;
}
FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG);
/* Disable write access to option bytes */
FLASH->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_CR2_OPT);
FLASH->NCR2 |= FLASH_NCR2_NOPT;
}
/**
* @brief Reads one option byte
* @param Address option byte address to read.
* @retval Option byte read value + its complement
*/
uint16_t FLASH_ReadOptionByte(uint16_t Address)
{
uint8_t value_optbyte, value_optbyte_complement = 0;
uint16_t res_value = 0;
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_OPTION_BYTE_ADDRESS_OK(Address));
value_optbyte = *((NEAR uint8_t*)Address); /* Read option byte */
value_optbyte_complement = *(((NEAR uint8_t*)Address) + 1); /* Read option byte complement */
/* Read-out protection option byte */
if(Address == 0x4800)
{
res_value = value_optbyte;
}
else
{
if(value_optbyte == (uint8_t)(~value_optbyte_complement))
{
res_value = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)value_optbyte << 8);
res_value = res_value | (uint16_t)value_optbyte_complement;
}
else
{
res_value = FLASH_OPTIONBYTE_ERROR;
}
}
return(res_value);
}
/**
* @brief Select the Flash behaviour in low power mode
* @param FLASH_LPMode Low power mode selection
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_SetLowPowerMode(FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef FLASH_LPMode)
{
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_LOW_POWER_MODE_OK(FLASH_LPMode));
/* Clears the two bits */
FLASH->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~(FLASH_CR1_HALT | FLASH_CR1_AHALT));
/* Sets the new mode */
FLASH->CR1 |= (uint8_t)FLASH_LPMode;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the fixed programming time
* @param FLASH_ProgTime Indicates the programming time to be fixed
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void FLASH_SetProgrammingTime(FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef FLASH_ProgTime)
{
/* Check parameter */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_TIME_OK(FLASH_ProgTime));
FLASH->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_CR1_FIX);
FLASH->CR1 |= (uint8_t)FLASH_ProgTime;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the Flash behaviour type in low power mode
* @param None
* @retval FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef Flash behaviour type in low power mode
*/
FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef FLASH_GetLowPowerMode(void)
{
return((FLASH_LPMode_TypeDef)(FLASH->CR1 & (uint8_t)(FLASH_CR1_HALT | FLASH_CR1_AHALT)));
}
/**
* @brief Returns the fixed programming time
* @param None
* @retval FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef Fixed programming time value
*/
FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef FLASH_GetProgrammingTime(void)
{
return((FLASH_ProgramTime_TypeDef)(FLASH->CR1 & FLASH_CR1_FIX));
}
/**
* @brief Returns the Boot memory size in bytes
* @param None
* @retval Boot memory size in bytes
*/
uint32_t FLASH_GetBootSize(void)
{
uint32_t temp = 0;
/* Calculates the number of bytes */
temp = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)FLASH->FPR * (uint32_t)512);
/* Correction because size of 127.5 kb doesn't exist */
if(FLASH->FPR == 0xFF)
{
temp += 512;
}
/* Return value */
return(temp);
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified SPI flag is set or not.
* @param FLASH_FLAG : Specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FLASH_Flag_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval FlagStatus : Indicates the state of FLASH_FLAG.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FlagStatus enumeration.
* @note This function can clear the EOP, WR_PG_DIS flags in the IAPSR register.
*/
FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(FLASH_Flag_TypeDef FLASH_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus status = RESET;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_FLASH_FLAGS_OK(FLASH_FLAG));
/* Check the status of the specified FLASH flag */
if((FLASH->IAPSR & (uint8_t)FLASH_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET)
{
status = SET; /* FLASH_FLAG is set */
}
else
{
status = RESET; /* FLASH_FLAG is reset*/
}
/* Return the FLASH_FLAG status */
return status;
}
/**
@code
All the functions defined below must be executed from RAM exclusively, except
for the FLASH_WaitForLastOperation function which can be executed from Flash.
Steps of the execution from RAM differs from one toolchain to another:
- For Cosmic Compiler:
1- Define a segment FLASH_CODE by the mean of " #pragma section (FLASH_CODE)".
This segment is defined in the stm8s_flash.c file.
2- Uncomment the "#define RAM_EXECUTION (1)" line in the stm8s.h file,
or define it in Cosmic compiler preprocessor to enable the FLASH_CODE segment
definition.
3- In STVD Select Project\Settings\Linker\Category "input" and in the RAM section
add the FLASH_CODE segment with "-ic" options.
4- In main.c file call the _fctcpy() function with first segment character as
parameter "_fctcpy('F');" to load the declared moveable code segment
(FLASH_CODE) in RAM before execution.
5- By default the _fctcpy function is packaged in the Cosmic machine library,
so the function prototype "int _fctcopy(char name);" must be added in main.c
file.
- For Raisonance Compiler
1- Use the inram keyword in the function declaration to specify that it can be
executed from RAM.
This is done within the stm8s_flash.c file, and it's conditioned by
RAM_EXECUTION definition.
2- Uncomment the "#define RAM_EXECUTION (1)" line in the stm8s.h file, or
define it in Raisonance compiler preprocessor to enable the access for the
inram functions.
3- An inram function code is copied from Flash to RAM by the C startup code.
In some applications, the RAM area where the code was initially stored may be
erased or corrupted, so it may be desirable to perform the copy again.
Depending on the application memory model, the memcpy() or fmemcpy() functions
should be used to perform the copy.
• In case your project uses the SMALL memory model (code smaller than 64K),
memcpy()function is recommended to perform the copy
• In case your project uses the LARGE memory model, functions can be
everywhere in the 24-bits address space (not limited to the first 64KB of
code), In this case, the use of memcpy() function will not be appropriate,
you need to use the specific fmemcpy() function (which copies objects with
24-bit addresses).
- The linker automatically defines 2 symbols for each inram function:
• __address__functionname is a symbol that holds the Flash address
where the given function code is stored.
• __size__functionname is a symbol that holds the function size in bytes.
And we already have the function address (which is itself a pointer)
4- In main.c file these two steps should be performed for each inram function:
• Import the "__address__functionname" and "__size__functionname" symbols
as global variables:
extern int __address__functionname; // Symbol holding the flash address
extern int __size__functionname; // Symbol holding the function size
• In case of SMALL memory model use, Call the memcpy() function to copy the
inram function to the RAM destination address:
memcpy(functionname, // RAM destination address
(void*)&__address__functionname, // Flash source address
(int)&__size__functionname); // Code size of the function
• In case of LARGE memory model use, call the fmemcpy() function to copy
the inram function to the RAM destination address:
memcpy(functionname, // RAM destination address
(void @far*)&__address__functionname, // Flash source address
(int)&__size__functionname); // Code size of the function
- For IAR Compiler:
1- Use the __ramfunc keyword in the function declaration to specify that it
can be executed from RAM.
This is done within the stm8s_flash.c file, and it's conditioned by
RAM_EXECUTION definition.
2- Uncomment the "#define RAM_EXECUTION (1)" line in the stm8s.h file, or
define it in IAR compiler preprocessor to enable the access for the
__ramfunc functions.
- Note:
1- Ignore the IAR compiler warnings, these warnings don't impact the FLASH Program/Erase
operations.
The code performing the Flash Program/erase must be executed from RAM; the variables
initializations don't necessary require the execution from RAM, only CR2/NCR2 registers
configuration and data programing must be executed from RAM.
2- These warnings depends on IAR compiler: as the code generation is made using many
runtime library functions to keep code size to a minimum.
3- It is recommended to use High Speed Optimization with IAR (-Ohs), in order
to reduce the runtime library calls in the generated code.
The FLASH examples given within the STM8S_StdPeriph_Lib package, details all
the steps described above.
@endcode
*/
/**
* @brief
*******************************************************************************
* Execution from RAM enable
*******************************************************************************
*
* To enable execution from RAM you can either uncomment the following define
* in the stm8s.h file or define it in your toolchain compiler preprocessor
* - #define RAM_EXECUTION (1)
*/
#if defined (_COSMIC_) && defined (RAM_EXECUTION)
#pragma section (FLASH_CODE)
#endif /* _COSMIC_ && RAM_EXECUTION */
/**
* @brief Wait for a Flash operation to complete.
* @note The call and execution of this function must be done from RAM in case
* of Block operation.
* @param FLASH_MemType : Memory type
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_MemType_TypeDef
* @retval FLASH status
*/
IN_RAM(FLASH_Status_TypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType))
{
uint8_t flagstatus = 0x00;
uint16_t timeout = OPERATION_TIMEOUT;
/* Wait until operation completion or write protection page occurred */
#if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8S105) || \
defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) || defined(STM8AF62Ax) || defined(STM8AF626x)
if(FLASH_MemType == FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG)
{
while((flagstatus == 0x00) && (timeout != 0x00))
{
flagstatus = (uint8_t)(FLASH->IAPSR & (uint8_t)(FLASH_IAPSR_EOP |
FLASH_IAPSR_WR_PG_DIS));
timeout--;
}
}
else
{
while((flagstatus == 0x00) && (timeout != 0x00))
{
flagstatus = (uint8_t)(FLASH->IAPSR & (uint8_t)(FLASH_IAPSR_HVOFF |
FLASH_IAPSR_WR_PG_DIS));
timeout--;
}
}
#else /*STM8S103, STM8S903, STM8AF622x */
while((flagstatus == 0x00) && (timeout != 0x00))
{
flagstatus = (uint8_t)(FLASH->IAPSR & (FLASH_IAPSR_EOP | FLASH_IAPSR_WR_PG_DIS));
timeout--;
}
#endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207, STM8S105, STM8AF52Ax, STM8AF62Ax, STM8AF262x */
if(timeout == 0x00 )
{
flagstatus = FLASH_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
}
return((FLASH_Status_TypeDef)flagstatus);
}
/**
* @brief Erases a block in the program or data memory.
* @note This function should be executed from RAM.
* @param FLASH_MemType : The type of memory to erase
* @param BlockNum : Indicates the block number to erase
* @retval None.
*/
IN_RAM(void FLASH_EraseBlock(uint16_t BlockNum, FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType))
{
uint32_t startaddress = 0;
#if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || \
defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF626x) || defined (STM8AF622x)
uint32_t PointerAttr *pwFlash;
#elif defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || defined (STM8AF52Ax)
uint8_t PointerAttr *pwFlash;
#endif
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_MEMORY_TYPE_OK(FLASH_MemType));
if(FLASH_MemType == FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG)
{
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROG_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BlockNum));
startaddress = FLASH_PROG_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS;
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BlockNum));
startaddress = FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS;
}
/* Point to the first block address */
#if defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || defined (STM8AF52Ax)
pwFlash = (PointerAttr uint8_t *)(MemoryAddressCast)(startaddress + ((uint32_t)BlockNum * FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE));
#elif defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || \
defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF626x) || defined (STM8AF622x)
pwFlash = (PointerAttr uint32_t *)(MemoryAddressCast)(startaddress + ((uint32_t)BlockNum * FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE));
#endif /* STM8S208, STM8S207 */
/* Enable erase block mode */
FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_ERASE;
FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_NCR2_NERASE);
#if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || \
defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF626x) || defined (STM8AF622x)
*pwFlash = (uint32_t)0;
#elif defined (STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined (STM8AF62Ax) || \
defined (STM8AF52Ax)
*pwFlash = (uint8_t)0;
*(pwFlash + 1) = (uint8_t)0;
*(pwFlash + 2) = (uint8_t)0;
*(pwFlash + 3) = (uint8_t)0;
#endif
}
/**
* @brief Programs a memory block
* @note This function should be executed from RAM.
* @param FLASH_MemType : The type of memory to program
* @param BlockNum : The block number
* @param FLASH_ProgMode : The programming mode.
* @param Buffer : Pointer to buffer containing source data.
* @retval None.
*/
IN_RAM(void FLASH_ProgramBlock(uint16_t BlockNum, FLASH_MemType_TypeDef FLASH_MemType,
FLASH_ProgramMode_TypeDef FLASH_ProgMode, uint8_t *Buffer))
{
uint16_t Count = 0;
uint32_t startaddress = 0;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_MEMORY_TYPE_OK(FLASH_MemType));
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_MODE_OK(FLASH_ProgMode));
if(FLASH_MemType == FLASH_MEMTYPE_PROG)
{
assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROG_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BlockNum));
startaddress = FLASH_PROG_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS;
}
else
{
assert_param(IS_FLASH_DATA_BLOCK_NUMBER_OK(BlockNum));
startaddress = FLASH_DATA_START_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS;
}
/* Point to the first block address */
startaddress = startaddress + ((uint32_t)BlockNum * FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE);
/* Selection of Standard or Fast programming mode */
if(FLASH_ProgMode == FLASH_PROGRAMMODE_STANDARD)
{
/* Standard programming mode */ /*No need in standard mode */
FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_PRG;
FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_NCR2_NPRG);
}
else
{
/* Fast programming mode */
FLASH->CR2 |= FLASH_CR2_FPRG;
FLASH->NCR2 &= (uint8_t)(~FLASH_NCR2_NFPRG);
}
/* Copy data bytes from RAM to FLASH memory */
for(Count = 0; Count < FLASH_BLOCK_SIZE; Count++)
{
#ifndef _SDCC_
*((PointerAttr uint8_t*) (MemoryAddressCast)startaddress + Count) = ((uint8_t)(Buffer[Count]));
#else
write_byte_address(startaddress + Count, ((uint8_t)(Buffer[Count]))); // SDCC patch: required for far pointers
#endif // _SDCC_
}
}
#if defined (_COSMIC_) && defined (RAM_EXECUTION)
/* End of FLASH_CODE section */
#pragma section ()
#endif /* _COSMIC_ && RAM_EXECUTION */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

249
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_gpio.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the GPIO peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_gpio.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup GPIO_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx: Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I).
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
GPIOx->ODR = GPIO_ODR_RESET_VALUE; /* Reset Output Data Register */
GPIOx->DDR = GPIO_DDR_RESET_VALUE; /* Reset Data Direction Register */
GPIOx->CR1 = GPIO_CR1_RESET_VALUE; /* Reset Control Register 1 */
GPIOx->CR2 = GPIO_CR2_RESET_VALUE; /* Reset Control Register 2 */
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the GPIOx according to the specified parameters.
* @param GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I).
* @param GPIO_Pin : This parameter contains the pin number, it can be any value
* of the @ref GPIO_Pin_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param GPIO_Mode : This parameter can be a value of the
* @Ref GPIO_Mode_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin, GPIO_Mode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode)
{
/*----------------------*/
/* Check the parameters */
/*----------------------*/
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE_OK(GPIO_Mode));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_OK(GPIO_Pin));
/* Reset corresponding bit to GPIO_Pin in CR2 register */
GPIOx->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~(GPIO_Pin));
/*-----------------------------*/
/* Input/Output mode selection */
/*-----------------------------*/
if ((((uint8_t)(GPIO_Mode)) & (uint8_t)0x80) != (uint8_t)0x00) /* Output mode */
{
if ((((uint8_t)(GPIO_Mode)) & (uint8_t)0x10) != (uint8_t)0x00) /* High level */
{
GPIOx->ODR |= (uint8_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
else /* Low level */
{
GPIOx->ODR &= (uint8_t)(~(GPIO_Pin));
}
/* Set Output mode */
GPIOx->DDR |= (uint8_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
else /* Input mode */
{
/* Set Input mode */
GPIOx->DDR &= (uint8_t)(~(GPIO_Pin));
}
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Pull-Up/Float (Input) or Push-Pull/Open-Drain (Output) modes selection */
/*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
if ((((uint8_t)(GPIO_Mode)) & (uint8_t)0x40) != (uint8_t)0x00) /* Pull-Up or Push-Pull */
{
GPIOx->CR1 |= (uint8_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
else /* Float or Open-Drain */
{
GPIOx->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~(GPIO_Pin));
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------*/
/* Interrupt (Input) or Slope (Output) modes selection */
/*-----------------------------------------------------*/
if ((((uint8_t)(GPIO_Mode)) & (uint8_t)0x20) != (uint8_t)0x00) /* Interrupt or Slow slope */
{
GPIOx->CR2 |= (uint8_t)GPIO_Pin;
}
else /* No external interrupt or No slope control */
{
GPIOx->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~(GPIO_Pin));
}
}
/**
* @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port.
* @note The port must be configured in output mode.
* @param GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I).
* @param GPIO_PortVal : Specifies the value to be written to the port output
* data register.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint8_t PortVal)
{
GPIOx->ODR = PortVal;
}
/**
* @brief Writes high level to the specified GPIO pins.
* @note The port must be configured in output mode.
* @param GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I).
* @param PortPins : Specifies the pins to be turned high to the port output.
* data register.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_WriteHigh(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins)
{
GPIOx->ODR |= (uint8_t)PortPins;
}
/**
* @brief Writes low level to the specified GPIO pins.
* @note The port must be configured in output mode.
* @param GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I).
* @param PortPins : Specifies the pins to be turned low to the port output.
* data register.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_WriteLow(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins)
{
GPIOx->ODR &= (uint8_t)(~PortPins);
}
/**
* @brief Writes reverse level to the specified GPIO pins.
* @note The port must be configured in output mode.
* @param GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I).
* @param PortPins : Specifies the pins to be reversed to the port output.
* data register.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_WriteReverse(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef PortPins)
{
GPIOx->ODR ^= (uint8_t)PortPins;
}
/**
* @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port.
* @note The port must be configured in input mode.
* @param GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I).
* @retval GPIO output data port value.
*/
uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
return ((uint8_t)GPIOx->ODR);
}
/**
* @brief Reads the specified GPIO input data port.
* @note The port must be configured in input mode.
* @param GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I).
* @retval GPIO input data port value.
*/
uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
return ((uint8_t)GPIOx->IDR);
}
/**
* @brief Reads the specified GPIO input data pin.
* @param GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I).
* @param GPIO_Pin : Specifies the pin number.
* @retval BitStatus : GPIO input pin status.
*/
BitStatus GPIO_ReadInputPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin)
{
return ((BitStatus)(GPIOx->IDR & (uint8_t)GPIO_Pin));
}
/**
* @brief Configures the external pull-up on GPIOx pins.
* @param GPIOx : Select the GPIO peripheral number (x = A to I).
* @param GPIO_Pin : Specifies the pin number
* @param NewState : The new state of the pull up pin.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_ExternalPullUpConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_Pin_TypeDef GPIO_Pin, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_OK(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE) /* External Pull-Up Set*/
{
GPIOx->CR1 |= (uint8_t)GPIO_Pin;
} else /* External Pull-Up Reset*/
{
GPIOx->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~(GPIO_Pin));
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

893
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_i2c.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,893 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_i2c.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the I2C peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_i2c.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* I2C register mask */
#define REGISTER_Mask ((uint16_t)0x3000)
#define REGISTER_SR1_Index ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define REGISTER_SR2_Index ((uint16_t)0x0200)
/* I2C Interrupt Enable mask */
#define ITEN_Mask ((uint16_t)0x0700)
/* I2C FLAG mask */
#define FLAG_Mask ((uint16_t)0x00FF)
/**
* @}
*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup I2C_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the I2C peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_DeInit(void)
{
I2C->CR1 = I2C_CR1_RESET_VALUE;
I2C->CR2 = I2C_CR2_RESET_VALUE;
I2C->FREQR = I2C_FREQR_RESET_VALUE;
I2C->OARL = I2C_OARL_RESET_VALUE;
I2C->OARH = I2C_OARH_RESET_VALUE;
I2C->ITR = I2C_ITR_RESET_VALUE;
I2C->CCRL = I2C_CCRL_RESET_VALUE;
I2C->CCRH = I2C_CCRH_RESET_VALUE;
I2C->TRISER = I2C_TRISER_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters in standard
* or fast mode.
* @param OutputClockFrequencyHz : Specifies the output clock frequency in Hz.
* @param OwnAddress : Specifies the own address.
* @param I2C_DutyCycle : Specifies the duty cycle to apply in fast mode.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref I2C_DutyCycle_TypeDef enumeration.
* @note This parameter don't have impact when the OutputClockFrequency lower
* than 100KHz.
* @param Ack : Specifies the acknowledge mode to apply.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref I2C_Ack_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param AddMode : Specifies the acknowledge address to apply.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref I2C_AddMode_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param InputClockFrequencyMHz : Specifies the input clock frequency in MHz.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_Init(uint32_t OutputClockFrequencyHz, uint16_t OwnAddress,
I2C_DutyCycle_TypeDef I2C_DutyCycle, I2C_Ack_TypeDef Ack,
I2C_AddMode_TypeDef AddMode, uint8_t InputClockFrequencyMHz )
{
uint16_t result = 0x0004;
uint16_t tmpval = 0;
uint8_t tmpccrh = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_OK(Ack));
assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDMODE_OK(AddMode));
assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS_OK(OwnAddress));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_OK(I2C_DutyCycle));
assert_param(IS_I2C_INPUT_CLOCK_FREQ_OK(InputClockFrequencyMHz));
assert_param(IS_I2C_OUTPUT_CLOCK_FREQ_OK(OutputClockFrequencyHz));
/*------------------------- I2C FREQ Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Clear frequency bits */
I2C->FREQR &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_FREQR_FREQ);
/* Write new value */
I2C->FREQR |= InputClockFrequencyMHz;
/*--------------------------- I2C CCR Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Disable I2C to configure TRISER */
I2C->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CR1_PE);
/* Clear CCRH & CCRL */
I2C->CCRH &= (uint8_t)(~(I2C_CCRH_FS | I2C_CCRH_DUTY | I2C_CCRH_CCR));
I2C->CCRL &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CCRL_CCR);
/* Detect Fast or Standard mode depending on the Output clock frequency selected */
if (OutputClockFrequencyHz > I2C_MAX_STANDARD_FREQ) /* FAST MODE */
{
/* Set F/S bit for fast mode */
tmpccrh = I2C_CCRH_FS;
if (I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2)
{
/* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
result = (uint16_t) ((InputClockFrequencyMHz * 1000000) / (OutputClockFrequencyHz * 3));
}
else /* I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9 */
{
/* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
result = (uint16_t) ((InputClockFrequencyMHz * 1000000) / (OutputClockFrequencyHz * 25));
/* Set DUTY bit */
tmpccrh |= I2C_CCRH_DUTY;
}
/* Verify and correct CCR value if below minimum value */
if (result < (uint16_t)0x01)
{
/* Set the minimum allowed value */
result = (uint16_t)0x0001;
}
/* Set Maximum Rise Time: 300ns max in Fast Mode
= [300ns/(1/InputClockFrequencyMHz.10e6)]+1
= [(InputClockFrequencyMHz * 3)/10]+1 */
tmpval = ((InputClockFrequencyMHz * 3) / 10) + 1;
I2C->TRISER = (uint8_t)tmpval;
}
else /* STANDARD MODE */
{
/* Calculate standard mode speed */
result = (uint16_t)((InputClockFrequencyMHz * 1000000) / (OutputClockFrequencyHz << (uint8_t)1));
/* Verify and correct CCR value if below minimum value */
if (result < (uint16_t)0x0004)
{
/* Set the minimum allowed value */
result = (uint16_t)0x0004;
}
/* Set Maximum Rise Time: 1000ns max in Standard Mode
= [1000ns/(1/InputClockFrequencyMHz.10e6)]+1
= InputClockFrequencyMHz+1 */
I2C->TRISER = (uint8_t)(InputClockFrequencyMHz + (uint8_t)1);
}
/* Write CCR with new calculated value */
I2C->CCRL = (uint8_t)result;
I2C->CCRH = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(result >> 8) & I2C_CCRH_CCR) | tmpccrh);
/* Enable I2C */
I2C->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE;
/* Configure I2C acknowledgement */
I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(Ack);
/*--------------------------- I2C OAR Configuration ------------------------*/
I2C->OARL = (uint8_t)(OwnAddress);
I2C->OARH = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(AddMode | I2C_OARH_ADDCONF) |
(uint8_t)((OwnAddress & (uint16_t)0x0300) >> (uint8_t)7));
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the I2C peripheral.
* @param NewState : Indicate the new I2C peripheral state.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable I2C peripheral */
I2C->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_PE;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Disable I2C peripheral */
I2C->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CR1_PE);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the I2C General Call feature.
* @param NewState : State of the General Call feature.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable General Call */
I2C->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_ENGC;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Disable General Call */
I2C->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CR1_ENGC);
}
}
/**
* @brief Generates I2C communication START condition.
* @note CCR must be programmed, i.e. I2C_Init function must have been called
* with a valid I2C_ClockSpeed
* @param NewState : Enable or disable the start condition.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_GenerateSTART(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Generate a START condition */
I2C->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_START;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Disable the START condition generation */
I2C->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CR2_START);
}
}
/**
* @brief Generates I2C communication STOP condition.
* @param NewState : Enable or disable the stop condition.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_GenerateSTOP(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Generate a STOP condition */
I2C->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Disable the STOP condition generation */
I2C->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CR2_STOP);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables I2C software reset.
* @param NewState : Specifies the new state of the I2C software reset.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Peripheral under reset */
I2C->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_SWRST;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Peripheral not under reset */
I2C->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CR2_SWRST);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the I2C clock stretching.
* @param NewState : Specifies the new state of the I2C Clock stretching.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_StretchClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Clock Stretching Enable */
I2C->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH);
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Clock Stretching Disable (Slave mode) */
I2C->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_NOSTRETCH;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable or Disable the I2C acknowledge and position acknowledge feature.
* @note This function must be called before data reception start
* @param Ack : Specifies the acknowledge mode to apply.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref I2C_Ack_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_Ack_TypeDef Ack)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_OK(Ack));
if (Ack == I2C_ACK_NONE)
{
/* Disable the acknowledgement */
I2C->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CR2_ACK);
}
else
{
/* Enable the acknowledgement */
I2C->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_ACK;
if (Ack == I2C_ACK_CURR)
{
/* Configure (N)ACK on current byte */
I2C->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CR2_POS);
}
else
{
/* Configure (N)ACK on next byte */
I2C->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_POS;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupt.
* @param ITName : Name of the interrupt to enable or disable.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref I2C_IT_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param NewState : State of the interrupt to apply.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_IT_TypeDef I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check functions parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_INTERRUPT_OK(I2C_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */
I2C->ITR |= (uint8_t)I2C_IT;
}
else /* NewState == DISABLE */
{
/* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */
I2C->ITR &= (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)I2C_IT);
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle.
* @param I2C_DutyCycle : Specifies the duty cycle to apply.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref I2C_DutyCycle_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_DutyCycle_TypeDef I2C_DutyCycle)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTYCYCLE_OK(I2C_DutyCycle));
if (I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DUTYCYCLE_16_9)
{
/* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
I2C->CCRH |= I2C_CCRH_DUTY;
}
else /* I2C_DUTYCYCLE_2 */
{
/* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
I2C->CCRH &= (uint8_t)(~I2C_CCRH_DUTY);
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data.
* @param None
* @retval uint8_t : The value of the received byte data.
*/
uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(void)
{
/* Return the data present in the DR register */
return ((uint8_t)I2C->DR);
}
/**
* @brief Transmits the 7-bit address (to select the) slave device.
* @param Address : Specifies the slave address which will be transmitted.
* @param Direction : Specifies whether the I2C device will be a Transmitter or a Receiver.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref I2C_Direction_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_Send7bitAddress(uint8_t Address, I2C_Direction_TypeDef Direction)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESS_OK(Address));
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION_OK(Direction));
/* Clear bit0 (direction) just in case */
Address &= (uint8_t)0xFE;
/* Send the Address + Direction */
I2C->DR = (uint8_t)(Address | (uint8_t)Direction);
}
/**
* @brief Send a byte by writing in the DR register.
* @param Data : Byte to be sent.
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_SendData(uint8_t Data)
{
/* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */
I2C->DR = Data;
}
/**
* @brief
****************************************************************************************
*
* I2C State Monitoring Functions
*
****************************************************************************************
* This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring
* depending on the application requirements and constraints:
*
*
* 1) Basic state monitoring:
* Using I2C_CheckEvent() function:
* It compares the status registers (SR1, SR2 and SR3) content to a given event
* (can be the combination of one or more flags).
* It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags
* and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status.
* - When to use:
* - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup
* activity since the events are fully described in the product reference manual
* (RM0016).
* - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events.
* - Limitations:
* - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored flags),
* the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite the communication
* hold or corrupted real state.
* In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor the error
* events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler.
*
* @note
* For error management, it is advised to use the following functions:
* - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR).
* - I2C_IRQHandler() which is called when the I2C interrupts occur.
* - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into the
* I2C_IRQHandler() function in order to determine which error occurred.
* - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd()
* and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and
* source and return to correct communication status.
*
*
* 2) Advanced state monitoring:
* Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both SR1
* & SR3 status registers in a single word (uint16_t) (Status Register 3 value
* is shifted left by 8 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1).
* - When to use:
* - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it allows to
* overcome the limitations of I2C_GetFlagStatus() function (see below).
* The returned value could be compared to events already defined in the
* library (stm8s_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user.
* - This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the same time.
* - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows user to
* choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are set and no
* other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set like
* I2C_CheckEvent() function).
* - Limitations:
* - User may need to define his own events.
* - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this
* function if user decides to check only regular communication flags (and
* ignores error flags).
*
*
* 3) Flag-based state monitoring:
* Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of
* one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...).
* - When to use:
* - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug phase.
* - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C events
* are monitored through multiple flags).
* - Limitations:
* - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. Some flags are
* cleared when the status register is accessed. So checking the status
* of one Flag, may clear other ones.
* - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor one
* single event.
*
* For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in
* stm8s_i2c.h file.
*
*/
/**
*
* 1) Basic state monitoring
*******************************************************************************
*/
/**
* @brief Checks whether the last I2C Event is equal to the one passed
* as parameter.
* @param I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV2
* @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV2
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV3
* @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV3
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE : EV3_2
* @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED : EV4
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT : EV5
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV7
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING : EV8
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV8_2
* @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 : EV9
*
* @note: For detailed description of Events, please refer to section
* I2C_Events in stm8s_i2c.h file.
*
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
* - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT
* - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT
*/
ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_Event_TypeDef I2C_Event)
{
__IO uint16_t lastevent = 0x00;
uint8_t flag1 = 0x00 ;
uint8_t flag2 = 0x00;
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT_OK(I2C_Event));
if (I2C_Event == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE)
{
lastevent = I2C->SR2 & I2C_SR2_AF;
}
else
{
flag1 = I2C->SR1;
flag2 = I2C->SR3;
lastevent = ((uint16_t)((uint16_t)flag2 << (uint16_t)8) | (uint16_t)flag1);
}
/* Check whether the last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */
if (((uint16_t)lastevent & (uint16_t)I2C_Event) == (uint16_t)I2C_Event)
{
/* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */
status = SUCCESS;
}
else
{
/* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */
status = ERROR;
}
/* Return status */
return status;
}
/**
*
* 2) Advanced state monitoring
*******************************************************************************
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the last I2C Event.
*
* @note: For detailed description of Events, please refer to section
* I2C_Events in stm8s_i2c.h file.
*
* @retval The last event
* This parameter can be any of the @ref I2C_Event_TypeDef enumeration.
*/
I2C_Event_TypeDef I2C_GetLastEvent(void)
{
__IO uint16_t lastevent = 0;
uint16_t flag1 = 0;
uint16_t flag2 = 0;
if ((I2C->SR2 & I2C_SR2_AF) != 0x00)
{
lastevent = I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE;
}
else
{
/* Read the I2C status register */
flag1 = I2C->SR1;
flag2 = I2C->SR3;
/* Get the last event value from I2C status register */
lastevent = ((uint16_t)((uint16_t)flag2 << 8) | (uint16_t)flag1);
}
/* Return status */
return (I2C_Event_TypeDef)lastevent;
}
/**
*
* 3) Flag-based state monitoring
*******************************************************************************
*/
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not.
* @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg I2C_FLAG_GENERALCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_TRANSMITTERRECEIVER: Transmitter/Receiver flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSBUSY: Bus busy flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_MASTERSLAVE: Master/Slave flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_WAKEUPFROMHALT: Wake up from HALT flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_OVERRUNUNDERRUN: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGEFAILURE: Acknowledge failure flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_ARBITRATIONLOSS: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSERROR: Bus error flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_TXEMPTY: Data register empty flag (Transmitter)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNOTEMPTY: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPDETECTION: Stop detection flag (Slave mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_HEADERSENT: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode)
* @arg I2C_FLAG_TRANSFERFINISHED: Byte transfer finished flag
* @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDRESSSENTMATCHED: Address sent flag (Master mode) “ADSL”
* Address matched flag (Slave mode)”ENDAD”
* @arg I2C_FLAG_STARTDETECTION: Start bit flag (Master mode)
* @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_Flag_TypeDef I2C_Flag)
{
uint8_t tempreg = 0;
uint8_t regindex = 0;
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_FLAG_OK(I2C_Flag));
/* Read flag register index */
regindex = (uint8_t)((uint16_t)I2C_Flag >> 8);
/* Check SRx index */
switch (regindex)
{
/* Returns whether the status register to check is SR1 */
case 0x01:
tempreg = (uint8_t)I2C->SR1;
break;
/* Returns whether the status register to check is SR2 */
case 0x02:
tempreg = (uint8_t)I2C->SR2;
break;
/* Returns whether the status register to check is SR3 */
case 0x03:
tempreg = (uint8_t)I2C->SR3;
break;
default:
break;
}
/* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */
if ((tempreg & (uint8_t)I2C_Flag ) != 0)
{
/* Flag is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Flag is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the flag status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clear flags
* @param I2C_Flag : Specifies the flag to clear
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - I2C_FLAG_WAKEUPFROMHALT: Wakeup from Halt
* - I2C_FLAG_OVERRUNUNDERRUN: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
* - I2C_FLAG_ACKNOWLEDGEFAILURE: Acknowledge failure flag
* - I2C_FLAG_ARBITRATIONLOSS: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
* - I2C_FLAG_BUSERROR: Bus error flag.
* @note Notes:
* - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 register
* (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation
* to I2C_CR2 register.
* - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1
* (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the
* second byte of the address in DR register.
* - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 register
* (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read/write to
* I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
* - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence:
* a read operation to I2C_SR1 register
* (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to
* I2C_SR3 register ((void)(I2C->SR3)).
* - SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read
* operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus())
* followed by a write operation to I2C_DR register
* (I2C_SendData()).
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_Flag_TypeDef I2C_FLAG)
{
uint16_t flagpos = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(I2C_FLAG));
/* Get the I2C flag position */
flagpos = (uint16_t)I2C_FLAG & FLAG_Mask;
/* Clear the selected I2C flag */
I2C->SR2 = (uint8_t)((uint16_t)(~flagpos));
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param I2C_ITPendingBit: specifies the interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_WAKEUPFROMHALT: Wakeup from Halt
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_OVERRUNUNDERRUN: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode)
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ACKNOWLEDGEFAILURE: Acknowledge failure flag
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ARBITRATIONLOSS: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode)
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_BUSERROR: Bus error flag
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_TXEMPTY: Data register empty flag (Transmitter)
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_RXNOTEMPTY: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_STOPDETECTION: Stop detection flag (Slave mode)
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_HEADERSENT: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode)
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_TRANSFERFINISHED: Byte transfer finished flag
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ADDRESSSENTMATCHED: Address sent flag (Master mode) “ADSL”
* Address matched flag (Slave mode)“ENDAD”
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_STARTDETECTION: Start bit flag (Master mode)
* @retval The new state of I2C_ITPendingBit
* This parameter can be any of the @ref ITStatus enumeration.
*/
ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_ITPendingBit_TypeDef I2C_ITPendingBit)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
__IO uint8_t enablestatus = 0;
uint16_t tempregister = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_OK(I2C_ITPendingBit));
tempregister = (uint8_t)( ((uint16_t)((uint16_t)I2C_ITPendingBit & ITEN_Mask)) >> 8);
/* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */
enablestatus = (uint8_t)(I2C->ITR & ( uint8_t)tempregister);
if ((uint16_t)((uint16_t)I2C_ITPendingBit & REGISTER_Mask) == REGISTER_SR1_Index)
{
/* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */
if (((I2C->SR1 & (uint8_t)I2C_ITPendingBit) != RESET) && enablestatus)
{
/* I2C_IT is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* I2C_IT is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else
{
/* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */
if (((I2C->SR2 & (uint8_t)I2C_ITPendingBit) != RESET) && enablestatus)
{
/* I2C_IT is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* I2C_IT is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
}
/* Return the I2C_IT status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clear IT pending bit
* @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_WAKEUPFROMHALT: Wakeup from Halt
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_OVERRUNUNDERRUN: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode)
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ACKNOWLEDGEFAILURE: Acknowledge failure interrupt
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_ARBITRATIONLOSS: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode)
* - I2C_ITPENDINGBIT_BUSERROR: Bus error interrupt
*
* Notes:
* - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 register
* (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to
* I2C_CR2 register (I2C_AcknowledgeConfig() to configure
* the I2C peripheral Acknowledge).
* - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1
* (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second
* byte of the address in I2C_DR register.
* - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 register
* (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read/write to
* I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()).
* - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence:
* a read operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus())
* followed by a read operation to I2C_SR3 register
* ((void)(I2C->SR3)).
* - SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a
* read operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus())
* followed by a write operation to I2C_DR register
* (I2C_SendData()).
* @retval None
*/
void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_ITPendingBit_TypeDef I2C_ITPendingBit)
{
uint16_t flagpos = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_ITPENDINGBIT_OK(I2C_ITPendingBit));
/* Get the I2C flag position */
flagpos = (uint16_t)I2C_ITPendingBit & FLAG_Mask;
/* Clear the selected I2C flag */
I2C->SR2 = (uint8_t)((uint16_t)~flagpos);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

343
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_itc.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_itc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the ITC peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_itc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ITC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Utility function used to read CC register.
* @param None
* @retval CPU CC register value
*/
uint8_t ITC_GetCPUCC(void)
{
#ifdef _COSMIC_
_asm("push cc");
_asm("pop a");
return; /* Ignore compiler warning, the returned value is in A register */
#elif defined _RAISONANCE_ /* _RAISONANCE_ */
return _getCC_();
#else /* _IAR_ */
asm("push cc");
asm("pop a"); /* Ignore compiler warning, the returned value is in A register */
#endif /* _COSMIC_*/
}
/**
* @}
*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup ITC_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the ITC registers to their default reset value.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void ITC_DeInit(void)
{
ITC->ISPR1 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE;
ITC->ISPR2 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE;
ITC->ISPR3 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE;
ITC->ISPR4 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE;
ITC->ISPR5 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE;
ITC->ISPR6 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE;
ITC->ISPR7 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE;
ITC->ISPR8 = ITC_SPRX_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Gets the interrupt software priority bits (I1, I0) value from CPU CC register.
* @param None
* @retval The interrupt software priority bits value.
*/
uint8_t ITC_GetSoftIntStatus(void)
{
return (uint8_t)(ITC_GetCPUCC() & CPU_CC_I1I0);
}
/**
* @brief Gets the software priority of the specified interrupt source.
* @param IrqNum : Specifies the peripheral interrupt source.
* @retval ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef : Specifies the software priority of the interrupt source.
*/
ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef ITC_GetSoftwarePriority(ITC_Irq_TypeDef IrqNum)
{
uint8_t Value = 0;
uint8_t Mask = 0;
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_ITC_IRQ_OK((uint8_t)IrqNum));
/* Define the mask corresponding to the bits position in the SPR register */
Mask = (uint8_t)(0x03U << (((uint8_t)IrqNum % 4U) * 2U));
switch (IrqNum)
{
case ITC_IRQ_TLI: /* TLI software priority can be read but has no meaning */
case ITC_IRQ_AWU:
case ITC_IRQ_CLK:
case ITC_IRQ_PORTA:
Value = (uint8_t)(ITC->ISPR1 & Mask); /* Read software priority */
break;
case ITC_IRQ_PORTB:
case ITC_IRQ_PORTC:
case ITC_IRQ_PORTD:
case ITC_IRQ_PORTE:
Value = (uint8_t)(ITC->ISPR2 & Mask); /* Read software priority */
break;
#if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8AF52Ax)
case ITC_IRQ_CAN_RX:
case ITC_IRQ_CAN_TX:
#endif /*STM8S208 or STM8AF52Ax */
#if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x)
case ITC_IRQ_PORTF:
#endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */
case ITC_IRQ_SPI:
case ITC_IRQ_TIM1_OVF:
Value = (uint8_t)(ITC->ISPR3 & Mask); /* Read software priority */
break;
case ITC_IRQ_TIM1_CAPCOM:
#if defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF622x)
case ITC_IRQ_TIM5_OVFTRI:
case ITC_IRQ_TIM5_CAPCOM:
#else
case ITC_IRQ_TIM2_OVF:
case ITC_IRQ_TIM2_CAPCOM:
#endif /* STM8S903 or STM8AF622x*/
case ITC_IRQ_TIM3_OVF:
Value = (uint8_t)(ITC->ISPR4 & Mask); /* Read software priority */
break;
case ITC_IRQ_TIM3_CAPCOM:
#if defined(STM8S208) ||defined(STM8S207) || defined (STM8S007) || defined(STM8S103) || \
defined(STM8S003) ||defined(STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax)
case ITC_IRQ_UART1_TX:
case ITC_IRQ_UART1_RX:
#endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8S007 or STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */
#if defined(STM8AF622x)
case ITC_IRQ_UART4_TX:
case ITC_IRQ_UART4_RX:
#endif /*STM8AF622x */
case ITC_IRQ_I2C:
Value = (uint8_t)(ITC->ISPR5 & Mask); /* Read software priority */
break;
#if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8AF626x)
case ITC_IRQ_UART2_TX:
case ITC_IRQ_UART2_RX:
#endif /*STM8S105 or STM8AF626x*/
#if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) || \
defined(STM8AF62Ax)
case ITC_IRQ_UART3_TX:
case ITC_IRQ_UART3_RX:
case ITC_IRQ_ADC2:
#endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */
#if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || \
defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF626x) || defined(STM8AF622x)
case ITC_IRQ_ADC1:
#endif /*STM8S105, STM8S005, STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF626x or STM8AF622x */
#if defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF622x)
case ITC_IRQ_TIM6_OVFTRI:
#else
case ITC_IRQ_TIM4_OVF:
#endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */
Value = (uint8_t)(ITC->ISPR6 & Mask); /* Read software priority */
break;
case ITC_IRQ_EEPROM_EEC:
Value = (uint8_t)(ITC->ISPR7 & Mask); /* Read software priority */
break;
default:
break;
}
Value >>= (uint8_t)(((uint8_t)IrqNum % 4u) * 2u);
return((ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef)Value);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the software priority of the specified interrupt source.
* @note - The modification of the software priority is only possible when
* the interrupts are disabled.
* - The normal behavior is to disable the interrupt before calling
* this function, and re-enable it after.
* - The priority level 0 cannot be set (see product specification
* for more details).
* @param IrqNum : Specifies the peripheral interrupt source.
* @param PriorityValue : Specifies the software priority value to set,
* can be a value of @ref ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef .
* @retval None
*/
void ITC_SetSoftwarePriority(ITC_Irq_TypeDef IrqNum, ITC_PriorityLevel_TypeDef PriorityValue)
{
uint8_t Mask = 0;
uint8_t NewPriority = 0;
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_ITC_IRQ_OK((uint8_t)IrqNum));
assert_param(IS_ITC_PRIORITY_OK(PriorityValue));
/* Check if interrupts are disabled */
assert_param(IS_ITC_INTERRUPTS_DISABLED);
/* Define the mask corresponding to the bits position in the SPR register */
/* The mask is reversed in order to clear the 2 bits after more easily */
Mask = (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)(0x03U << (((uint8_t)IrqNum % 4U) * 2U)));
/* Define the new priority to write */
NewPriority = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(PriorityValue) << (((uint8_t)IrqNum % 4U) * 2U));
switch (IrqNum)
{
case ITC_IRQ_TLI: /* TLI software priority can be written but has no meaning */
case ITC_IRQ_AWU:
case ITC_IRQ_CLK:
case ITC_IRQ_PORTA:
ITC->ISPR1 &= Mask;
ITC->ISPR1 |= NewPriority;
break;
case ITC_IRQ_PORTB:
case ITC_IRQ_PORTC:
case ITC_IRQ_PORTD:
case ITC_IRQ_PORTE:
ITC->ISPR2 &= Mask;
ITC->ISPR2 |= NewPriority;
break;
#if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8AF52Ax)
case ITC_IRQ_CAN_RX:
case ITC_IRQ_CAN_TX:
#endif /*STM8S208 or STM8AF52Ax */
#if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x)
case ITC_IRQ_PORTF:
#endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */
case ITC_IRQ_SPI:
case ITC_IRQ_TIM1_OVF:
ITC->ISPR3 &= Mask;
ITC->ISPR3 |= NewPriority;
break;
case ITC_IRQ_TIM1_CAPCOM:
#if defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF622x)
case ITC_IRQ_TIM5_OVFTRI:
case ITC_IRQ_TIM5_CAPCOM:
#else
case ITC_IRQ_TIM2_OVF:
case ITC_IRQ_TIM2_CAPCOM:
#endif /*STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */
case ITC_IRQ_TIM3_OVF:
ITC->ISPR4 &= Mask;
ITC->ISPR4 |= NewPriority;
break;
case ITC_IRQ_TIM3_CAPCOM:
#if defined(STM8S208) ||defined(STM8S207) || defined (STM8S007) || defined(STM8S103) || \
defined(STM8S003) ||defined(STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF52Ax) || defined (STM8AF62Ax)
case ITC_IRQ_UART1_TX:
case ITC_IRQ_UART1_RX:
#endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8S007 or STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */
#if defined(STM8AF622x)
case ITC_IRQ_UART4_TX:
case ITC_IRQ_UART4_RX:
#endif /*STM8AF622x */
case ITC_IRQ_I2C:
ITC->ISPR5 &= Mask;
ITC->ISPR5 |= NewPriority;
break;
#if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8AF626x)
case ITC_IRQ_UART2_TX:
case ITC_IRQ_UART2_RX:
#endif /*STM8S105 or STM8AF626x */
#if defined(STM8S208) || defined(STM8S207) || defined(STM8S007) || defined(STM8AF52Ax) || \
defined(STM8AF62Ax)
case ITC_IRQ_UART3_TX:
case ITC_IRQ_UART3_RX:
case ITC_IRQ_ADC2:
#endif /*STM8S208 or STM8S207 or STM8AF52Ax or STM8AF62Ax */
#if defined(STM8S105) || defined(STM8S005) || defined(STM8S103) || defined(STM8S003) || \
defined(STM8S903) || defined(STM8AF626x) || defined (STM8AF622x)
case ITC_IRQ_ADC1:
#endif /*STM8S105, STM8S005, STM8S103 or STM8S003 or STM8S903 or STM8AF626x or STM8AF622x */
#if defined (STM8S903) || defined (STM8AF622x)
case ITC_IRQ_TIM6_OVFTRI:
#else
case ITC_IRQ_TIM4_OVF:
#endif /* STM8S903 or STM8AF622x */
ITC->ISPR6 &= Mask;
ITC->ISPR6 |= NewPriority;
break;
case ITC_IRQ_EEPROM_EEC:
ITC->ISPR7 &= Mask;
ITC->ISPR7 |= NewPriority;
break;
default:
break;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

113
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_iwdg.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_iwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the IWDG peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_iwdg.h"
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables or disables write access to Prescaler and Reload registers.
* @param IWDG_WriteAccess : New state of write access to Prescaler and Reload
* registers. This parameter can be a value of @ref IWDG_WriteAccess_TypeDef.
* @retval None
*/
void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(IWDG_WriteAccess_TypeDef IWDG_WriteAccess)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITEACCESS_MODE_OK(IWDG_WriteAccess));
IWDG->KR = (uint8_t)IWDG_WriteAccess; /* Write Access */
}
/**
* @brief Sets IWDG Prescaler value.
* @note Write access should be enabled
* @param IWDG_Prescaler : Specifies the IWDG Prescaler value.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref IWDG_Prescaler_TypeDef.
* @retval None
*/
void IWDG_SetPrescaler(IWDG_Prescaler_TypeDef IWDG_Prescaler)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER_OK(IWDG_Prescaler));
IWDG->PR = (uint8_t)IWDG_Prescaler;
}
/**
* @brief Sets IWDG Reload value.
* @note Write access should be enabled
* @param IWDG_Reload : Reload register value.
* This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0xFF.
* @retval None
*/
void IWDG_SetReload(uint8_t IWDG_Reload)
{
IWDG->RLR = IWDG_Reload;
}
/**
* @brief Reloads IWDG counter
* @note Write access should be enabled
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void)
{
IWDG->KR = IWDG_KEY_REFRESH;
}
/**
* @brief Enables IWDG.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void IWDG_Enable(void)
{
IWDG->KR = IWDG_KEY_ENABLE;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

86
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_rst.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_rst.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the RST peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_rst.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup RST_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified RST flag is set or not.
* @param RST_Flag : specify the reset flag to check.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref RST_FLAG_TypeDef.
* @retval FlagStatus: status of the given RST flag.
*/
FlagStatus RST_GetFlagStatus(RST_Flag_TypeDef RST_Flag)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RST_FLAG_OK(RST_Flag));
/* Get flag status */
return((FlagStatus)(((uint8_t)(RST->SR & RST_Flag) == (uint8_t)0x00) ? RESET : SET));
}
/**
* @brief Clears the specified RST flag.
* @param RST_Flag : specify the reset flag to clear.
* This parameter can be a value of @ref RST_FLAG_TypeDef.
* @retval None
*/
void RST_ClearFlag(RST_Flag_TypeDef RST_Flag)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RST_FLAG_OK(RST_Flag));
RST->SR = (uint8_t)RST_Flag;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

435
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_spi.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_spi.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the SPI peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_spi.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup SPI_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the SPI peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_DeInit(void)
{
SPI->CR1 = SPI_CR1_RESET_VALUE;
SPI->CR2 = SPI_CR2_RESET_VALUE;
SPI->ICR = SPI_ICR_RESET_VALUE;
SPI->SR = SPI_SR_RESET_VALUE;
SPI->CRCPR = SPI_CRCPR_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the SPI according to the specified parameters.
* @param FirstBit : This parameter can be any of the
* @ref SPI_FirstBit_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param BaudRatePrescaler : This parameter can be any of the
* @ref SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param Mode : This parameter can be any of the
* @ref SPI_Mode_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param ClockPolarity : This parameter can be any of the
* @ref SPI_ClockPolarity_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param ClockPhase : This parameter can be any of the
* @ref SPI_ClockPhase_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param Data_Direction : This parameter can be any of the
* @ref SPI_DataDirection_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param Slave_Management : This parameter can be any of the
* @ref SPI_NSS_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param CRCPolynomial : Configures the CRC polynomial.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_Init(SPI_FirstBit_TypeDef FirstBit, SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_TypeDef BaudRatePrescaler, SPI_Mode_TypeDef Mode, SPI_ClockPolarity_TypeDef ClockPolarity, SPI_ClockPhase_TypeDef ClockPhase, SPI_DataDirection_TypeDef Data_Direction, SPI_NSS_TypeDef Slave_Management, uint8_t CRCPolynomial)
{
/* Check structure elements */
assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRSTBIT_OK(FirstBit));
assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER_OK(BaudRatePrescaler));
assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE_OK(Mode));
assert_param(IS_SPI_POLARITY_OK(ClockPolarity));
assert_param(IS_SPI_PHASE_OK(ClockPhase));
assert_param(IS_SPI_DATA_DIRECTION_OK(Data_Direction));
assert_param(IS_SPI_SLAVEMANAGEMENT_OK(Slave_Management));
assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL_OK(CRCPolynomial));
/* Frame Format, BaudRate, Clock Polarity and Phase configuration */
SPI->CR1 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)FirstBit | BaudRatePrescaler) |
(uint8_t)((uint8_t)ClockPolarity | ClockPhase));
/* Data direction configuration: BDM, BDOE and RXONLY bits */
SPI->CR2 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(Data_Direction) | (uint8_t)(Slave_Management));
if (Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)
{
SPI->CR2 |= (uint8_t)SPI_CR2_SSI;
}
else
{
SPI->CR2 &= (uint8_t)~(SPI_CR2_SSI);
}
/* Master/Slave mode configuration */
SPI->CR1 |= (uint8_t)(Mode);
/* CRC configuration */
SPI->CRCPR = (uint8_t)CRCPolynomial;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the SPI peripheral.
* @param NewState New state of the SPI peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
SPI->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_SPE; /* Enable the SPI peripheral*/
}
else
{
SPI->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~SPI_CR1_SPE); /* Disable the SPI peripheral*/
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified interrupts.
* @param SPI_IT Specifies the SPI interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
* @param NewState: The new state of the specified SPI interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_ITConfig(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
uint8_t itpos = 0;
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_CONFIG_IT_OK(SPI_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Get the SPI IT index */
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)((uint8_t)SPI_IT & (uint8_t)0x0F));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
SPI->ICR |= itpos; /* Enable interrupt*/
}
else
{
SPI->ICR &= (uint8_t)(~itpos); /* Disable interrupt*/
}
}
/**
* @brief Transmits a Data through the SPI peripheral.
* @param Data : Byte to be transmitted.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_SendData(uint8_t Data)
{
SPI->DR = Data; /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent*/
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPI peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval The value of the received data.
*/
uint8_t SPI_ReceiveData(void)
{
return ((uint8_t)SPI->DR); /* Return the data in the DR register*/
}
/**
* @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin.
* @param NewState Indicates the new state of the SPI Software slave management.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
SPI->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_SSI; /* Set NSS pin internally by software*/
}
else
{
SPI->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~SPI_CR2_SSI); /* Reset NSS pin internally by software*/
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables the transmit of the CRC value.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_TransmitCRC(void)
{
SPI->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_CRCNEXT; /* Enable the CRC transmission*/
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
* @param NewState Indicates the new state of the SPI CRC value calculation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_CalculateCRCCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
SPI->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_CRCEN; /* Enable the CRC calculation*/
}
else
{
SPI->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~SPI_CR2_CRCEN); /* Disable the CRC calculation*/
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value.
* @param SPI_CRC Specifies the CRC register to be read.
* @retval The selected CRC register value.
*/
uint8_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_CRC_TypeDef SPI_CRC)
{
uint8_t crcreg = 0;
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_OK(SPI_CRC));
if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_RX)
{
crcreg = SPI->TXCRCR; /* Get the Tx CRC register*/
}
else
{
crcreg = SPI->RXCRCR; /* Get the Rx CRC register*/
}
/* Return the selected CRC register status*/
return crcreg;
}
/**
* @brief Reset the Rx CRCR and Tx CRCR registers.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_ResetCRC(void)
{
/* Rx CRCR & Tx CRCR registers are reset when CRCEN (hardware calculation)
bit in SPI_CR2 is written to 1 (enable) */
SPI_CalculateCRCCmd(ENABLE);
/* Previous function disable the SPI */
SPI_Cmd(ENABLE);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value.
* @param None
* @retval The CRC Polynomial register value.
*/
uint8_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(void)
{
return SPI->CRCPR; /* Return the CRC polynomial register */
}
/**
* @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bi-directional mode.
* @param SPI_Direction Specifies the data transfer direction in bi-directional mode.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_Direction_TypeDef SPI_Direction)
{
/* Check function parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_OK(SPI_Direction));
if (SPI_Direction != SPI_DIRECTION_RX)
{
SPI->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_BDOE; /* Set the Tx only mode*/
}
else
{
SPI->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~SPI_CR2_BDOE); /* Set the Rx only mode*/
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified SPI flag is set or not.
* @param SPI_FLAG : Specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref SPI_FLAG_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval FlagStatus : Indicates the state of SPI_FLAG.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FlagStatus enumeration.
*/
FlagStatus SPI_GetFlagStatus(SPI_Flag_TypeDef SPI_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus status = RESET;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_FLAGS_OK(SPI_FLAG));
/* Check the status of the specified SPI flag */
if ((SPI->SR & (uint8_t)SPI_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET)
{
status = SET; /* SPI_FLAG is set */
}
else
{
status = RESET; /* SPI_FLAG is reset*/
}
/* Return the SPI_FLAG status */
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the SPI flags.
* @param SPI_FLAG : Specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SPI_FLAG_CRCERR
* - SPI_FLAG_WKUP
* @note - OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software
* sequence:
* a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_ReceiveData()) followed by
* a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_GetFlagStatus()).
* - MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence:
* a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_GetFlagStatus()) followed by
* a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI).
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_ClearFlag(SPI_Flag_TypeDef SPI_FLAG)
{
assert_param(IS_SPI_CLEAR_FLAGS_OK(SPI_FLAG));
/* Clear the flag bit */
SPI->SR = (uint8_t)(~SPI_FLAG);
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param SPI_IT: Specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SPI_IT_CRCERR
* - SPI_IT_WKUP
* - SPI_IT_OVR
* - SPI_IT_MODF
* - SPI_IT_RXNE
* - SPI_IT_TXE
* @retval ITStatus : Indicates the state of the SPI_IT.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref ITStatus enumeration.
*/
ITStatus SPI_GetITStatus(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT)
{
ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET;
uint8_t itpos = 0;
uint8_t itmask1 = 0;
uint8_t itmask2 = 0;
uint8_t enablestatus = 0;
assert_param(IS_SPI_GET_IT_OK(SPI_IT));
/* Get the SPI IT index */
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << ((uint8_t)SPI_IT & (uint8_t)0x0F));
/* Get the SPI IT mask */
itmask1 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)SPI_IT >> (uint8_t)4);
/* Set the IT mask */
itmask2 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << itmask1);
/* Get the SPI_ITPENDINGBIT enable bit status */
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)SPI->SR & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified SPI interrupt */
if (((SPI->ICR & itpos) != RESET) && enablestatus)
{
/* SPI_ITPENDINGBIT is set */
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* SPI_ITPENDINGBIT is reset */
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the SPI_ITPENDINGBIT status */
return pendingbitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the interrupt pending bits.
* @param SPI_IT: Specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - SPI_IT_CRCERR
* - SPI_IT_WKUP
* @note - OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence:
* a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_ReceiveData()) followed by
* a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_GetITStatus()).
* - MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence:
* a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_GetITStatus()) followed by
* a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI).
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_IT_TypeDef SPI_IT)
{
uint8_t itpos = 0;
assert_param(IS_SPI_CLEAR_IT_OK(SPI_IT));
/* Clear SPI_IT_CRCERR or SPI_IT_WKUP interrupt pending bits */
/* Get the SPI pending bit index */
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(SPI_IT & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> 4));
/* Clear the pending bit */
SPI->SR = (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

2329
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim1.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1294
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim2.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1044
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim3.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

409
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim4.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_tim4.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the TIM4 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_tim4.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup TIM4_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the TIM4 peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_DeInit(void)
{
TIM4->CR1 = TIM4_CR1_RESET_VALUE;
TIM4->IER = TIM4_IER_RESET_VALUE;
TIM4->CNTR = TIM4_CNTR_RESET_VALUE;
TIM4->PSCR = TIM4_PSCR_RESET_VALUE;
TIM4->ARR = TIM4_ARR_RESET_VALUE;
TIM4->SR1 = TIM4_SR1_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the TIM4 Time Base Unit according to the specified parameters.
* @param TIM4_Prescaler specifies the Prescaler from TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef.
* @param TIM4_Period specifies the Period value.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_TimeBaseInit(TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM4_Prescaler, uint8_t TIM4_Period)
{
/* Check TIM4 prescaler value */
assert_param(IS_TIM4_PRESCALER_OK(TIM4_Prescaler));
/* Set the Prescaler value */
TIM4->PSCR = (uint8_t)(TIM4_Prescaler);
/* Set the Autoreload value */
TIM4->ARR = (uint8_t)(TIM4_Period);
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIM4 peripheral.
* @param NewState new state of the TIM4 peripheral. This parameter can
* be ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* set or Reset the CEN Bit */
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
TIM4->CR1 |= TIM4_CR1_CEN;
}
else
{
TIM4->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM4_CR1_CEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM4 interrupts.
* @param NewState new state of the TIM4 peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @param TIM4_IT specifies the TIM4 interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - TIM4_IT_UPDATE: TIM4 update Interrupt source
* @param NewState new state of the TIM4 peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_ITConfig(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM4_IT_OK(TIM4_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the Interrupt sources */
TIM4->IER |= (uint8_t)TIM4_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disable the Interrupt sources */
TIM4->IER &= (uint8_t)(~TIM4_IT);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or Disables the TIM4 Update event.
* @param NewState new state of the TIM4 peripheral Preload register. This parameter can
* be ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_UpdateDisableConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Set or Reset the UDIS Bit */
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
TIM4->CR1 |= TIM4_CR1_UDIS;
}
else
{
TIM4->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM4_CR1_UDIS);
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIM4 Update Request Interrupt source.
* @param TIM4_UpdateSource specifies the Update source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values
* - TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR
* - TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM4_UpdateSource_TypeDef TIM4_UpdateSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM4_UPDATE_SOURCE_OK(TIM4_UpdateSource));
/* Set or Reset the URS Bit */
if (TIM4_UpdateSource != TIM4_UPDATESOURCE_GLOBAL)
{
TIM4->CR1 |= TIM4_CR1_URS;
}
else
{
TIM4->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM4_CR1_URS);
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIM4’s One Pulse Mode.
* @param TIM4_OPMode specifies the OPM Mode to be used.
* This parameter can be one of the following values
* - TIM4_OPMODE_SINGLE
* - TIM4_OPMODE_REPETITIVE
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM4_OPMode_TypeDef TIM4_OPMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM4_OPM_MODE_OK(TIM4_OPMode));
/* Set or Reset the OPM Bit */
if (TIM4_OPMode != TIM4_OPMODE_REPETITIVE)
{
TIM4->CR1 |= TIM4_CR1_OPM;
}
else
{
TIM4->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM4_CR1_OPM);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIM4 Prescaler.
* @param Prescaler specifies the Prescaler Register value
* This parameter can be one of the following values
* - TIM4_PRESCALER_1
* - TIM4_PRESCALER_2
* - TIM4_PRESCALER_4
* - TIM4_PRESCALER_8
* - TIM4_PRESCALER_16
* - TIM4_PRESCALER_32
* - TIM4_PRESCALER_64
* - TIM4_PRESCALER_128
* @param TIM4_PSCReloadMode specifies the TIM4 Prescaler Reload mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values
* - TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE: The Prescaler is loaded
* immediately.
* - TIM4_PSCRELOADMODE_UPDATE: The Prescaler is loaded at
* the update event.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_PrescalerConfig(TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef Prescaler, TIM4_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef TIM4_PSCReloadMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM4_PRESCALER_RELOAD_OK(TIM4_PSCReloadMode));
assert_param(IS_TIM4_PRESCALER_OK(Prescaler));
/* Set the Prescaler value */
TIM4->PSCR = (uint8_t)Prescaler;
/* Set or reset the UG Bit */
TIM4->EGR = (uint8_t)TIM4_PSCReloadMode;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables TIM4 peripheral Preload register on ARR.
* @param NewState new state of the TIM4 peripheral Preload register.
* This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_ARRPreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Set or Reset the ARPE Bit */
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
TIM4->CR1 |= TIM4_CR1_ARPE;
}
else
{
TIM4->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM4_CR1_ARPE);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIM4 event to be generated by software.
* @param TIM4_EventSource specifies the event source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TIM4_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: TIM4 update Event source
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_GenerateEvent(TIM4_EventSource_TypeDef TIM4_EventSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM4_EVENT_SOURCE_OK(TIM4_EventSource));
/* Set the event sources */
TIM4->EGR = (uint8_t)(TIM4_EventSource);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIM4 Counter Register value.
* @param Counter specifies the Counter register new value.
* This parameter is between 0x00 and 0xFF.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter)
{
/* Set the Counter Register value */
TIM4->CNTR = (uint8_t)(Counter);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIM4 Autoreload Register value.
* @param Autoreload specifies the Autoreload register new value.
* This parameter is between 0x00 and 0xFF.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM4_SetAutoreload(uint8_t Autoreload)
{
/* Set the Autoreload Register value */
TIM4->ARR = (uint8_t)(Autoreload);
}
/**
* @brief Gets the TIM4 Counter value.
* @param None
* @retval Counter Register value.
*/
uint8_t TIM4_GetCounter(void)
{
/* Get the Counter Register value */
return (uint8_t)(TIM4->CNTR);
}
/**
* @brief Gets the TIM4 Prescaler value.
* @param None
* @retval Prescaler Register configuration value.
*/
TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM4_GetPrescaler(void)
{
/* Get the Prescaler Register value */
return (TIM4_Prescaler_TypeDef)(TIM4->PSCR);
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified TIM4 flag is set or not.
* @param TIM4_FLAG specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TIM4_FLAG_UPDATE: TIM4 update Flag
* @retval FlagStatus The new state of TIM4_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus TIM4_GetFlagStatus(TIM4_FLAG_TypeDef TIM4_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM4_GET_FLAG_OK(TIM4_FLAG));
if ((TIM4->SR1 & (uint8_t)TIM4_FLAG) != 0)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return ((FlagStatus)bitstatus);
}
/**
* @brief Clears the TIM4’s pending flags.
* @param TIM4_FLAG specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TIM4_FLAG_UPDATE: TIM4 update Flag
* @retval None.
*/
void TIM4_ClearFlag(TIM4_FLAG_TypeDef TIM4_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM4_GET_FLAG_OK(TIM4_FLAG));
/* Clear the flags (rc_w0) clear this bit by writing 0. Writing ‘1’ has no effect*/
TIM4->SR1 = (uint8_t)(~TIM4_FLAG);
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the TIM4 interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param TIM4_IT specifies the TIM4 interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TIM4_IT_UPDATE: TIM4 update Interrupt source
* @retval ITStatus The new state of the TIM4_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus TIM4_GetITStatus(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint8_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM4_IT_OK(TIM4_IT));
itstatus = (uint8_t)(TIM4->SR1 & (uint8_t)TIM4_IT);
itenable = (uint8_t)(TIM4->IER & (uint8_t)TIM4_IT);
if ((itstatus != (uint8_t)RESET ) && (itenable != (uint8_t)RESET ))
{
bitstatus = (ITStatus)SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = (ITStatus)RESET;
}
return ((ITStatus)bitstatus);
}
/**
* @brief Clears the TIM4's interrupt pending bits.
* @param TIM4_IT specifies the pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - TIM4_IT_UPDATE: TIM4 update Interrupt source
* @retval None.
*/
void TIM4_ClearITPendingBit(TIM4_IT_TypeDef TIM4_IT)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM4_IT_OK(TIM4_IT));
/* Clear the IT pending Bit */
TIM4->SR1 = (uint8_t)(~TIM4_IT);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

1417
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim5.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

515
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_tim6.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,515 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_tim6.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the TIM6 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_tim6.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/**
* @addtogroup TIM6_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the TIM6 peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_DeInit(void)
{
TIM6->CR1 = TIM6_CR1_RESET_VALUE;
TIM6->CR2 = TIM6_CR2_RESET_VALUE;
TIM6->SMCR = TIM6_SMCR_RESET_VALUE;
TIM6->IER = TIM6_IER_RESET_VALUE;
TIM6->CNTR = TIM6_CNTR_RESET_VALUE;
TIM6->PSCR = TIM6_PSCR_RESET_VALUE;
TIM6->ARR = TIM6_ARR_RESET_VALUE;
TIM6->SR1 = TIM6_SR1_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the TIM6 Time Base Unit according to the specified
* parameters.
* @param TIM6_Prescaler : This parameter can be any of the @Ref TIM5_Prescaler_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param TIM6_Period : This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0xFF.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_TimeBaseInit(TIM6_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM6_Prescaler,
uint8_t TIM6_Period)
{
/* Check TIM6 prescaler value */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_PRESCALER_OK(TIM6_Prescaler));
/* Set the Autoreload value */
TIM6->ARR = (uint8_t)(TIM6_Period);
/* Set the Prescaler value */
TIM6->PSCR = (uint8_t)(TIM6_Prescaler);
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the TIM6 peripheral.
* @param NewState : The new state of the TIM6 peripheral.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* set or Reset the CEN Bit */
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
TIM6->CR1 |= TIM6_CR1_CEN ;
}
else
{
TIM6->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_CR1_CEN) ;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or Disables the TIM6 Update event.
* @param NewState : The new state of the TIM6 peripheral Preload register.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_UpdateDisableConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Set or Reset the UDIS Bit */
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
TIM6->CR1 |= TIM6_CR1_UDIS ;
}
else
{
TIM6->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_CR1_UDIS) ;
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIM6 Update Request Interrupt source.
* @param TIM6_UpdateSource : Specifies the Update source.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_UpdateSource_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM6_UpdateSource_TypeDef TIM6_UpdateSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_UPDATE_SOURCE_OK(TIM6_UpdateSource));
/* Set or Reset the URS Bit */
if (TIM6_UpdateSource == TIM6_UPDATESOURCE_REGULAR)
{
TIM6->CR1 |= TIM6_CR1_URS ;
}
else
{
TIM6->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_CR1_URS) ;
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIM6’s One Pulse Mode.
* @param TIM6_OPMode : Specifies the OPM Mode to be used.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_OPMode_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM6_OPMode_TypeDef TIM6_OPMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_OPM_MODE_OK(TIM6_OPMode));
/* Set or Reset the OPM Bit */
if (TIM6_OPMode == TIM6_OPMODE_SINGLE)
{
TIM6->CR1 |= TIM6_CR1_OPM ;
}
else
{
TIM6->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_CR1_OPM) ;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIM6 Prescaler.
* @param Prescaler : Specifies the Prescaler Register value
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_Prescaler_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param TIM6_PSCReloadMode : Specifies the TIM6 Prescaler Reload mode.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_PrescalerConfig(TIM6_Prescaler_TypeDef Prescaler,
TIM6_PSCReloadMode_TypeDef TIM6_PSCReloadMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_PRESCALER_RELOAD_OK(TIM6_PSCReloadMode));
assert_param(IS_TIM6_PRESCALER_OK(Prescaler));
/* Set the Prescaler value */
TIM6->PSCR = (uint8_t)Prescaler;
/* Set or reset the UG Bit */
if (TIM6_PSCReloadMode == TIM6_PSCRELOADMODE_IMMEDIATE)
{
TIM6->EGR |= TIM6_EGR_UG ;
}
else
{
TIM6->EGR &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_EGR_UG) ;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables TIM6 peripheral Preload register on ARR.
* @param NewState : The new state of the TIM6 peripheral Preload register.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_ARRPreloadConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Set or Reset the ARPE Bit */
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
TIM6->CR1 |= TIM6_CR1_ARPE ;
}
else
{
TIM6->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_CR1_ARPE) ;
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIM6 Counter Register value.
* @param Counter : Specifies the Counter register new value.
* This parameter is between 0x00 and 0xFF.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter)
{
/* Set the Counter Register value */
TIM6->CNTR = (uint8_t)(Counter);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the TIM6 Autoreload Register value.
* @param Autoreload : Specifies the Autoreload register new value.
* This parameter is between 0x00 and 0xFF.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_SetAutoreload(uint8_t Autoreload)
{
/* Set the Autoreload Register value */
TIM6->ARR = (uint8_t)(Autoreload);
}
/**
* @brief Gets the TIM6 Counter value.
* @param None
* @retval uint8_t: Counter Register value.
*/
uint8_t TIM6_GetCounter(void)
{
uint8_t tmpcntr=0;
tmpcntr = TIM6->CNTR;
/* Get the Counter Register value */
return ((uint8_t)tmpcntr);
}
/**
* @brief Gets the TIM6 Prescaler value.
* @param None
* @retval TIM6_Prescaler_TypeDef : Prescaler Register configuration value.
*/
TIM6_Prescaler_TypeDef TIM6_GetPrescaler(void)
{
/* Get the Prescaler Register value */
return ((TIM6_Prescaler_TypeDef)TIM6->PSCR);
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM6 interrupts.
* @param TIM6_IT : Specifies the TIM6 interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the @ref TIM6_IT_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param NewState : The new state of the TIM6 peripheral.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
* @par Required preconditions:
* If QST option bit is enabled, the TIM6 Interrupt vector will be mapped on IRQ number 2 (irq0).
* Otherwise, it will be mapped on IRQ number 27 (irq25).
*/
void TIM6_ITConfig(TIM6_IT_TypeDef TIM6_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_IT_OK(TIM6_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
/* Enable the Interrupt sources */
TIM6->IER |= (uint8_t)TIM6_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disable the Interrupt sources */
TIM6->IER &= (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)TIM6_IT);
}
}
/**
* @brief Clears the TIM’s pending flags.
* @param TIM6_FLAG : Specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_FLAG_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_ClearFlag(TIM6_FLAG_TypeDef TIM6_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_CLEAR_FLAG_OK((uint8_t)TIM6_FLAG));
/* Clear the flags (rc_w0) clear this bit by writing 0. Writing ‘1’ has no effect*/
TIM6->SR1 &= (uint8_t)(~((uint8_t)TIM6_FLAG));
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the TIM6 interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param TIM6_IT : Specifies the TIM6 interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_IT_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval ITStatus : The new state of the TIM6_IT.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref ITStatus enumeration.
*/
ITStatus TIM6_GetITStatus(TIM6_IT_TypeDef TIM6_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint8_t itStatus = 0, itEnable = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_GET_IT_OK(TIM6_IT));
itStatus = (uint8_t)(TIM6->SR1 & (uint8_t)TIM6_IT);
itEnable = (uint8_t)(TIM6->IER & (uint8_t)TIM6_IT);
if ((itStatus != (uint8_t)RESET ) && (itEnable != (uint8_t)RESET ))
{
bitstatus = (ITStatus)SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = (ITStatus)RESET;
}
return ((ITStatus)bitstatus);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the TIM6 event to be generated by software.
* @param TIM6_EventSource : Specifies the event source.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_EventSource_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_GenerateEvent(TIM6_EventSource_TypeDef TIM6_EventSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_EVENT_SOURCE_OK((uint8_t)TIM6_EventSource));
/* Set the event sources */
TIM6->EGR |= (uint8_t)TIM6_EventSource;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified TIM6 flag is set or not.
* @param TIM6_FLAG : Specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_FLAG_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval FlagStatus : The new state of TIM6_FLAG.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FlagStatus enumeration.
*/
FlagStatus TIM6_GetFlagStatus(TIM6_FLAG_TypeDef TIM6_FLAG)
{
volatile FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_GET_FLAG_OK(TIM6_FLAG));
if ((TIM6->SR1 & (uint8_t)TIM6_FLAG) != 0)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return ((FlagStatus)bitstatus);
}
/**
* @brief Clears the TIM6's interrupt pending bits.
* @param TIM6_IT : Specifies the pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_IT_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_ClearITPendingBit(TIM6_IT_TypeDef TIM6_IT)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_IT_OK(TIM6_IT));
/* Clear the IT pending Bit */
TIM6->SR1 &= (uint8_t)(~(uint8_t)TIM6_IT);
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIM6 Trigger Output Mode.
* @param TIM6_TRGOSource : Specifies the Trigger Output source.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_TRGOSource_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM6_TRGOSource_TypeDef TIM6_TRGOSource)
{
uint8_t tmpcr2 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_TRGO_SOURCE_OK(TIM6_TRGOSource));
tmpcr2 = TIM6->CR2;
/* Reset the MMS Bits */
tmpcr2 &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_CR2_MMS);
/* Select the TRGO source */
tmpcr2 |= (uint8_t)TIM6_TRGOSource;
TIM6->CR2 = tmpcr2;
}
/**
* @brief Sets or Resets the TIM6 Master/Slave Mode.
* @param NewState : The new state of the synchronization between TIM6 and its slaves (through TRGO).
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_SelectMasterSlaveMode(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */
if (NewState == ENABLE)
{
TIM6->SMCR |= TIM6_SMCR_MSM;
}
else
{
TIM6->SMCR &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_SMCR_MSM);
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIM6 Input Trigger source.
* @param TIM6_InputTriggerSource : Specifies Input Trigger source.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_TS_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_SelectInputTrigger(TIM6_TS_TypeDef TIM6_InputTriggerSource)
{
uint8_t tmpsmcr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_TRIGGER_SELECTION_OK(TIM6_InputTriggerSource));
tmpsmcr = TIM6->SMCR;
/* Select the Trigger Source */
tmpsmcr &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_SMCR_TS);
tmpsmcr |= (uint8_t)TIM6_InputTriggerSource;
TIM6->SMCR = (uint8_t)tmpsmcr;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the TIM6 internal Clock.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_InternalClockConfig(void)
{
/* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */
TIM6->SMCR &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_SMCR_SMS);
}
/**
* @brief Selects the TIM6 Slave Mode.
* @param TIM6_SlaveMode : Specifies the TIM6 Slave Mode.
* This parameter can be one of the @ref TIM6_SlaveMode_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void TIM6_SelectSlaveMode(TIM6_SlaveMode_TypeDef TIM6_SlaveMode)
{
uint8_t tmpsmcr = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_TIM6_SLAVE_MODE_OK(TIM6_SlaveMode));
tmpsmcr = TIM6->SMCR;
/* Reset the SMS Bits */
tmpsmcr &= (uint8_t)(~TIM6_SMCR_SMS);
/* Select the Slave Mode */
tmpsmcr |= (uint8_t)TIM6_SlaveMode;
TIM6->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

800
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_uart1.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,800 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_uart1.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the UART1 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_uart1.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @}
* @addtogroup UART1_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the UART peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_DeInit(void)
{
/* Clear the Idle Line Detected bit in the status register by a read
to the UART1_SR register followed by a Read to the UART1_DR register */
(void)UART1->SR;
(void)UART1->DR;
UART1->BRR2 = UART1_BRR2_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART1_BRR2 to reset value 0x00 */
UART1->BRR1 = UART1_BRR1_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART1_BRR1 to reset value 0x00 */
UART1->CR1 = UART1_CR1_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART1_CR1 to reset value 0x00 */
UART1->CR2 = UART1_CR2_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART1_CR2 to reset value 0x00 */
UART1->CR3 = UART1_CR3_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART1_CR3 to reset value 0x00 */
UART1->CR4 = UART1_CR4_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART1_CR4 to reset value 0x00 */
UART1->CR5 = UART1_CR5_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART1_CR5 to reset value 0x00 */
UART1->GTR = UART1_GTR_RESET_VALUE;
UART1->PSCR = UART1_PSCR_RESET_VALUE;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the UART1 according to the specified parameters.
* @note Configure in Push Pull or Open Drain mode the Tx pin by setting the
* correct I/O Port register according the product package and line
* configuration
* @param BaudRate: The baudrate.
* @param WordLength : This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART1_WordLength_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param StopBits: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART1_StopBits_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param Parity: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART1_Parity_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param SyncMode: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART1_SyncMode_TypeDef values.
* @param Mode: This parameter can be any of the @ref UART1_Mode_TypeDef values
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_Init(uint32_t BaudRate, UART1_WordLength_TypeDef WordLength,
UART1_StopBits_TypeDef StopBits, UART1_Parity_TypeDef Parity,
UART1_SyncMode_TypeDef SyncMode, UART1_Mode_TypeDef Mode)
{
uint32_t BaudRate_Mantissa = 0, BaudRate_Mantissa100 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART1_BAUDRATE_OK(BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_UART1_WORDLENGTH_OK(WordLength));
assert_param(IS_UART1_STOPBITS_OK(StopBits));
assert_param(IS_UART1_PARITY_OK(Parity));
assert_param(IS_UART1_MODE_OK((uint8_t)Mode));
assert_param(IS_UART1_SYNCMODE_OK((uint8_t)SyncMode));
/* Clear the word length bit */
UART1->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART1_CR1_M);
/* Set the word length bit according to UART1_WordLength value */
UART1->CR1 |= (uint8_t)WordLength;
/* Clear the STOP bits */
UART1->CR3 &= (uint8_t)(~UART1_CR3_STOP);
/* Set the STOP bits number according to UART1_StopBits value */
UART1->CR3 |= (uint8_t)StopBits;
/* Clear the Parity Control bit */
UART1->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~(UART1_CR1_PCEN | UART1_CR1_PS ));
/* Set the Parity Control bit to UART1_Parity value */
UART1->CR1 |= (uint8_t)Parity;
/* Clear the LSB mantissa of UART1DIV */
UART1->BRR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART1_BRR1_DIVM);
/* Clear the MSB mantissa of UART1DIV */
UART1->BRR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART1_BRR2_DIVM);
/* Clear the Fraction bits of UART1DIV */
UART1->BRR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART1_BRR2_DIVF);
/* Set the UART1 BaudRates in BRR1 and BRR2 registers according to UART1_BaudRate value */
BaudRate_Mantissa = ((uint32_t)CLK_GetClockFreq() / (BaudRate << 4));
BaudRate_Mantissa100 = (((uint32_t)CLK_GetClockFreq() * 100) / (BaudRate << 4));
/* Set the fraction of UART1DIV */
UART1->BRR2 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((BaudRate_Mantissa100 - (BaudRate_Mantissa * 100)) << 4) / 100) & (uint8_t)0x0F);
/* Set the MSB mantissa of UART1DIV */
UART1->BRR2 |= (uint8_t)((BaudRate_Mantissa >> 4) & (uint8_t)0xF0);
/* Set the LSB mantissa of UART1DIV */
UART1->BRR1 |= (uint8_t)BaudRate_Mantissa;
/* Disable the Transmitter and Receiver before setting the LBCL, CPOL and CPHA bits */
UART1->CR2 &= (uint8_t)~(UART1_CR2_TEN | UART1_CR2_REN);
/* Clear the Clock Polarity, lock Phase, Last Bit Clock pulse */
UART1->CR3 &= (uint8_t)~(UART1_CR3_CPOL | UART1_CR3_CPHA | UART1_CR3_LBCL);
/* Set the Clock Polarity, lock Phase, Last Bit Clock pulse */
UART1->CR3 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)SyncMode & (uint8_t)(UART1_CR3_CPOL |
UART1_CR3_CPHA | UART1_CR3_LBCL));
if ((uint8_t)(Mode & UART1_MODE_TX_ENABLE))
{
/* Set the Transmitter Enable bit */
UART1->CR2 |= (uint8_t)UART1_CR2_TEN;
}
else
{
/* Clear the Transmitter Disable bit */
UART1->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART1_CR2_TEN);
}
if ((uint8_t)(Mode & UART1_MODE_RX_ENABLE))
{
/* Set the Receiver Enable bit */
UART1->CR2 |= (uint8_t)UART1_CR2_REN;
}
else
{
/* Clear the Receiver Disable bit */
UART1->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART1_CR2_REN);
}
/* Set the Clock Enable bit, lock Polarity, lock Phase and Last Bit Clock
pulse bits according to UART1_Mode value */
if ((uint8_t)(SyncMode & UART1_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE))
{
/* Clear the Clock Enable bit */
UART1->CR3 &= (uint8_t)(~UART1_CR3_CKEN);
}
else
{
UART1->CR3 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)SyncMode & UART1_CR3_CKEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable the UART1 peripheral.
* @param NewState : The new state of the UART Communication.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* UART1 Enable */
UART1->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART1_CR1_UARTD);
}
else
{
/* UART Disable */
UART1->CR1 |= UART1_CR1_UARTD;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts.
* @param UART1_IT specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART1_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* - UART1_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* - UART1_IT_RXNE_OR: Receive Data register not empty and Overrun interrupt
* - UART1_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* - USRT1_IT_ERR: Error interrupt
* @param NewState new state of the specified USART interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_ITConfig(UART1_IT_TypeDef UART1_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
uint8_t uartreg = 0, itpos = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART1_CONFIG_IT_OK(UART1_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Get the UART1 register index */
uartreg = (uint8_t)((uint16_t)UART1_IT >> 0x08);
/* Get the UART1 IT index */
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART1_IT & (uint8_t)0x0F));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/**< Enable the Interrupt bits according to UART1_IT mask */
if (uartreg == 0x01)
{
UART1->CR1 |= itpos;
}
else if (uartreg == 0x02)
{
UART1->CR2 |= itpos;
}
else
{
UART1->CR4 |= itpos;
}
}
else
{
/**< Disable the interrupt bits according to UART1_IT mask */
if (uartreg == 0x01)
{
UART1->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else if (uartreg == 0x02)
{
UART1->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else
{
UART1->CR4 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART’s Half Duplex communication.
* @param NewState new state of the UART Communication.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_HalfDuplexCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
UART1->CR5 |= UART1_CR5_HDSEL; /**< UART1 Half Duplex Enable */
}
else
{
UART1->CR5 &= (uint8_t)~UART1_CR5_HDSEL; /**< UART1 Half Duplex Disable */
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the UART’s IrDA interface.
* @param UART1_IrDAMode specifies the IrDA mode.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART1_IrDAMode_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_IrDAConfig(UART1_IrDAMode_TypeDef UART1_IrDAMode)
{
assert_param(IS_UART1_IRDAMODE_OK(UART1_IrDAMode));
if (UART1_IrDAMode != UART1_IRDAMODE_NORMAL)
{
UART1->CR5 |= UART1_CR5_IRLP;
}
else
{
UART1->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)~UART1_CR5_IRLP);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART’s IrDA interface.
* @param NewState new state of the IrDA mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_IrDACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
UART1->CR5 |= UART1_CR5_IREN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
UART1->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)~UART1_CR5_IREN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the UART1 LIN Break detection length.
* @param UART1_LINBreakDetectionLength specifies the LIN break detection length.
* This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART1_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_LINBreakDetectionConfig(UART1_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef UART1_LINBreakDetectionLength)
{
assert_param(IS_UART1_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_OK(UART1_LINBreakDetectionLength));
if (UART1_LINBreakDetectionLength != UART1_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS)
{
UART1->CR4 |= UART1_CR4_LBDL;
}
else
{
UART1->CR4 &= ((uint8_t)~UART1_CR4_LBDL);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART1’s LIN mode.
* @param NewState is new state of the UART1 LIN mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_LINCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINE bit in the CR2 register */
UART1->CR3 |= UART1_CR3_LINEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINE bit in the CR2 register */
UART1->CR3 &= ((uint8_t)~UART1_CR3_LINEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART1 Smart Card mode.
* @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_SmartCardCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR5 register */
UART1->CR5 |= UART1_CR5_SCEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR5 register */
UART1->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)(~UART1_CR5_SCEN));
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission.
* @note This function is valid only for UART1 because is related to SmartCard mode.
* @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_SmartCardNACKCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR5 register */
UART1->CR5 |= UART1_CR5_NACK;
}
else
{
/* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR5 register */
UART1->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)~(UART1_CR5_NACK));
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the UART1 WakeUp method.
* @param UART1_WakeUp: specifies the UART1 wakeup method.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART1_WakeUp_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_WakeUpConfig(UART1_WakeUp_TypeDef UART1_WakeUp)
{
assert_param(IS_UART1_WAKEUP_OK(UART1_WakeUp));
UART1->CR1 &= ((uint8_t)~UART1_CR1_WAKE);
UART1->CR1 |= (uint8_t)UART1_WakeUp;
}
/**
* @brief Determines if the UART1 is in mute mode or not.
* @param NewState: new state of the UART1 mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the mute mode UART1 by setting the RWU bit in the CR2 register */
UART1->CR2 |= UART1_CR2_RWU;
}
else
{
/* Disable the mute mode UART1 by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
UART1->CR2 &= ((uint8_t)~UART1_CR2_RWU);
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the UART1 peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval The received data.
*/
uint8_t UART1_ReceiveData8(void)
{
return ((uint8_t)UART1->DR);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the UART1 peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval The received data.
*/
uint16_t UART1_ReceiveData9(void)
{
uint16_t temp = 0;
temp = (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)( (uint16_t)UART1->CR1 & (uint16_t)UART1_CR1_R8)) << 1);
return (uint16_t)( (((uint16_t) UART1->DR) | temp ) & ((uint16_t)0x01FF));
}
/**
* @brief Transmits 8 bit data through the UART1 peripheral.
* @param Data: The data to transmit.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_SendData8(uint8_t Data)
{
/* Transmit Data */
UART1->DR = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Transmits 9 bit data through the UART peripheral.
* @param Data : The data to transmit.
* This parameter should be lower than 0x1FF.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_SendData9(uint16_t Data)
{
/**< Clear the transmit data bit 8 [8] */
UART1->CR1 &= ((uint8_t)~UART1_CR1_T8);
/**< Write the transmit data bit [8] */
UART1->CR1 |= (uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(Data >> 2)) & UART1_CR1_T8);
/**< Write the transmit data bit [0:7] */
UART1->DR = (uint8_t)(Data);
}
/**
* @brief Transmits break characters.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_SendBreak(void)
{
UART1->CR2 |= UART1_CR2_SBK;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the address of the UART1 node.
* @param UART1_Address: Indicates the address of the UART1 node.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_SetAddress(uint8_t UART1_Address)
{
/*assert_param for UART1_Address*/
assert_param(IS_UART1_ADDRESS_OK(UART1_Address));
/* Clear the UART1 address */
UART1->CR4 &= ((uint8_t)~UART1_CR4_ADD);
/* Set the UART1 address node */
UART1->CR4 |= UART1_Address;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the specified UART guard time.
* @note SmartCard Mode should be Enabled
* @param UART1_GuardTime: specifies the guard time.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_SetGuardTime(uint8_t UART1_GuardTime)
{
/* Set the UART1 guard time */
UART1->GTR = UART1_GuardTime;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the system clock prescaler.
* @note IrDA Low Power mode or smartcard mode should be enabled
* @note This function is related to SmartCard and IrDa mode.
* @param UART1_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @par IrDA Low Power Mode
* The clock source is divided by the value given in the register (8 bits)
* - 0000 0000 Reserved
* - 0000 0001 divides the clock source by 1
* - 0000 0010 divides the clock source by 2
* - ...
* @par Smart Card Mode
* The clock source is divided by the value given in the register
* (5 significant bits) multiplied by 2
* - 0 0000 Reserved
* - 0 0001 divides the clock source by 2
* - 0 0010 divides the clock source by 4
* - 0 0011 divides the clock source by 6
* - ...
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_SetPrescaler(uint8_t UART1_Prescaler)
{
/* Load the UART1 prescaler value*/
UART1->PSCR = UART1_Prescaler;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified UART1 flag is set or not.
* @param UART1_FLAG specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART1_Flag_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval FlagStatus (SET or RESET)
*/
FlagStatus UART1_GetFlagStatus(UART1_Flag_TypeDef UART1_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus status = RESET;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART1_FLAG_OK(UART1_FLAG));
/* Check the status of the specified UART1 flag*/
if (UART1_FLAG == UART1_FLAG_LBDF)
{
if ((UART1->CR4 & (uint8_t)UART1_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART1_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART1_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else if (UART1_FLAG == UART1_FLAG_SBK)
{
if ((UART1->CR2 & (uint8_t)UART1_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART1_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART1_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else
{
if ((UART1->SR & (uint8_t)UART1_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART1_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART1_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
/* Return the UART1_FLAG status*/
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the UART1 flags.
* @param UART1_FLAG specifies the flag to clear
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - UART1_FLAG_LBDF: LIN Break detection flag.
* - UART1_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
* @note
* - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error),
* OR (OverRun error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are
* cleared by software sequence: a read operation to UART1_SR register
* (UART1_GetFlagStatus())followed by a read operation to UART1_DR
* register(UART1_ReceiveData8() or UART1_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the UART1_DR register
* (UART1_ReceiveData8()or UART1_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation
* to UART1_SR register (UART1_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write
* operation to UART1_DR register (UART1_SendData8() or UART1_SendData9()).
*
* - TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the UART1_DR register
* (UART1_SendData8() or UART1_SendData9()).
*
* - SBK flag is cleared during the stop bit of break.
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_ClearFlag(UART1_Flag_TypeDef UART1_FLAG)
{
assert_param(IS_UART1_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(UART1_FLAG));
/* Clear the Receive Register Not Empty flag */
if (UART1_FLAG == UART1_FLAG_RXNE)
{
UART1->SR = (uint8_t)~(UART1_SR_RXNE);
}
/* Clear the LIN Break Detection flag */
else
{
UART1->CR4 &= (uint8_t)~(UART1_CR4_LBDF);
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified UART1 interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param UART1_IT: Specifies the UART1 interrupt pending bit to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART1_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART1_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* - UART1_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* - UART1_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
* - UART1_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* - UART1_IT_OR: OverRun Error interrupt
* - UART1_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
* @retval The new state of UART1_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus UART1_GetITStatus(UART1_IT_TypeDef UART1_IT)
{
ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET;
uint8_t itpos = 0;
uint8_t itmask1 = 0;
uint8_t itmask2 = 0;
uint8_t enablestatus = 0;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART1_GET_IT_OK(UART1_IT));
/* Get the UART1 IT index */
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART1_IT & (uint8_t)0x0F));
/* Get the UART1 IT index */
itmask1 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART1_IT >> (uint8_t)4);
/* Set the IT mask*/
itmask2 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << itmask1);
/* Check the status of the specified UART1 pending bit*/
if (UART1_IT == UART1_IT_PE)
{
/* Get the UART1_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART1->CR1 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART1 interrupt*/
if (((UART1->SR & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else if (UART1_IT == UART1_IT_LBDF)
{
/* Get the UART1_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART1->CR4 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART1 interrupt*/
if (((UART1->CR4 & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else
{
/* Get the UART1_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART1->CR2 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART1 interrupt*/
if (((UART1->SR & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
/* Return the UART1_IT status*/
return pendingbitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the UART1 pending flags.
* @param UART1_IT specifies the pending bit to clear
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART1_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART1_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
* @note
* - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error),
* OR (OverRun error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are
* cleared by software sequence: a read operation to UART1_SR register
* (UART1_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to UART1_DR register
* (UART1_ReceiveData8() or UART1_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the UART1_DR register
* (UART1_ReceiveData8() or UART1_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - TC (Transmit complete) pending bit can be cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to UART1_SR register (UART1_GetITStatus())
* followed by a write operation to UART1_DR register (UART1_SendData8()
* or UART1_SendData9()).
*
* - TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the UART1_DR register
* (UART1_SendData8() or UART1_SendData9()).
* @retval None
*/
void UART1_ClearITPendingBit(UART1_IT_TypeDef UART1_IT)
{
assert_param(IS_UART1_CLEAR_IT_OK(UART1_IT));
/* Clear the Receive Register Not Empty pending bit */
if (UART1_IT == UART1_IT_RXNE)
{
UART1->SR = (uint8_t)~(UART1_SR_RXNE);
}
/* Clear the LIN Break Detection pending bit */
else
{
UART1->CR4 &= (uint8_t)~(UART1_CR4_LBDF);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

882
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_uart2.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,882 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_uart2.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the UART2 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_uart2.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @}
* @addtogroup UART2_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the UART peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_DeInit(void)
{
/* Clear the Idle Line Detected bit in the status register by a read
to the UART2_SR register followed by a Read to the UART2_DR register */
(void) UART2->SR;
(void)UART2->DR;
UART2->BRR2 = UART2_BRR2_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART2_BRR2 to reset value 0x00 */
UART2->BRR1 = UART2_BRR1_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART2_BRR1 to reset value 0x00 */
UART2->CR1 = UART2_CR1_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART2_CR1 to reset value 0x00 */
UART2->CR2 = UART2_CR2_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART2_CR2 to reset value 0x00 */
UART2->CR3 = UART2_CR3_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART2_CR3 to reset value 0x00 */
UART2->CR4 = UART2_CR4_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART2_CR4 to reset value 0x00 */
UART2->CR5 = UART2_CR5_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART2_CR5 to reset value 0x00 */
UART2->CR6 = UART2_CR6_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART2_CR6 to reset value 0x00 */
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the UART2 according to the specified parameters.
* @param BaudRate: The baudrate.
* @param WordLength : This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART2_WordLength_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param StopBits: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART2_StopBits_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param Parity: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART2_Parity_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param SyncMode: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART2_SyncMode_TypeDef values.
* @param Mode: This parameter can be any of the @ref UART2_Mode_TypeDef values
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_Init(uint32_t BaudRate, UART2_WordLength_TypeDef WordLength, UART2_StopBits_TypeDef StopBits, UART2_Parity_TypeDef Parity, UART2_SyncMode_TypeDef SyncMode, UART2_Mode_TypeDef Mode)
{
uint8_t BRR2_1 = 0, BRR2_2 = 0;
uint32_t BaudRate_Mantissa = 0, BaudRate_Mantissa100 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART2_BAUDRATE_OK(BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_UART2_WORDLENGTH_OK(WordLength));
assert_param(IS_UART2_STOPBITS_OK(StopBits));
assert_param(IS_UART2_PARITY_OK(Parity));
assert_param(IS_UART2_MODE_OK((uint8_t)Mode));
assert_param(IS_UART2_SYNCMODE_OK((uint8_t)SyncMode));
/* Clear the word length bit */
UART2->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_CR1_M);
/* Set the word length bit according to UART2_WordLength value */
UART2->CR1 |= (uint8_t)WordLength;
/* Clear the STOP bits */
UART2->CR3 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_CR3_STOP);
/* Set the STOP bits number according to UART2_StopBits value */
UART2->CR3 |= (uint8_t)StopBits;
/* Clear the Parity Control bit */
UART2->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~(UART2_CR1_PCEN | UART2_CR1_PS ));
/* Set the Parity Control bit to UART2_Parity value */
UART2->CR1 |= (uint8_t)Parity;
/* Clear the LSB mantissa of UART2DIV */
UART2->BRR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_BRR1_DIVM);
/* Clear the MSB mantissa of UART2DIV */
UART2->BRR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_BRR2_DIVM);
/* Clear the Fraction bits of UART2DIV */
UART2->BRR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_BRR2_DIVF);
/* Set the UART2 BaudRates in BRR1 and BRR2 registers according to UART2_BaudRate value */
BaudRate_Mantissa = ((uint32_t)CLK_GetClockFreq() / (BaudRate << 4));
BaudRate_Mantissa100 = (((uint32_t)CLK_GetClockFreq() * 100) / (BaudRate << 4));
/* The fraction and MSB mantissa should be loaded in one step in the BRR2 register*/
/* Set the fraction of UARTDIV */
BRR2_1 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((BaudRate_Mantissa100 - (BaudRate_Mantissa * 100))
<< 4) / 100) & (uint8_t)0x0F);
BRR2_2 = (uint8_t)((BaudRate_Mantissa >> 4) & (uint8_t)0xF0);
UART2->BRR2 = (uint8_t)(BRR2_1 | BRR2_2);
/* Set the LSB mantissa of UARTDIV */
UART2->BRR1 = (uint8_t)BaudRate_Mantissa;
/* Disable the Transmitter and Receiver before setting the LBCL, CPOL and CPHA bits */
UART2->CR2 &= (uint8_t)~(UART2_CR2_TEN | UART2_CR2_REN);
/* Clear the Clock Polarity, lock Phase, Last Bit Clock pulse */
UART2->CR3 &= (uint8_t)~(UART2_CR3_CPOL | UART2_CR3_CPHA | UART2_CR3_LBCL);
/* Set the Clock Polarity, lock Phase, Last Bit Clock pulse */
UART2->CR3 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)SyncMode & (uint8_t)(UART2_CR3_CPOL | \
UART2_CR3_CPHA | UART2_CR3_LBCL));
if ((uint8_t)(Mode & UART2_MODE_TX_ENABLE))
{
/* Set the Transmitter Enable bit */
UART2->CR2 |= (uint8_t)UART2_CR2_TEN;
}
else
{
/* Clear the Transmitter Disable bit */
UART2->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_CR2_TEN);
}
if ((uint8_t)(Mode & UART2_MODE_RX_ENABLE))
{
/* Set the Receiver Enable bit */
UART2->CR2 |= (uint8_t)UART2_CR2_REN;
}
else
{
/* Clear the Receiver Disable bit */
UART2->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_CR2_REN);
}
/* Set the Clock Enable bit, lock Polarity, lock Phase and Last Bit Clock
pulse bits according to UART2_Mode value */
if ((uint8_t)(SyncMode & UART2_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE))
{
/* Clear the Clock Enable bit */
UART2->CR3 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_CR3_CKEN);
}
else
{
UART2->CR3 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)SyncMode & UART2_CR3_CKEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable the UART2 peripheral.
* @param NewState : The new state of the UART Communication.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* UART2 Enable */
UART2->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_CR1_UARTD);
}
else
{
/* UART2 Disable */
UART2->CR1 |= UART2_CR1_UARTD;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified UART2 interrupts.
* @param UART2_IT specifies the UART2 interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART2_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART2_IT_LHDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART2_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* - UART2_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* - UART2_IT_RXNE_OR: Receive Data register not empty/Over run error interrupt
* - UART2_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* - UART2_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
* @param NewState new state of the specified UART2 interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_ITConfig(UART2_IT_TypeDef UART2_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
uint8_t uartreg = 0, itpos = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART2_CONFIG_IT_OK(UART2_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Get the UART2 register index */
uartreg = (uint8_t)((uint16_t)UART2_IT >> 0x08);
/* Get the UART2 IT index */
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2_IT & (uint8_t)0x0F));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the Interrupt bits according to UART2_IT mask */
if (uartreg == 0x01)
{
UART2->CR1 |= itpos;
}
else if (uartreg == 0x02)
{
UART2->CR2 |= itpos;
}
else if (uartreg == 0x03)
{
UART2->CR4 |= itpos;
}
else
{
UART2->CR6 |= itpos;
}
}
else
{
/* Disable the interrupt bits according to UART2_IT mask */
if (uartreg == 0x01)
{
UART2->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else if (uartreg == 0x02)
{
UART2->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else if (uartreg == 0x03)
{
UART2->CR4 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else
{
UART2->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the UART2’s IrDA interface.
* @param UART2_IrDAMode specifies the IrDA mode.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART2_IrDAMode_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_IrDAConfig(UART2_IrDAMode_TypeDef UART2_IrDAMode)
{
assert_param(IS_UART2_IRDAMODE_OK(UART2_IrDAMode));
if (UART2_IrDAMode != UART2_IRDAMODE_NORMAL)
{
UART2->CR5 |= UART2_CR5_IRLP;
}
else
{
UART2->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)~UART2_CR5_IRLP);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART2’s IrDA interface.
* @param NewState new state of the IrDA mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_IrDACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
UART2->CR5 |= UART2_CR5_IREN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
UART2->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)~UART2_CR5_IREN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the UART2 LIN Break detection length.
* @param UART2_LINBreakDetectionLength specifies the LIN break detection length.
* This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART2_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_LINBreakDetectionConfig(UART2_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef UART2_LINBreakDetectionLength)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART2_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_OK(UART2_LINBreakDetectionLength));
if (UART2_LINBreakDetectionLength != UART2_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS)
{
UART2->CR4 |= UART2_CR4_LBDL;
}
else
{
UART2->CR4 &= ((uint8_t)~UART2_CR4_LBDL);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the UART2 peripheral.
* @param UART2_Mode specifies the LIN mode.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART2_LinMode_TypeDef values.
* @param UART2_Autosync specifies the LIN automatic resynchronization mode.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART2_LinAutosync_TypeDef values.
* @param UART2_DivUp specifies the LIN divider update method.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART2_LinDivUp_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_LINConfig(UART2_LinMode_TypeDef UART2_Mode,
UART2_LinAutosync_TypeDef UART2_Autosync,
UART2_LinDivUp_TypeDef UART2_DivUp)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART2_SLAVE_OK(UART2_Mode));
assert_param(IS_UART2_AUTOSYNC_OK(UART2_Autosync));
assert_param(IS_UART2_DIVUP_OK(UART2_DivUp));
if (UART2_Mode != UART2_LIN_MODE_MASTER)
{
UART2->CR6 |= UART2_CR6_LSLV;
}
else
{
UART2->CR6 &= ((uint8_t)~UART2_CR6_LSLV);
}
if (UART2_Autosync != UART2_LIN_AUTOSYNC_DISABLE)
{
UART2->CR6 |= UART2_CR6_LASE ;
}
else
{
UART2->CR6 &= ((uint8_t)~ UART2_CR6_LASE );
}
if (UART2_DivUp != UART2_LIN_DIVUP_LBRR1)
{
UART2->CR6 |= UART2_CR6_LDUM;
}
else
{
UART2->CR6 &= ((uint8_t)~ UART2_CR6_LDUM);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART2 LIN mode.
* @param NewState is new state of the UART2 LIN mode.
* This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_LINCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINE bit in the CR2 register */
UART2->CR3 |= UART2_CR3_LINEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINE bit in the CR2 register */
UART2->CR3 &= ((uint8_t)~UART2_CR3_LINEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART2 Smart Card mode.
* @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_SmartCardCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR5 register */
UART2->CR5 |= UART2_CR5_SCEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR5 register */
UART2->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)(~UART2_CR5_SCEN));
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission.
* @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_SmartCardNACKCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR5 register */
UART2->CR5 |= UART2_CR5_NACK;
}
else
{
/* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR5 register */
UART2->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)~(UART2_CR5_NACK));
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the UART2 WakeUp method.
* @param UART2_WakeUp: specifies the UART2 wakeup method.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART2_WakeUp_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_WakeUpConfig(UART2_WakeUp_TypeDef UART2_WakeUp)
{
assert_param(IS_UART2_WAKEUP_OK(UART2_WakeUp));
UART2->CR1 &= ((uint8_t)~UART2_CR1_WAKE);
UART2->CR1 |= (uint8_t)UART2_WakeUp;
}
/**
* @brief Determines if the UART2 is in mute mode or not.
* @param NewState: new state of the UART2 mode.
* This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the mute mode UART2 by setting the RWU bit in the CR2 register */
UART2->CR2 |= UART2_CR2_RWU;
}
else
{
/* Disable the mute mode UART2 by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
UART2->CR2 &= ((uint8_t)~UART2_CR2_RWU);
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the UART2 peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval Received Data
*/
uint8_t UART2_ReceiveData8(void)
{
return ((uint8_t)UART2->DR);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the UART2 peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval Received Data
*/
uint16_t UART2_ReceiveData9(void)
{
uint16_t temp = 0;
temp = ((uint16_t)(((uint16_t)((uint16_t)UART2->CR1 & (uint16_t)UART2_CR1_R8)) << 1));
return (uint16_t)((((uint16_t)UART2->DR) | temp) & ((uint16_t)0x01FF));
}
/**
* @brief Transmits 8 bit data through the UART2 peripheral.
* @param Data: the data to transmit.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_SendData8(uint8_t Data)
{
/* Transmit Data */
UART2->DR = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Transmits 9 bit data through the UART2 peripheral.
* @param Data: the data to transmit.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_SendData9(uint16_t Data)
{
/* Clear the transmit data bit 8 */
UART2->CR1 &= ((uint8_t)~UART2_CR1_T8);
/* Write the transmit data bit [8] */
UART2->CR1 |= (uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(Data >> 2)) & UART2_CR1_T8);
/* Write the transmit data bit [0:7] */
UART2->DR = (uint8_t)(Data);
}
/**
* @brief Transmits break characters.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_SendBreak(void)
{
UART2->CR2 |= UART2_CR2_SBK;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the address of the UART2 node.
* @param UART2_Address: Indicates the address of the UART2 node.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_SetAddress(uint8_t UART2_Address)
{
/*assert_param for x UART2_Address*/
assert_param(IS_UART2_ADDRESS_OK(UART2_Address));
/* Clear the UART2 address */
UART2->CR4 &= ((uint8_t)~UART2_CR4_ADD);
/* Set the UART2 address node */
UART2->CR4 |= UART2_Address;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the specified UART2 guard time.
* @note SmartCard Mode should be Enabled
* @param UART2_GuardTime: specifies the guard time.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_SetGuardTime(uint8_t UART2_GuardTime)
{
/* Set the UART2 guard time */
UART2->GTR = UART2_GuardTime;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the system clock prescaler.
* @note IrDA Low Power mode or smartcard mode should be enabled
* @note This function is related to SmartCard and IrDa mode.
* @param UART2_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @par IrDA Low Power Mode
* The clock source is divided by the value given in the register (8 bits)
* - 0000 0000 Reserved
* - 0000 0001 divides the clock source by 1
* - 0000 0010 divides the clock source by 2
* - ...
* @par Smart Card Mode
* The clock source is divided by the value given in the register
* (5 significant bits) multiped by 2
* - 0 0000 Reserved
* - 0 0001 divides the clock source by 2
* - 0 0010 divides the clock source by 4
* - 0 0011 divides the clock source by 6
* - ...
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_SetPrescaler(uint8_t UART2_Prescaler)
{
/* Load the UART2 prescaler value*/
UART2->PSCR = UART2_Prescaler;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified UART2 flag is set or not.
* @param UART2_FLAG specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART2_Flag_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval FlagStatus (SET or RESET)
*/
FlagStatus UART2_GetFlagStatus(UART2_Flag_TypeDef UART2_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus status = RESET;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART2_FLAG_OK(UART2_FLAG));
/* Check the status of the specified UART2 flag*/
if (UART2_FLAG == UART2_FLAG_LBDF)
{
if ((UART2->CR4 & (uint8_t)UART2_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART2_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART2_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else if (UART2_FLAG == UART2_FLAG_SBK)
{
if ((UART2->CR2 & (uint8_t)UART2_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART2_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART2_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else if ((UART2_FLAG == UART2_FLAG_LHDF) || (UART2_FLAG == UART2_FLAG_LSF))
{
if ((UART2->CR6 & (uint8_t)UART2_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART2_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART2_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else
{
if ((UART2->SR & (uint8_t)UART2_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART2_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART2_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
/* Return the UART2_FLAG status*/
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the UART2 flags.
* @param UART2_FLAG specifies the flag to clear
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - UART2_FLAG_LBDF: LIN Break detection flag.
* - UART2_FLAG_LHDF: LIN Header detection flag.
* - UART2_FLAG_LSF: LIN synchrone field flag.
* - UART2_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
* @note:
* - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error),
* OR (OverRun error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared
* by software sequence: a read operation to UART2_SR register
* (UART2_GetFlagStatus())followed by a read operation to UART2_DR
* register(UART2_ReceiveData8() or UART2_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the UART2_DR register
* (UART2_ReceiveData8()or UART2_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation
* to UART2_SR register (UART2_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write
* operation to UART2_DR register (UART2_SendData8() or UART2_SendData9()).
*
* - TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the UART2_DR register
* (UART2_SendData8() or UART2_SendData9()).
*
* - SBK flag is cleared during the stop bit of break.
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_ClearFlag(UART2_Flag_TypeDef UART2_FLAG)
{
assert_param(IS_UART2_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(UART2_FLAG));
/* Clear the Receive Register Not Empty flag */
if (UART2_FLAG == UART2_FLAG_RXNE)
{
UART2->SR = (uint8_t)~(UART2_SR_RXNE);
}
/* Clear the LIN Break Detection flag */
else if (UART2_FLAG == UART2_FLAG_LBDF)
{
UART2->CR4 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_CR4_LBDF);
}
/* Clear the LIN Header Detection Flag */
else if (UART2_FLAG == UART2_FLAG_LHDF)
{
UART2->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_CR6_LHDF);
}
/* Clear the LIN Synch Field flag */
else
{
UART2->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_CR6_LSF);
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified UART2 interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param UART2_IT: Specifies the UART2 interrupt pending bit to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART2_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART2_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* - UART2_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* - UART2_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
* - UART2_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* - UART2_IT_OR: OverRun Error interrupt
* - UART2_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
* @retval The state of UART2_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus UART2_GetITStatus(UART2_IT_TypeDef UART2_IT)
{
ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET;
uint8_t itpos = 0;
uint8_t itmask1 = 0;
uint8_t itmask2 = 0;
uint8_t enablestatus = 0;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART2_GET_IT_OK(UART2_IT));
/* Get the UART2 IT index*/
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2_IT & (uint8_t)0x0F));
/* Get the UART2 IT index*/
itmask1 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2_IT >> (uint8_t)4);
/* Set the IT mask*/
itmask2 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << itmask1);
/* Check the status of the specified UART2 pending bit*/
if (UART2_IT == UART2_IT_PE)
{
/* Get the UART2_ITPENDINGBIT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2->CR1 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART2 interrupt*/
if (((UART2->SR & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else if (UART2_IT == UART2_IT_LBDF)
{
/* Get the UART2_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2->CR4 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART2 interrupt*/
if (((UART2->CR4 & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else if (UART2_IT == UART2_IT_LHDF)
{
/* Get the UART2_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2->CR6 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART2 interrupt*/
if (((UART2->CR6 & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else
{
/* Get the UART2_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART2->CR2 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART2 interrupt*/
if (((UART2->SR & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
/* Return the UART2_IT status*/
return pendingbitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the UART2 pending flags.
* @param UART2_IT specifies the pending bit to clear
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART2_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART2_IT_LHDF: LIN Header detection interrupt
* - UART2_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
* @note
* - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error),
* OR (OverRun error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are
* cleared by software sequence: a read operation to UART2_SR register
* (UART2_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to UART2_DR register
* (UART2_ReceiveData8() or UART2_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the UART2_DR
* register (UART2_ReceiveData8() or UART2_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - TC (Transmit complete) pending bit can be cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to UART2_SR register
* (UART2_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to UART2_DR
* register (UART2_SendData8()or UART2_SendData9()).
*
* - TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the UART2_DR register
* (UART2_SendData8() or UART2_SendData9()).
* @retval None
*/
void UART2_ClearITPendingBit(UART2_IT_TypeDef UART2_IT)
{
assert_param(IS_UART2_CLEAR_IT_OK(UART2_IT));
/* Clear the Receive Register Not Empty pending bit */
if (UART2_IT == UART2_IT_RXNE)
{
UART2->SR = (uint8_t)~(UART2_SR_RXNE);
}
/* Clear the LIN Break Detection pending bit */
else if (UART2_IT == UART2_IT_LBDF)
{
UART2->CR4 &= (uint8_t)~(UART2_CR4_LBDF);
}
/* Clear the LIN Header Detection pending bit */
else
{
UART2->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~UART2_CR6_LHDF);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

737
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_uart3.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,737 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_uart3.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the uart3 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_uart3.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @}
* @addtogroup UART3_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the UART peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_DeInit(void)
{
/* Clear the Idle Line Detected bit in the status rerister by a read
to the UART3_SR register followed by a Read to the UART3_DR register */
(void) UART3->SR;
(void) UART3->DR;
UART3->BRR2 = UART3_BRR2_RESET_VALUE; /*Set UART3_BRR2 to reset value 0x00 */
UART3->BRR1 = UART3_BRR1_RESET_VALUE; /*Set UART3_BRR1 to reset value 0x00 */
UART3->CR1 = UART3_CR1_RESET_VALUE; /*Set UART3_CR1 to reset value 0x00 */
UART3->CR2 = UART3_CR2_RESET_VALUE; /*Set UART3_CR2 to reset value 0x00 */
UART3->CR3 = UART3_CR3_RESET_VALUE; /*Set UART3_CR3 to reset value 0x00 */
UART3->CR4 = UART3_CR4_RESET_VALUE; /*Set UART3_CR4 to reset value 0x00 */
UART3->CR6 = UART3_CR6_RESET_VALUE; /*Set UART3_CR6 to reset value 0x00 */
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the UART3 according to the specified parameters.
* @param BaudRate: The baudrate.
* @param WordLength : This parameter can be any of
* the @ref UART3_WordLength_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param StopBits: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART3_StopBits_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param Parity: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART3_Parity_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param Mode: This parameter can be any of the @ref UART3_Mode_TypeDef values
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_Init(uint32_t BaudRate, UART3_WordLength_TypeDef WordLength,
UART3_StopBits_TypeDef StopBits, UART3_Parity_TypeDef Parity,
UART3_Mode_TypeDef Mode)
{
uint8_t BRR2_1 = 0, BRR2_2 = 0;
uint32_t BaudRate_Mantissa = 0, BaudRate_Mantissa100 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART3_WORDLENGTH_OK(WordLength));
assert_param(IS_UART3_STOPBITS_OK(StopBits));
assert_param(IS_UART3_PARITY_OK(Parity));
assert_param(IS_UART3_BAUDRATE_OK(BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_UART3_MODE_OK((uint8_t)Mode));
/* Clear the word length bit */
UART3->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_CR1_M);
/* Set the word length bit according to UART3_WordLength value */
UART3->CR1 |= (uint8_t)WordLength;
/* Clear the STOP bits */
UART3->CR3 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_CR3_STOP);
/* Set the STOP bits number according to UART3_StopBits value */
UART3->CR3 |= (uint8_t)StopBits;
/* Clear the Parity Control bit */
UART3->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~(UART3_CR1_PCEN | UART3_CR1_PS));
/* Set the Parity Control bit to UART3_Parity value */
UART3->CR1 |= (uint8_t)Parity;
/* Clear the LSB mantissa of UART3DIV */
UART3->BRR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_BRR1_DIVM);
/* Clear the MSB mantissa of UART3DIV */
UART3->BRR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_BRR2_DIVM);
/* Clear the Fraction bits of UART3DIV */
UART3->BRR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_BRR2_DIVF);
/* Set the UART3 BaudRates in BRR1 and BRR2 registers according to UART3_BaudRate value */
BaudRate_Mantissa = ((uint32_t)CLK_GetClockFreq() / (BaudRate << 4));
BaudRate_Mantissa100 = (((uint32_t)CLK_GetClockFreq() * 100) / (BaudRate << 4));
/* The fraction and MSB mantissa should be loaded in one step in the BRR2 register */
/* Set the fraction of UART3DIV */
BRR2_1 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((BaudRate_Mantissa100 - (BaudRate_Mantissa * 100))
<< 4) / 100) & (uint8_t)0x0F);
BRR2_2 = (uint8_t)((BaudRate_Mantissa >> 4) & (uint8_t)0xF0);
UART3->BRR2 = (uint8_t)(BRR2_1 | BRR2_2);
/* Set the LSB mantissa of UART3DIV */
UART3->BRR1 = (uint8_t)BaudRate_Mantissa;
if ((uint8_t)(Mode & UART3_MODE_TX_ENABLE))
{
/* Set the Transmitter Enable bit */
UART3->CR2 |= UART3_CR2_TEN;
}
else
{
/* Clear the Transmitter Disable bit */
UART3->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_CR2_TEN);
}
if ((uint8_t)(Mode & UART3_MODE_RX_ENABLE))
{
/* Set the Receiver Enable bit */
UART3->CR2 |= UART3_CR2_REN;
}
else
{
/* Clear the Receiver Disable bit */
UART3->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_CR2_REN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable the UART1 peripheral.
* @param NewState : The new state of the UART Communication.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* UART3 Enable */
UART3->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_CR1_UARTD);
}
else
{
/* UART3 Disable */
UART3->CR1 |= UART3_CR1_UARTD;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified UART3 interrupts.
* @param UART3_IT specifies the UART3 interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART3_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART3_IT_LHDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART3_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* - UART3_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* - UART3_IT_RXNE_OR: Receive Data register not empty/Over run error interrupt
* - UART3_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* - UART3_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
* @param NewState new state of the specified UART3 interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_ITConfig(UART3_IT_TypeDef UART3_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
uint8_t uartreg = 0, itpos = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART3_CONFIG_IT_OK(UART3_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Get the UART3 register index */
uartreg = (uint8_t)((uint16_t)UART3_IT >> 0x08);
/* Get the UART3 IT index */
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3_IT & (uint8_t)0x0F));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the Interrupt bits according to UART3_IT mask */
if (uartreg == 0x01)
{
UART3->CR1 |= itpos;
}
else if (uartreg == 0x02)
{
UART3->CR2 |= itpos;
}
else if (uartreg == 0x03)
{
UART3->CR4 |= itpos;
}
else
{
UART3->CR6 |= itpos;
}
}
else
{
/* Disable the interrupt bits according to UART3_IT mask */
if (uartreg == 0x01)
{
UART3->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else if (uartreg == 0x02)
{
UART3->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else if (uartreg == 0x03)
{
UART3->CR4 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else
{
UART3->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the UART3 LIN Break detection length.
* @param UART3_LINBreakDetectionLength specifies the LIN break detection length.
* This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART3_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_LINBreakDetectionConfig(UART3_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef UART3_LINBreakDetectionLength)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART3_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_OK(UART3_LINBreakDetectionLength));
if (UART3_LINBreakDetectionLength != UART3_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS)
{
UART3->CR4 |= UART3_CR4_LBDL;
}
else
{
UART3->CR4 &= ((uint8_t)~UART3_CR4_LBDL);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the UART3 peripheral.
* @param UART3_Mode specifies the LIN mode.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART3_LinMode_TypeDef values.
* @param UART3_Autosync specifies the LIN automatic resynchronization mode.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART3_LinAutosync_TypeDef values.
* @param UART3_DivUp specifies the LIN divider update method.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART3_LinDivUp_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_LINConfig(UART3_LinMode_TypeDef UART3_Mode,
UART3_LinAutosync_TypeDef UART3_Autosync,
UART3_LinDivUp_TypeDef UART3_DivUp)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART3_SLAVE_OK(UART3_Mode));
assert_param(IS_UART3_AUTOSYNC_OK(UART3_Autosync));
assert_param(IS_UART3_DIVUP_OK(UART3_DivUp));
if (UART3_Mode != UART3_LIN_MODE_MASTER)
{
UART3->CR6 |= UART3_CR6_LSLV;
}
else
{
UART3->CR6 &= ((uint8_t)~UART3_CR6_LSLV);
}
if (UART3_Autosync != UART3_LIN_AUTOSYNC_DISABLE)
{
UART3->CR6 |= UART3_CR6_LASE ;
}
else
{
UART3->CR6 &= ((uint8_t)~ UART3_CR6_LASE );
}
if (UART3_DivUp != UART3_LIN_DIVUP_LBRR1)
{
UART3->CR6 |= UART3_CR6_LDUM;
}
else
{
UART3->CR6 &= ((uint8_t)~ UART3_CR6_LDUM);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART3 LIN mode.
* @param NewState is new state of the UART3 LIN mode.
* This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_LINCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINE bit in the CR2 register */
UART3->CR3 |= UART3_CR3_LINEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINE bit in the CR2 register */
UART3->CR3 &= ((uint8_t)~UART3_CR3_LINEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the UART3 WakeUp method.
* @param UART3_WakeUp: specifies the UART3 wakeup method.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART3_WakeUp_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_WakeUpConfig(UART3_WakeUp_TypeDef UART3_WakeUp)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART3_WAKEUP_OK(UART3_WakeUp));
UART3->CR1 &= ((uint8_t)~UART3_CR1_WAKE);
UART3->CR1 |= (uint8_t)UART3_WakeUp;
}
/**
* @brief Determines if the UART3 is in mute mode or not.
* @param NewState: new state of the UART3 mode.
* This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the mute mode UART3 by setting the RWU bit in the CR2 register */
UART3->CR2 |= UART3_CR2_RWU;
}
else
{
/* Disable the mute mode UART3 by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
UART3->CR2 &= ((uint8_t)~UART3_CR2_RWU);
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the UART3 peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval Received Data
*/
uint8_t UART3_ReceiveData8(void)
{
return ((uint8_t)UART3->DR);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the UART3 peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval Received Data
*/
uint16_t UART3_ReceiveData9(void)
{
uint16_t temp = 0;
temp = (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)((uint16_t)UART3->CR1 & (uint16_t)UART3_CR1_R8)) << 1);
return (uint16_t)((((uint16_t)UART3->DR) | temp) & ((uint16_t)0x01FF));
}
/**
* @brief Transmits 8 bit data through the UART3 peripheral.
* @param Data the data to transmit.
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_SendData8(uint8_t Data)
{
/* Transmit Data */
UART3->DR = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Transmits 9 bit data through the UART3 peripheral.
* @param Data: the data to transmit.
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_SendData9(uint16_t Data)
{
/* Clear the transmit data bit 8 */
UART3->CR1 &= ((uint8_t)~UART3_CR1_T8);
/* Write the transmit data bit [8] */
UART3->CR1 |= (uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(Data >> 2)) & UART3_CR1_T8);
/* Write the transmit data bit [0:7] */
UART3->DR = (uint8_t)(Data);
}
/**
* @brief Transmits break characters.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_SendBreak(void)
{
UART3->CR2 |= UART3_CR2_SBK;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the address of the UART3 node.
* @param UART3_Address: Indicates the address of the UART3 node.
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_SetAddress(uint8_t UART3_Address)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART3_ADDRESS_OK(UART3_Address));
/* Clear the UART3 address */
UART3->CR4 &= ((uint8_t)~UART3_CR4_ADD);
/* Set the UART3 address node */
UART3->CR4 |= UART3_Address;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified UART3 flag is set or not.
* @param UART3_FLAG specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART3_Flag_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval FlagStatus (SET or RESET)
*/
FlagStatus UART3_GetFlagStatus(UART3_Flag_TypeDef UART3_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus status = RESET;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART3_FLAG_OK(UART3_FLAG));
/* Check the status of the specified UART3 flag*/
if (UART3_FLAG == UART3_FLAG_LBDF)
{
if ((UART3->CR4 & (uint8_t)UART3_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART3_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART3_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else if (UART3_FLAG == UART3_FLAG_SBK)
{
if ((UART3->CR2 & (uint8_t)UART3_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART3_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART3_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else if ((UART3_FLAG == UART3_FLAG_LHDF) || (UART3_FLAG == UART3_FLAG_LSF))
{
if ((UART3->CR6 & (uint8_t)UART3_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART3_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART3_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else
{
if ((UART3->SR & (uint8_t)UART3_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART3_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART3_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
/* Return the UART3_FLAG status*/
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the UART3 flags.
* @param UART3_FLAG specifies the flag to clear
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - UART3_FLAG_LBDF: LIN Break detection flag.
* - UART3_FLAG_LHDF: LIN Header detection flag.
* - UART3_FLAG_LSF: LIN synchrone field flag.
* - UART3_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
* @note
* - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NF (Noise error),
* OR (OverRun error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared
* by software sequence: a read operation to UART3_SR register
* (UART3_GetFlagStatus())followed by a read operation to UART3_DR
* register(UART3_ReceiveData8() or UART3_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the UART3_DR register
* (UART3_ReceiveData8()or UART3_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation
* to UART3_SR register (UART3_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write
* operation to UART3_DR register (UART3_SendData8() or UART3_SendData9()).
*
* - TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the UART3_DR register
* (UART3_SendData8() or UART3_SendData9()).
*
* - SBK flag is cleared during the stop bit of break.
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_ClearFlag(UART3_Flag_TypeDef UART3_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART3_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(UART3_FLAG));
/*Clear the Receive Register Not Empty flag */
if (UART3_FLAG == UART3_FLAG_RXNE)
{
UART3->SR = (uint8_t)~(UART3_SR_RXNE);
}
/*Clear the LIN Break Detection flag */
else if (UART3_FLAG == UART3_FLAG_LBDF)
{
UART3->CR4 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_CR4_LBDF);
}
/*Clear the LIN Header Detection Flag */
else if (UART3_FLAG == UART3_FLAG_LHDF)
{
UART3->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_CR6_LHDF);
}
/*Clear the LIN Synch Field flag */
else
{
UART3->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_CR6_LSF);
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified UART3 interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param UART3_IT: Specifies the UART3 interrupt pending bit to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART3_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART3_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* - UART3_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* - UART3_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
* - UART3_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* - UART3_IT_OR: OverRun Error interrupt
* - UART3_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
* @retval The state of UART3_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus UART3_GetITStatus(UART3_IT_TypeDef UART3_IT)
{
ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET;
uint8_t itpos = 0;
uint8_t itmask1 = 0;
uint8_t itmask2 = 0;
uint8_t enablestatus = 0;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART3_GET_IT_OK(UART3_IT));
/* Get the UART3 IT index*/
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3_IT & (uint8_t)0x0F));
/* Get the UART3 IT index*/
itmask1 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3_IT >> (uint8_t)4);
/* Set the IT mask*/
itmask2 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << itmask1);
/* Check the status of the specified UART3 pending bit*/
if (UART3_IT == UART3_IT_PE)
{
/* Get the UART3_ITPENDINGBIT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3->CR1 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART3 interrupt*/
if (((UART3->SR & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else if (UART3_IT == UART3_IT_LBDF)
{
/* Get the UART3_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3->CR4 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART3 interrupt*/
if (((UART3->CR4 & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else if (UART3_IT == UART3_IT_LHDF)
{
/* Get the UART3_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3->CR6 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART3 interrupt*/
if (((UART3->CR6 & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else
{
/* Get the UART3_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART3->CR2 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART3 interrupt*/
if (((UART3->SR & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
/* Return the UART3_IT status*/
return pendingbitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the UART3 pending flags.
* @param UART3_IT specifies the pending bit to clear
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART3_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART3_IT_LHDF: LIN Header detection interrupt
* - UART3_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
*
* @note
* - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NF (Noise error),
* OR (OverRun error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are
* cleared by software sequence: a read operation to UART3_SR register
* (UART3_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to UART3_DR register
* (UART3_ReceiveData8() or UART3_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the UART3_DR register
* (UART3_ReceiveData8() or UART3_ReceiveData9() ).
*
* - TC (Transmit complete) pending bit can be cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to UART3_SR register (UART3_GetITStatus())
* followed by a write operation to UART3_DR register
* (UART3_SendData8()or UART3_SendData9()).
*
* - TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the UART3_DR register
* (UART3_SendData8() or UART3_SendData9()).
* @retval None
*/
void UART3_ClearITPendingBit(UART3_IT_TypeDef UART3_IT)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART3_CLEAR_IT_OK(UART3_IT));
/*Clear the Receive Register Not Empty pending bit */
if (UART3_IT == UART3_IT_RXNE)
{
UART3->SR = (uint8_t)~(UART3_SR_RXNE);
}
/*Clear the LIN Break Detection pending bit */
else if (UART3_IT == UART3_IT_LBDF)
{
UART3->CR4 &= (uint8_t)~(UART3_CR4_LBDF);
}
/*Clear the LIN Header Detection pending bit */
else
{
UART3->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~UART3_CR6_LHDF);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

902
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_uart4.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,902 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_uart4.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the UART4 peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_uart4.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Public functions ----------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @}
* @addtogroup UART4_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the UART peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_DeInit(void)
{
/* Clear the Idle Line Detected bit in the status register by a read
to the UART4_SR register followed by a Read to the UART4_DR register */
(void)UART4->SR;
(void)UART4->DR;
UART4->BRR2 = UART4_BRR2_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART4_BRR2 to reset value 0x00 */
UART4->BRR1 = UART4_BRR1_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART4_BRR1 to reset value 0x00 */
UART4->CR1 = UART4_CR1_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART4_CR1 to reset value 0x00 */
UART4->CR2 = UART4_CR2_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART4_CR2 to reset value 0x00 */
UART4->CR3 = UART4_CR3_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART4_CR3 to reset value 0x00 */
UART4->CR4 = UART4_CR4_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART4_CR4 to reset value 0x00 */
UART4->CR5 = UART4_CR5_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART4_CR5 to reset value 0x00 */
UART4->CR6 = UART4_CR6_RESET_VALUE; /* Set UART4_CR6 to reset value 0x00 */
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the UART4 according to the specified parameters.
* @param BaudRate: The baudrate.
* @param WordLength : This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART4_WordLength_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param StopBits: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART4_StopBits_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param Parity: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART4_Parity_TypeDef enumeration.
* @param SyncMode: This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART4_SyncMode_TypeDef values.
* @param Mode: This parameter can be any of the @ref UART4_Mode_TypeDef values
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_Init(uint32_t BaudRate, UART4_WordLength_TypeDef WordLength, UART4_StopBits_TypeDef StopBits, UART4_Parity_TypeDef Parity, UART4_SyncMode_TypeDef SyncMode, UART4_Mode_TypeDef Mode)
{
uint8_t BRR2_1 = 0, BRR2_2 = 0;
uint32_t BaudRate_Mantissa = 0, BaudRate_Mantissa100 = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART4_BAUDRATE_OK(BaudRate));
assert_param(IS_UART4_WORDLENGTH_OK(WordLength));
assert_param(IS_UART4_STOPBITS_OK(StopBits));
assert_param(IS_UART4_PARITY_OK(Parity));
assert_param(IS_UART4_MODE_OK((uint8_t)Mode));
assert_param(IS_UART4_SYNCMODE_OK((uint8_t)SyncMode));
/* Clear the word length bit */
UART4->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_CR1_M);
/* Set the word length bit according to UART4_WordLength value */
UART4->CR1 |= (uint8_t)WordLength;
/* Clear the STOP bits */
UART4->CR3 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_CR3_STOP);
/* Set the STOP bits number according to UART4_StopBits value */
UART4->CR3 |= (uint8_t)StopBits;
/* Clear the Parity Control bit */
UART4->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~(UART4_CR1_PCEN | UART4_CR1_PS ));
/* Set the Parity Control bit to UART4_Parity value */
UART4->CR1 |= (uint8_t)Parity;
/* Clear the LSB mantissa of UART4DIV */
UART4->BRR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_BRR1_DIVM);
/* Clear the MSB mantissa of UART4DIV */
UART4->BRR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_BRR2_DIVM);
/* Clear the Fraction bits of UART4DIV */
UART4->BRR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_BRR2_DIVF);
/* Set the UART4 BaudRates in BRR1 and BRR2 registers according to UART4_BaudRate value */
BaudRate_Mantissa = ((uint32_t)CLK_GetClockFreq() / (BaudRate << 4));
BaudRate_Mantissa100 = (((uint32_t)CLK_GetClockFreq() * 100) / (BaudRate << 4));
/* The fraction and MSB mantissa should be loaded in one step in the BRR2 register*/
/* Set the fraction of UARTDIV */
BRR2_1 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((BaudRate_Mantissa100 - (BaudRate_Mantissa * 100))
<< 4) / 100) & (uint8_t)0x0F);
BRR2_2 = (uint8_t)((BaudRate_Mantissa >> 4) & (uint8_t)0xF0);
UART4->BRR2 = (uint8_t)(BRR2_1 | BRR2_2);
/* Set the LSB mantissa of UARTDIV */
UART4->BRR1 = (uint8_t)BaudRate_Mantissa;
/* Disable the Transmitter and Receiver before setting the LBCL, CPOL and CPHA bits */
UART4->CR2 &= (uint8_t)~(UART4_CR2_TEN | UART4_CR2_REN);
/* Clear the Clock Polarity, lock Phase, Last Bit Clock pulse */
UART4->CR3 &= (uint8_t)~(UART4_CR3_CPOL | UART4_CR3_CPHA | UART4_CR3_LBCL);
/* Set the Clock Polarity, lock Phase, Last Bit Clock pulse */
UART4->CR3 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)SyncMode & (uint8_t)(UART4_CR3_CPOL | \
UART4_CR3_CPHA | UART4_CR3_LBCL));
if((uint8_t)(Mode & UART4_MODE_TX_ENABLE))
{
/* Set the Transmitter Enable bit */
UART4->CR2 |= (uint8_t)UART4_CR2_TEN;
}
else
{
/* Clear the Transmitter Disable bit */
UART4->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_CR2_TEN);
}
if((uint8_t)(Mode & UART4_MODE_RX_ENABLE))
{
/* Set the Receiver Enable bit */
UART4->CR2 |= (uint8_t)UART4_CR2_REN;
}
else
{
/* Clear the Receiver Disable bit */
UART4->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_CR2_REN);
}
/* Set the Clock Enable bit, lock Polarity, lock Phase and Last Bit Clock
pulse bits according to UART4_Mode value */
if((uint8_t)(SyncMode & UART4_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE))
{
/* Clear the Clock Enable bit */
UART4->CR3 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_CR3_CKEN);
}
else
{
UART4->CR3 |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)SyncMode & UART4_CR3_CKEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enable the UART4 peripheral.
* @param NewState : The new state of the UART Communication.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref FunctionalState enumeration.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* UART4 Enable */
UART4->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_CR1_UARTD);
}
else
{
/* UART4 Disable */
UART4->CR1 |= UART4_CR1_UARTD;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified UART4 interrupts.
* @param UART4_IT specifies the UART4 interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART4_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART4_IT_LHDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART4_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* - UART4_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* - UART4_IT_RXNE_OR: Receive Data register not empty/Over run error interrupt
* - UART4_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* - UART4_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
* @param NewState new state of the specified UART4 interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_ITConfig(UART4_IT_TypeDef UART4_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
uint8_t uartreg = 0, itpos = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART4_CONFIG_IT_OK(UART4_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
/* Get the UART4 register index */
uartreg = (uint8_t)((uint16_t)UART4_IT >> 0x08);
/* Get the UART4 IT index */
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4_IT & (uint8_t)0x0F));
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the Interrupt bits according to UART4_IT mask */
if(uartreg == 0x01)
{
UART4->CR1 |= itpos;
}
else if(uartreg == 0x02)
{
UART4->CR2 |= itpos;
}
else if(uartreg == 0x03)
{
UART4->CR4 |= itpos;
}
else
{
UART4->CR6 |= itpos;
}
}
else
{
/* Disable the interrupt bits according to UART4_IT mask */
if(uartreg == 0x01)
{
UART4->CR1 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else if(uartreg == 0x02)
{
UART4->CR2 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else if(uartreg == 0x03)
{
UART4->CR4 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
else
{
UART4->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~itpos);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART’s Half Duplex communication.
* @param NewState new state of the UART Communication.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_HalfDuplexCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
UART4->CR5 |= UART4_CR5_HDSEL; /**< UART4 Half Duplex Enable */
}
else
{
UART4->CR5 &= (uint8_t)~UART4_CR5_HDSEL; /**< UART4 Half Duplex Disable */
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the UART4’s IrDA interface.
* @param UART4_IrDAMode specifies the IrDA mode.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART4_IrDAMode_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_IrDAConfig(UART4_IrDAMode_TypeDef UART4_IrDAMode)
{
assert_param(IS_UART4_IRDAMODE_OK(UART4_IrDAMode));
if(UART4_IrDAMode != UART4_IRDAMODE_NORMAL)
{
UART4->CR5 |= UART4_CR5_IRLP;
}
else
{
UART4->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)~UART4_CR5_IRLP);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART4’s IrDA interface.
* @param NewState new state of the IrDA mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_IrDACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
UART4->CR5 |= UART4_CR5_IREN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */
UART4->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)~UART4_CR5_IREN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the UART4 LIN Break detection length.
* @param UART4_LINBreakDetectionLength specifies the LIN break detection length.
* This parameter can be any of the
* @ref UART4_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_LINBreakDetectionConfig(UART4_LINBreakDetectionLength_TypeDef UART4_LINBreakDetectionLength)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART4_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_OK(UART4_LINBreakDetectionLength));
if(UART4_LINBreakDetectionLength != UART4_LINBREAKDETECTIONLENGTH_10BITS)
{
UART4->CR4 |= UART4_CR4_LBDL;
}
else
{
UART4->CR4 &= ((uint8_t)~UART4_CR4_LBDL);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configure the UART4 peripheral.
* @param UART4_Mode specifies the LIN mode.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART4_LinMode_TypeDef values.
* @param UART4_Autosync specifies the LIN automatic resynchronization mode.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART4_LinAutosync_TypeDef values.
* @param UART4_DivUp specifies the LIN divider update method.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART4_LinDivUp_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_LINConfig(UART4_LinMode_TypeDef UART4_Mode,
UART4_LinAutosync_TypeDef UART4_Autosync,
UART4_LinDivUp_TypeDef UART4_DivUp)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART4_SLAVE_OK(UART4_Mode));
assert_param(IS_UART4_AUTOSYNC_OK(UART4_Autosync));
assert_param(IS_UART4_DIVUP_OK(UART4_DivUp));
if(UART4_Mode != UART4_LIN_MODE_MASTER)
{
UART4->CR6 |= UART4_CR6_LSLV;
}
else
{
UART4->CR6 &= ((uint8_t)~UART4_CR6_LSLV);
}
if(UART4_Autosync != UART4_LIN_AUTOSYNC_DISABLE)
{
UART4->CR6 |= UART4_CR6_LASE ;
}
else
{
UART4->CR6 &= ((uint8_t)~ UART4_CR6_LASE );
}
if(UART4_DivUp != UART4_LIN_DIVUP_LBRR1)
{
UART4->CR6 |= UART4_CR6_LDUM;
}
else
{
UART4->CR6 &= ((uint8_t)~ UART4_CR6_LDUM);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART4 LIN mode.
* @param NewState is new state of the UART4 LIN mode.
* This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_LINCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINE bit in the CR2 register */
UART4->CR3 |= UART4_CR3_LINEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINE bit in the CR2 register */
UART4->CR3 &= ((uint8_t)~UART4_CR3_LINEN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the UART4 Smart Card mode.
* @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_SmartCardCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR5 register */
UART4->CR5 |= UART4_CR5_SCEN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR5 register */
UART4->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)(~UART4_CR5_SCEN));
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission.
* @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_SmartCardNACKCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR5 register */
UART4->CR5 |= UART4_CR5_NACK;
}
else
{
/* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR5 register */
UART4->CR5 &= ((uint8_t)~(UART4_CR5_NACK));
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the UART4 WakeUp method.
* @param UART4_WakeUp: specifies the UART4 wakeup method.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART4_WakeUp_TypeDef values.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_WakeUpConfig(UART4_WakeUp_TypeDef UART4_WakeUp)
{
assert_param(IS_UART4_WAKEUP_OK(UART4_WakeUp));
UART4->CR1 &= ((uint8_t)~UART4_CR1_WAKE);
UART4->CR1 |= (uint8_t)UART4_WakeUp;
}
/**
* @brief Determines if the UART4 is in mute mode or not.
* @param NewState: new state of the UART4 mode.
* This parameter can be ENABLE or DISABLE
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONALSTATE_OK(NewState));
if(NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the mute mode UART4 by setting the RWU bit in the CR2 register */
UART4->CR2 |= UART4_CR2_RWU;
}
else
{
/* Disable the mute mode UART4 by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */
UART4->CR2 &= ((uint8_t)~UART4_CR2_RWU);
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the UART4 peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval Received Data
*/
uint8_t UART4_ReceiveData8(void)
{
return ((uint8_t)UART4->DR);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the UART4 peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval Received Data
*/
uint16_t UART4_ReceiveData9(void)
{
uint16_t temp = 0;
temp = ((uint16_t)(((uint16_t)((uint16_t)UART4->CR1 & (uint16_t)UART4_CR1_R8)) << 1));
return (uint16_t)((((uint16_t)UART4->DR) | temp) & ((uint16_t)0x01FF));
}
/**
* @brief Transmits 8 bit data through the UART4 peripheral.
* @param Data: the data to transmit.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_SendData8(uint8_t Data)
{
/* Transmit Data */
UART4->DR = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Transmits 9 bit data through the UART4 peripheral.
* @param Data: the data to transmit.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_SendData9(uint16_t Data)
{
/* Clear the transmit data bit 8 */
UART4->CR1 &= ((uint8_t)~UART4_CR1_T8);
/* Write the transmit data bit [8] */
UART4->CR1 |= (uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(Data >> 2)) & UART4_CR1_T8);
/* Write the transmit data bit [0:7] */
UART4->DR = (uint8_t)(Data);
}
/**
* @brief Transmits break characters.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_SendBreak(void)
{
UART4->CR2 |= UART4_CR2_SBK;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the address of the UART4 node.
* @param UART4_Address: Indicates the address of the UART4 node.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_SetAddress(uint8_t UART4_Address)
{
/*assert_param for x UART4_Address*/
assert_param(IS_UART4_ADDRESS_OK(UART4_Address));
/* Clear the UART4 address */
UART4->CR4 &= ((uint8_t)~UART4_CR4_ADD);
/* Set the UART4 address node */
UART4->CR4 |= UART4_Address;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the specified UART4 guard time.
* @note SmartCard Mode should be Enabled
* @param UART4_GuardTime: specifies the guard time.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_SetGuardTime(uint8_t UART4_GuardTime)
{
/* Set the UART4 guard time */
UART4->GTR = UART4_GuardTime;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the system clock prescaler.
* @note IrDA Low Power mode or smartcard mode should be enabled
* @note This function is related to SmartCard and IrDa mode.
* @param UART4_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @par IrDA Low Power Mode
* The clock source is divided by the value given in the register (8 bits)
* - 0000 0000 Reserved
* - 0000 0001 divides the clock source by 1
* - 0000 0010 divides the clock source by 2
* - ...
* @par Smart Card Mode
* The clock source is divided by the value given in the register
* (5 significant bits) multiplied by 2
* - 0 0000 Reserved
* - 0 0001 divides the clock source by 2
* - 0 0010 divides the clock source by 4
* - 0 0011 divides the clock source by 6
* - ...
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_SetPrescaler(uint8_t UART4_Prescaler)
{
/* Load the UART4 prescaler value*/
UART4->PSCR = UART4_Prescaler;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified UART4 flag is set or not.
* @param UART4_FLAG specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be any of the @ref UART4_Flag_TypeDef enumeration.
* @retval FlagStatus (SET or RESET)
*/
FlagStatus UART4_GetFlagStatus(UART4_Flag_TypeDef UART4_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus status = RESET;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART4_FLAG_OK(UART4_FLAG));
/* Check the status of the specified UART4 flag*/
if(UART4_FLAG == UART4_FLAG_LBDF)
{
if((UART4->CR4 & (uint8_t)UART4_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART4_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART4_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else if(UART4_FLAG == UART4_FLAG_SBK)
{
if((UART4->CR2 & (uint8_t)UART4_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART4_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART4_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else if((UART4_FLAG == UART4_FLAG_LHDF) || (UART4_FLAG == UART4_FLAG_LSF))
{
if((UART4->CR6 & (uint8_t)UART4_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART4_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART4_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
else
{
if((UART4->SR & (uint8_t)UART4_FLAG) != (uint8_t)0x00)
{
/* UART4_FLAG is set*/
status = SET;
}
else
{
/* UART4_FLAG is reset*/
status = RESET;
}
}
/* Return the UART4_FLAG status*/
return status;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the UART4 flags.
* @param UART4_FLAG specifies the flag to clear
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* - UART4_FLAG_LBDF: LIN Break detection flag.
* - UART4_FLAG_LHDF: LIN Header detection flag.
* - UART4_FLAG_LSF: LIN synchrone field flag.
* - UART4_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag.
* @note:
* - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error),
* OR (OverRun error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared
* by software sequence: a read operation to UART4_SR register
* (UART4_GetFlagStatus())followed by a read operation to UART4_DR
* register(UART4_ReceiveData8() or UART4_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the UART4_DR register
* (UART4_ReceiveData8()or UART4_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation
* to UART4_SR register (UART4_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write
* operation to UART4_DR register (UART4_SendData8() or UART4_SendData9()).
*
* - TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the UART4_DR register
* (UART4_SendData8() or UART4_SendData9()).
*
* - SBK flag is cleared during the stop bit of break.
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_ClearFlag(UART4_Flag_TypeDef UART4_FLAG)
{
assert_param(IS_UART4_CLEAR_FLAG_OK(UART4_FLAG));
/* Clear the Receive Register Not Empty flag */
if(UART4_FLAG == UART4_FLAG_RXNE)
{
UART4->SR = (uint8_t)~(UART4_SR_RXNE);
}
/* Clear the LIN Break Detection flag */
else if(UART4_FLAG == UART4_FLAG_LBDF)
{
UART4->CR4 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_CR4_LBDF);
}
/* Clear the LIN Header Detection Flag */
else if(UART4_FLAG == UART4_FLAG_LHDF)
{
UART4->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_CR6_LHDF);
}
/* Clear the LIN Synch Field flag */
else
{
UART4->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_CR6_LSF);
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified UART4 interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param UART4_IT: Specifies the UART4 interrupt pending bit to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART4_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART4_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt
* - UART4_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt
* - UART4_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt
* - UART4_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt
* - UART4_IT_OR: OverRun Error interrupt
* - UART4_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt
* @retval The state of UART4_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus UART4_GetITStatus(UART4_IT_TypeDef UART4_IT)
{
ITStatus pendingbitstatus = RESET;
uint8_t itpos = 0;
uint8_t itmask1 = 0;
uint8_t itmask2 = 0;
uint8_t enablestatus = 0;
/* Check parameters */
assert_param(IS_UART4_GET_IT_OK(UART4_IT));
/* Get the UART4 IT index*/
itpos = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4_IT & (uint8_t)0x0F));
/* Get the UART4 IT index*/
itmask1 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4_IT >> (uint8_t)4);
/* Set the IT mask*/
itmask2 = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)1 << itmask1);
/* Check the status of the specified UART4 pending bit*/
if(UART4_IT == UART4_IT_PE)
{
/* Get the UART4_ITPENDINGBIT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4->CR1 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART4 interrupt*/
if(((UART4->SR & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else if(UART4_IT == UART4_IT_LBDF)
{
/* Get the UART4_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4->CR4 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART4 interrupt*/
if(((UART4->CR4 & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else if(UART4_IT == UART4_IT_LHDF)
{
/* Get the UART4_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4->CR6 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART4 interrupt*/
if(((UART4->CR6 & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
else
{
/* Get the UART4_IT enable bit status*/
enablestatus = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)UART4->CR2 & itmask2);
/* Check the status of the specified UART4 interrupt*/
if(((UART4->SR & itpos) != (uint8_t)0x00) && enablestatus)
{
/* Interrupt occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* Interrupt not occurred*/
pendingbitstatus = RESET;
}
}
/* Return the UART4_IT status*/
return pendingbitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the UART4 pending flags.
* @param UART4_IT specifies the pending bit to clear
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* - UART4_IT_LBDF: LIN Break detection interrupt
* - UART4_IT_LHDF: LIN Header detection interrupt
* - UART4_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt.
* @note
* - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error),
* OR (OverRun error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are
* cleared by software sequence: a read operation to UART4_SR register
* (UART4_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to UART4_DR register
* (UART4_ReceiveData8() or UART4_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the UART4_DR
* register (UART4_ReceiveData8() or UART4_ReceiveData9()).
*
* - TC (Transmit complete) pending bit can be cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to UART4_SR register
* (UART4_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to UART4_DR
* register (UART4_SendData8()or UART4_SendData9()).
*
* - TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the UART4_DR register
* (UART4_SendData8() or UART4_SendData9()).
* @retval None
*/
void UART4_ClearITPendingBit(UART4_IT_TypeDef UART4_IT)
{
assert_param(IS_UART4_CLEAR_IT_OK(UART4_IT));
/* Clear the Receive Register Not Empty pending bit */
if(UART4_IT == UART4_IT_RXNE)
{
UART4->SR = (uint8_t)~(UART4_SR_RXNE);
}
/* Clear the LIN Break Detection pending bit */
else if(UART4_IT == UART4_IT_LBDF)
{
UART4->CR4 &= (uint8_t)~(UART4_CR4_LBDF);
}
/* Clear the LIN Header Detection pending bit */
else
{
UART4->CR6 &= (uint8_t)(~UART4_CR6_LHDF);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

125
Libraries/SPL/src/stm8s_wwdg.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
/**
********************************************************************************
* @file stm8s_wwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V2.2.0
* @date 30-September-2014
* @brief This file contains all the functions for the WWDG peripheral.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2014 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
*
* Licensed under MCD-ST Liberty SW License Agreement V2, (the "License");
* You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
* You may obtain a copy of the License at:
*
* http://www.st.com/software_license_agreement_liberty_v2
*
* Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
* distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
* WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
* See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
* limitations under the License.
*
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s_wwdg.h"
/** @addtogroup STM8S_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
#define BIT_MASK ((uint8_t)0x7F)
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
/** @addtogroup WWDG_Public_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Initializes the WWDG peripheral.
* This function set Window Register = WindowValue, Counter Register
* according to Counter and \b ENABLE \b WWDG
* @param Counter : WWDG counter value
* @param WindowValue : specifies the WWDG Window Register, range is 0x00 to 0x7F.
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_Init(uint8_t Counter, uint8_t WindowValue)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOWLIMITVALUE_OK(WindowValue));
WWDG->WR = WWDG_WR_RESET_VALUE;
WWDG->CR = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(WWDG_CR_WDGA | WWDG_CR_T6) | (uint8_t)Counter);
WWDG->WR = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(~WWDG_CR_WDGA) & (uint8_t)(WWDG_CR_T6 | WindowValue));
}
/**
* @brief Refreshes the WWDG peripheral.
* @param Counter : WWDG Counter Value
* This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F.
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTERVALUE_OK(Counter));
/* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do
a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */
WWDG->CR = (uint8_t)(Counter & (uint8_t)BIT_MASK);
}
/**
* @brief Gets the WWDG Counter Value.
* This value could be used to check if WWDG is in the window, where
* refresh is allowed.
* @param None
* @retval WWDG Counter Value
*/
uint8_t WWDG_GetCounter(void)
{
return(WWDG->CR);
}
/**
* @brief Generates immediate WWDG RESET.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_SWReset(void)
{
WWDG->CR = WWDG_CR_WDGA; /* Activate WWDG, with clearing T6 */
}
/**
* @brief Sets the WWDG window value.
* @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the
* downcounter.
* This parameter value must be lower than 0x80.
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOWLIMITVALUE_OK(WindowValue));
WWDG->WR = (uint8_t)((uint8_t)(~WWDG_CR_WDGA) & (uint8_t)(WWDG_CR_T6 | WindowValue));
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

74
Makefile
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
#######
# makefile for STM8S_StdPeriph_Lib and SDCC compiler
#
# Customized by MightyPork 1/2017
#
# usage:
# 1. if SDCC not in PATH set path -> CC_ROOT
# 2. set correct STM8 device -> DEVICE
# 3. set project paths -> PRJ_ROOT, PRJ_SRC_DIR, PRJ_INC_DIR
# 4. set SPL root path -> SPL_ROOT
# 5. include required SPL modules -> SPL_SOURCE
#
#######
# STM8 device (default is STM8 discovery board)
DEVICE=STM8S103
DEVICE_FLASH=stm8s103f3
# set compiler path & parameters
CC_ROOT =
CC = sdcc
CFLAGS = -mstm8 -lstm8
# --opt-code-size
# -DUSE_FULL_ASSERT=1
# required for some examples for STM8S EVAL board
#CFLAGS += -DUSE_STM8_128_EVAL
# set output folder and target name
OUTPUT_DIR = ./Build
TARGET = $(OUTPUT_DIR)/$(DEVICE).hex
# set project folder and files (all *.c)
PRJ_ROOT = .
PRJ_SRC_DIR = $(PRJ_ROOT)/User
PRJ_INC_DIR = $(PRJ_ROOT)/User
# all project sources included by default
PRJ_SOURCE = $(notdir $(wildcard $(PRJ_SRC_DIR)/*.c))
PRJ_OBJECTS := $(addprefix $(OUTPUT_DIR)/, $(PRJ_SOURCE:.c=.rel))
# set SPL paths
#SPL_SRC_DIR = /usr/share/sdcc/lib/src/stm8/
#SPL_INC_DIR = /usr/share/sdcc/include/stm8/
SPL_SRC_DIR = Libraries/SPL/src/
SPL_INC_DIR = Libraries/SPL/inc/
# add all library sources used here
SPL_SOURCE = stm8s_gpio.c stm8s_uart1.c stm8s_clk.c
SPL_OBJECTS := $(addprefix $(OUTPUT_DIR)/, $(SPL_SOURCE:.c=.rel))
# collect all include folders
INCLUDE = -I$(PRJ_SRC_DIR) -I$(SPL_INC_DIR)
# collect all source directories
VPATH=$(PRJ_SRC_DIR):$(SPL_SRC_DIR)
.PHONY: clean
all: $(TARGET)
$(OUTPUT_DIR)/%.rel: %.c
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -D$(DEVICE) $(INCLUDE) -c $?
$(OUTPUT_DIR)/%.rel: %.c
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -D$(DEVICE) $(INCLUDE) -c $? -o $@
$(TARGET): $(PRJ_OBJECTS) $(SPL_OBJECTS)
$(CC) $(CFLAGS) -o $(TARGET) $^
flash: $(TARGET)
stm8flash -c stlinkv2 -p $(DEVICE_FLASH) -s flash -w $(TARGET)
clean:
rm $(OUTPUT_DIR)/*

10
README.md
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
This is a template SDCC project for the STM8S103F3 development boards.
As is, running 'make' should produce a `STM8S103.hex` file
in './STM8S103' and `make flash` should upload it to your STM8 board.
The main.c is a simple blinky. There's tons of excessive comments in
the files, blame ST for that. They're copied from the SPL template
project. Clean as you see fit.
NB. You may need to adjust paths to SPL folders in the Makefile.

320
User/main.c
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
#include <stdio.h>
#include "stm8s.h"
void Delay(uint16_t nCount);
void CLK_DisableDiv8(void);
typedef enum {
BLACK, RED, GREEN, YELLOW, BLUE, PURPLE, CYAN, WHITE,
BLACK2, RED2, GREEN2, YELLOW2, BLUE2, PURPLE2, CYAN2, WHITE2
} Color;
typedef enum {
CLEAR_TO_CURSOR = 0,
CLEAR_FROM_CURSOR = 1,
CLEAR_ALL = 2,
} ClearMode;
inline void sendcharsafe(char c)
{
while((UART1->SR & UART1_SR_TXE) == 0) {}
UART1->DR = (uint8_t)c;
}
void UART1_SendStr(const char *str)
{
char c;
while((c = *str++)) {
while((UART1->SR & UART1_SR_TXE) == 0) {}
UART1->DR = (uint8_t)c;
}
}
void A_Fg(Color c)
{
int ci = c;
char buf[10];
if(ci > 7) {
ci += (90-8);
} else {
ci += 30;
}
sprintf(buf, "\033[%dm", ci);
UART1_SendStr(buf);
}
void A_Bg(Color c)
{
int ci = c;
char buf[10];
if(ci > 7) {
ci += (100-8);
} else {
ci += 40;
}
sprintf(buf, "\033[%dm", ci);
UART1_SendStr(buf);
}
void A_GoTo(u8 y, u8 x)
{
char buf[10];
sprintf(buf, "\033[%d;%dH", y, x);
UART1_SendStr(buf);
}
inline void A_Str(const char *str)
{
UART1_SendStr(str);
}
inline void A_Char(const char c)
{
sendcharsafe(c);
}
inline void A_ClearScreen(ClearMode mode)
{
char buf[10];
sprintf(buf, "\033[%dJ", mode);
UART1_SendStr(buf);
}
inline void A_ClearLine(ClearMode mode)
{
char buf[10];
sprintf(buf, "\033[%dK", mode);
UART1_SendStr(buf);
}
inline void A_Reset(void)
{
UART1_SendStr("\033c");
}
inline void A_FgBg(Color fg, Color bg)
{
A_Fg(fg);
A_Bg(bg);
}
inline void A_ShowCursor(int yes)
{
if (yes)
UART1_SendStr("\033[?25h");
else
UART1_SendStr("\033[?25l");
}
void LED_DISPL(void) {
A_GoTo(10,0);
A_FgBg(WHITE,BLACK);
A_ClearLine(CLEAR_ALL);
if (GPIOB->ODR & GPIO_PIN_4) {
A_Fg(BLACK2);
} else {
A_Fg(GREEN2);
}
A_Str("[LED]");
}
int timecounter = 0;
volatile int esp_is_ready = 0;
void TIME_DISP(void) {
char buf[100];
// time counter
A_GoTo(4,8);
A_Bg(BLUE);
A_ClearLine(CLEAR_FROM_CURSOR);
A_Fg(YELLOW2);
sprintf(buf, "t = %d", timecounter);
A_Str(buf);
A_Fg(BLACK);
}
void main(void)
{
//char buf[100];
int16_t j,k,l;
CLK_DisableDiv8();
// LED
GPIO_Init(GPIOB, GPIO_PIN_5, GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_LOW_FAST);
GPIO_Init(GPIOB, GPIO_PIN_4, GPIO_MODE_OUT_PP_HIGH_FAST);
UART1_Init
(
115200,
UART1_WORDLENGTH_8D,
UART1_STOPBITS_1,
UART1_PARITY_NO,
UART1_SYNCMODE_CLOCK_DISABLE,
UART1_MODE_TXRX_ENABLE
);
UART1->CR2 |= UART1_CR2_RIEN;
//UART1_ITConfig(UART1_IT_RXNE_OR, ENABLE);
enableInterrupts();
esp_is_ready = 0;
while(!esp_is_ready) {
GPIOB->ODR ^= GPIO_PIN_4;
UART1_SendStr("\033[5n");
Delay(200);
}
GPIOB->ODR |=GPIO_PIN_4;
A_Reset();
A_ShowCursor(0);
A_FgBg(WHITE2, BLUE);
A_ClearScreen(CLEAR_ALL);
A_GoTo(2, 8);
A_Fg(CYAN2);
A_Str("STM8");
A_Fg(WHITE2);
A_Str(" Hello!");
A_Bg(BLACK);
for(j=7;j<10;j++) {
A_GoTo(j, 0);
A_ClearLine(CLEAR_ALL);
}
LED_DISPL();
Delay(10);
timecounter = 0;
while (1) {
GPIOB->ODR ^= GPIO_PIN_5;
TIME_DISP();
// Animated line
j=(timecounter%52)-26;
k=j+26;
if(j<0)j=0;
if(k>=26)k=25;
A_GoTo(8, 1+j);
A_Bg(BLACK);
A_ClearLine(CLEAR_ALL);
A_Bg(WHITE2);
for(l=0;l<=k-j;l++) {
A_Char(' ');
}
timecounter++;
Delay(2000);
}
}
/**
* Disable HSI div/8
*/
void CLK_DisableDiv8()
{
// --- Disable the x8 divider ---
/* Clear High speed internal clock prescaler */
CLK->CKDIVR &= (uint8_t) (~CLK_CKDIVR_HSIDIV);
/* Set High speed internal clock prescaler */
CLK->CKDIVR |= (uint8_t) CLK_PRESCALER_HSIDIV1;
}
#define MOUSE_IN(y,x,y1,y2,x1,x2) ((y)>=(y1)&&(y)<=(y2)&&(x)>=(x1)&&(x)<=(x2))
void handleRxChar(char c) {
static int i1, i2;
static int state;
if (state==0) {
if (c == 1) {
// hard button
GPIOB->ODR ^= GPIO_PIN_4;
LED_DISPL();
}
else if (c == '\033') {
state = 1;
i1 = 0;
i2 = 0;
}
}
else if (state==1) {
if (c == '[') {
state = 2;
}
else {
state = 0;
}
}
else if (state==2) {
if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') {
i1 = i1*10+c-'0';
}
else if (c == ';') {
state = 3;
}
else if (c == 'n') {
if (i1==0) {
esp_is_ready = 1;
state = 0;
}
}
else {
state = 0;
}
}
else if (state==3) {
if (c >= '0' && c <= '9') {
i2 = i2*10+c-'0';
}
else if (c == 'M') {
// MOUSE
if (MOUSE_IN(i1, i2, 10, 10, 1, 5)) {
GPIOB->ODR ^= GPIO_PIN_4;
LED_DISPL();
}
if (MOUSE_IN(i1, i2, 4, 4, 8, 20)) {
timecounter=0;
TIME_DISP();
}
state = 0;
}
else {
// other, fail
state = 0;
}
}
}
/**
* A delay
*/
void Delay(uint16_t nCount)
{
uint8_t i;
for (; nCount != 0; nCount--) {
for (i = 255; i != 0; i--) {}
}
}
/**
* @brief UART1 RX Interrupt routine.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
INTERRUPT_HANDLER(UART1_RX_IRQHandler, 18)
{
handleRxChar(UART1->DR);
return;
}

29
User/stm8s_conf.h
Unescape View File

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/**
* STM8 SPL config
*/
#ifndef __STM8S_CONF_H
#define __STM8S_CONF_H
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm8s.h"
#include "stm8s_adc1.h"
#include "stm8s_awu.h"
#include "stm8s_beep.h"
#include "stm8s_clk.h"
#include "stm8s_exti.h"
#include "stm8s_flash.h"
#include "stm8s_gpio.h"
#include "stm8s_i2c.h"
#include "stm8s_itc.h"
#include "stm8s_iwdg.h"
#include "stm8s_rst.h"
#include "stm8s_spi.h"
#include "stm8s_tim1.h"
#include "stm8s_tim2.h"
#include "stm8s_tim4.h"
#include "stm8s_uart1.h"
#include "stm8s_wwdg.h"
#endif /* __STM8S_CONF_H */
Write Preview
Loading…
Cancel
Save